■*''■;;;■■•■ %ni'.' M m. ^j'jiW:', ... i»j Jiff;:'''' gsrJi S.ia.0 21.. NOVITATES ZOOLOGIOAE. Vol. XXIV., 1917. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. H Journal of Zooloo^ IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRINd MUSEUM. EDITED BT LORD ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D., Dr. ERNST HARTERT, and Dr. K. JORDAN. Vol. XXIV., 1917. (WITH TWELVE PLATES.) Issued at the Zoological Museum, Tring. PRINTED BY HAZELL, WATSON & VINEY, Ld., LONDON AND AYLESBURY. 1917-1918. CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXIV. (1917). AVES. PiOES 1. Western Black-eared Wheatear obtained on Tuskar Rock (Plate I.). C. J. Patten 1—16 2. On some Rallidae. Ernst Haetert ...... 265 — 274 3. Notes on Game-Birds. Ernst Haetert 275 — 292 4. Further Notes on Anthreptes malaccensis. Ernst Harteet . . 32.3 5. Notes and Descriptions of South American Birds. Ernst Haetert and Arthur Goodson ........ 410 — 419 6. On the Forms of Coturnix coliirnix. Ernst Haetert . . . 420 — 425 7. Scolopax ruxticola mini (Plate II.). Ernst Hartert . . . 437 8. On the Crested Larks of the Nib Valley. Ernst Hartert . . 439 — 441 9. Notes on Pheasants. Ernst Hartert ...... 442 — 452 10. A Few Notes on the Birds of Yemen. Eenst Haetert . . . 454 — 462 11. The subspecies of Cyanopica cyanns. Ernst Haetert . . . 493 12. Further Notes on South American Birds. Ernst Hartert and Arthur Goodson ......... 494 — 501 HYJIENOPTER.X. 1. Chalcididae of the Seychelles Islands. (Llustrated.) L. AIasi . . 121—230 2. Eine neue Trichogrammide von den Seychellen Inseln. (Illustrated.) J. J. KlEFFEE 2.30 LEPIDOPTERA. 1. Classification of Pyralidae. SiE George Hampson .... 17 — 58 2. Two New American Moths. Kael .Jordan ..... 50. 60 3. Supplemental Notes to Jlr. Charles Oberthiiv's f'anne des fjpidopleren de la Barharie. Lord Rothschild. Part I. . . . . 61 — 120 Part II 325—373 Part III 393—409 (Plates IX, X.) 4. Some apparently new Notodontidae. (Plates III. — VIII.). Lord Rothschild 231 — 264 5. On new and insufficiently known Indo-Australian Oeometridae. Louis B. Peout 29.3—317 ( vi) 6. Notes on Captures of Algerian and Tunisian Lepidoptera. Victor Fauoult 3)8—322 7. New American Geometridae. Loris B. Prout ..... 374 — 392 8. Description of the Female of Troides allotsi. H. M. Peebles and W. SCHMASSMANN ......... 426, 427 9. New African Geometridae. Louis B. Prout 428 — 436 10. Description of a new Arctiid. H. C. Nissen ..... 438 11. Notes on Metanastria digramma, with Description.s of two new Sub- species. Lord Rothschild ....... 453 12. On the genera Melanothrix, Drepanojana, Melanergon, Paracydas, Cotana, Hypercydas, Epicydas, and Nervicompressa, of the family Euptcrotidac, with descriptions of new Forms. (Plates XL, XII.) Lord Rothschild 463 — 474 13. Some new Moths of the Families Arctiidae and Eupterotidae. Lord Rothschild 475 — 492 INDEX 503-528 LIST OF PLATES IN VOLUME XXIV. I. Photographs of Oenanthe hispanica hispanica from Tuskar Rock, Ireland. By Prof. Patten. II. Scolopax rvsticola rusticola L. and Scolopax rusticola mira Hart. By Major Henry Jones. III. — VIII. Photographic plates of Notodonlidae. ]X. Hybrid Saturniae. See p. 372. X. Zi/gaena tMryi with larvae, and Z. lavandulae. See p. 342. XI., XII. Coloured plates of Eupterotidae. By H. Gronvold. fy^- I f^7'"-^'- ^^^' A,4.<a ^t<->- T-v-a-^-v-'fe ot ct^" J^'^^f-^- JO, The Parts of this Volume were issued as follows : Part I. (pages 1—323, Plate I.) : May 16th, 1917. Part II. (pages 325—438, Plates II. to VIII.) : August 31st, 1917. Part III. (pages 439—501, Plates IX., X.) : December 31st, 1917. Part IV. (Index, Title-page, Contents, Errata and Plates XI., XII.) : March 1918. ERRATA. Page 496, line l'5 : Page 355, line 23 : Page 269, line 38 : Page 355, line 33 : Page 455, line 37 Page 77, line 23: Page 407, line 36 : ' atrinncha " should read " atrinucha." ' auceps " should read " anceps." ■ carchinnans " should read '" cachinnans." ' Schwerz " should read " Schweiz." ' philarhyncha" should read " ptilorhyncha. ■ naiina " should read '' nouna." ' mamorata " should read " marmorata." i3Za NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. H Journal of Zoology. EDITED BY LORD ROTHSCHILD, E.R.S., Ph.D., Dr. ERNST HARTERT. and De. K. JORDAN. Vol. XXIV. % _ »»♦••:'.' >^ *■'! No. 1. Pages 1—323. Plate I. Issued May 16th, at the Zoological Museum, Tring. PRINTED nV HAZELL, WATSON U VINEY, Ld., LONDON AND AYLESBURY. 1917. Vol. XXIV. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE EDITED BT LORD ROTHSCHILD, ERNST HARTERT, and KARL JORDAN. C. J. Patten . 1—16 Sir George Hampson 17—58 Karl Jordan . 59,60 Lord Rothschild . 61—120 CONTENTS OF NO. I. 1. WESTERN BLACK-EARED ^VHEATEAR, OBTAINED ON TUSKAR ROCK (PI. I) . :2. CLASSIFICATION OF PYRALIDAE 3. TWO NEW AMERICAN MOTHS . 4. SUPPLEMENTAL NOTES TO MR. OBERTHUR'S FAUNE DES LEPI- DOPTERES DE LA BARBARIE 5. CHALCWIDAE OF THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS L. Masi .... 121—230 6. SOME APPARENTLY NEW XOTODONTI- DAE Lord Rothschild . 231—264 7. ON SOME RALLIDAE .... Ernst Hartert . . . 265—274 8. NOTES ON GAME-BIRDS . . . Ernst Hariert . . . 275—292 9. ON NEW AND INSUFFICIENTLY KNOWN INDO-AUSTRALIAN GEOMETRIDAE . Lottis B. Prout . 293—317 10. NOTES ON CAPTURES OF ALGERIAN AND TUNISIAN LEPIDOPTERA . . Victor Farouh . . . 318—322 11. FURTHER NOTES ON ANTHREPTES MALACCENSIS .... Ernst Hartert ... 323 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE. Vol. XXIV. MAY 1917. No. I. WESTERN BLACK-EAEED WHEATEAR {OENANTHE HIS- PANICA HISPANICA), ON MIGRATION OBTAINED ON TUSKAR ROCK: A BIRD NEW TO IRELAND. With Remaeks on the Status of this Species in the British Isles. By professor C. J. PATTEN, M.A., M.D., Sc.D. (Plate I.) IN the June number of The Irish Naturalist, 1916, p. 100, I published a pre- liminary note to the efEect that I had received and identified a Black-eared Wheatear (Oenanthe hispanica) * from Tuskar Light-station, Co. Wexford. The bird was collected alive in a disabled condition on the rock, at 7.15 p.m. on Tuesday, May 16th, 1916, by Mr. John Glanville, principal keeper, and to him I am deeply indebted for his kindness in sending me this interesting species — the first of its kind from Ireland. The earliest intimation which I received of its capture came in a letter kindly written by Mrs. Glanville, from Rosslare Harbour, dated May 17th, in which she informed me that her husband telephoned from the rock that morning the enclosed description of a bird which he caught alive the previous evening : " Wheatear with black throat ; back of head, neck, and shoulders, golden-bufE ; lower back, white ; central taU-feathers, black, rest white almost to tip, outer tail-feathers, graduating." Knowing that I could not receive the bird until next relief boat-day — a week hence — ^I wrote to Mrs. Glanville by return and asked her would she kindly telephone the following message to the rock to Mr. Glanville : " Dehghted to hear about the strange Wheatear. Though the description you sent is brief and general, nevertheless you have furnished enough information to enable me * I published a similar note in The Daily Express (Dublin), June 8th, in The Irish Times, Jirne 9th, and in Nature, June 15th, pp. 321-22, 1916. Time did not permit me to compare the specimen before sending these notes, and though strongly suspecting the bird to belong to the Western race, it seemed advisable not to state so definitely until a comparison was made. For this reason in the note in Nature and in The Irish Naturalist (where the scientific names are inserted) only the binomial expression Oenanthe hispanica appears : this being equivalent to Black-eared Wheatear generally, the race undetermined. But knowing now that this specimen from Tuskar belongs to the Western race, I give it its full trinomial designation, Oenanthe hispanica hispanica, to distinguish it from Oe. hispanica xanthomelaena, the Eastern form. The number of specimens for comparison which I had at my disposal was too small to afford full and satisfactory information ; therefore, to be more certain, I sent the specimen to Mr. Eagle Clarke, to whom my best thanks are due for his kindness in comparing it with the collection of Black-eared Wheatears in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. The result of Mr. Eagle Clarke's investigation was to confirm my diagnosis of the racial form of the bird from Tuskar. 1 2 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. to say without hesitation that the bird is the Black-throated form of the Black- eared Wheatear, but I cannot say whether it belongs to the Western or Eastern race until I have seen and compared the specimen. The Desert-Wheatear has also a black throat, but the entire tail is black almost to the base, in that way quite different from the description you have given. Therefore I have excluded the possibility of your bird being a Desert-Wheatear. I am glad you furnished me with a description of the tail, it has been a good guide, especially as you omitted to mention the colour of the axUlaries and under wing-coverts, which in the Bl^ck-eared Wheatear are conspicuous for their uniform black colour. These feathers alone serve to distinguish this species from the Desert-Wheatear, in which the axillaries are mottled black and white. You will be interested to learn that this is the first time that a Black-eared Wheatear has been recorded from Ireland. When it arrives I shall wire you the name, feeling confident in the meantime that the provisional diagnosis made in absentia will prove correct." On Thursday, May 25th, the bird arrived in a tin box, well packed in cotton- wool. Immediately before being sent by post it was removed from the spirit in which it had been immersed since the day it was procured ; nevertheless its feathers were still quite moist when I received it. With the application of gentle heat it dried out beautifully in less than an hour, and it was gratifying to find that the plumage was good, and the epidermis well fixed. As anticipated, the bird proved to be a Black-eared Wheatear, and I immediately wired Mr. GlanviUe to that effect. Accompanying the specimen was a letter in which, in addition to the more usual technical data, such as the date, locality, hour of capture, meteorological conditions, etc., the following interesting information was given : " When I landed at 9.30 a.m. I observed a number of birds on the rock : Whitethroats, Willow- warblers. Sedge-warblers, Swallows, and three Wheat- ears. At once I noticed the strange bird (one of the Wheatears) by its light plumage and by the lower part of its face and throat being black. I kept a sharp look-out all the day when the Wheatears remained. At 6.30 p.m. I caught a Whitethroat asleep with its head under its wing ; this gave me some hope of getting the rare bird. I also met a large brown Wheatear asleep and missed it by a few inches ; this bird also appeared strange to me. I next met the rare bird asleep with its head under its wing, and using the greatest caution I got it before it awoke. The third appeared to be a male Common Wheatear. J. McGinley states that there were dozens of Wheatears and Warblers in the rays of the lantern at 2 a.m. that day, the weather at the time being cloudy with rain, and the wind, coming from the S.S.W., was blowing with the force of a gentle breeze (F 3. Beaufort scale). There is only one species of Wheatear (the Common) described in Morris's British Birds. This is the only Ulustrated book I have, and so I am at a loss to find out the bird's name. I hope it is the first Irish record. The wind had been blowing from the W., S.W., W.N.W., and N.W., for six days previous to its capture, with much rain and fog." On receiving the bird my first care was to take several photographs of it in the flesh, and then, having noted the plumage, ascertained the weight and measurements, I took off the skin and dissected the body without delay. The spirit, in which the bird was plunged immediately after death, fixed the epi- dermis splendidly, not a feather was lost, and the body generally was in an excellent state of preservation. I made a first-class skin, which, with other NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. 3 avian rarities collected by me, -will be mounted and in due course be presented to the National Museum, Dublin. On examining the body I found strong objective evidence that the bird had struck its head against the lantern, or at all events against some object. For the vault of the skull was deeply indented in the region of the right frontal bone.* This wound was surrounded by a considerable degree of haemorrhage. The lesion I consider was quite suflScient to detain the bird on the rock and to cripple its muscular activities sufficiently to prevent it obtaining food, which consists largely of insects captured on the wing. An examination of the gizzard proved my point to be correct. For, unlike the majority of birds which I have collected after they had been perambulating all day on the rock and on dis- section have found their gizzards to contain a considerable amount of insect food, the gizzard of this Black-eared Wheatear was absolutely empty. This demonstrated conclusively that the bird was too seriously hurt to hunt for food.t In connection with this fact it occurred to me that it might be well to wTite to Mr. Glanville and ascertain from him some information regarding the demeanour of the bird during the nine and three-quarter hours of daylight (9.30 a.m. to 7.15 p.m.) during which he kept it under observation. In reply he wrote : " I think you must be right about the Black-eared Wheatear having damaged itself by striking, as several times during the day the bird was gathered up with its head under its wing, and its feathers puffed out." Here is strong evidence to show that the bird was not only disabled, but was in a sinking condition^indeed, to find it in broad daylight with its head under its wing indicated that it was seized with more than ordinary sleep from fatigue ; in short, the bird was dying f : hence despatch shortened its miseries and was an act of mercy. In the interests of Irish ornithology it was fortunate that this Wheatear — new to Ireland — fell into Mr. Glanville's hands, as disabled birds are often washed away at high tide, especially when the wind rises and the sea roughens ; are frequently picked off by Merlin Falcons, less often by gulls ; or again they may creep out of sight to die in crevices where they may never be recovered, or at most their fragmentary remains may be all that can be obtained to establish their identity. As it is, a splendid complete specimen has been secured and photographed in the flesh, the body has been thoroughly examined, and a perfect skin has been preserved for the National Museum, Dublin. § * See fig. 5, pi. I., and p. 9, for detailed description of the injury to the head. t Flies were plentiful. But it is interesting to note that before flies appear, uninjured migrants (land-birds), which alight on the rock, will feed on minute marine crustaceans, vermes, and molluscs. I have proved this by dissecting the gizzards of several species. * Many observers, and especially those who possess aviaries, no doubt have noticed how cus- tomary it is for a bird when in the last stages of exhaustion, either from disease, starvation, or injury, to puff out its feathers, and tuck its head imder its wing, and not until, with the last flicker of life, when the bird, becoming too weak to stand, rolls over, is the head withdrawn. § Wounded or not, it was quite right under the circumstances that this new Irish bird was collected by a proper person for scientific purposes. For the student of ornithology who has made a serious study of bird-migration, at rock stations, knows full well how manifold are the dangers which confront the migrant which perforce dares to alight and tarry en route on a marine rock, and how difficult are its chances of reaching its natural habitat. Nay more, should it reach this in safety, its foreign appearance in a land which it has more or less accidentally visited, would unduly attract many of its natural enemies — especially in this particular case where the plumage of the bird in question is markedly showy — to which if it fell a prey its presence i*i Ireland would have remained unknown^ The collection of a rare bird or other creature, whose status is as yet quite unknown. 4 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Although the gizzard was absolutely devoid of foodstuffs, the condition of the body was decidedly good, the muscles firm, and there was a considerable amount of fat present, especially about the root of the neck and upper region of the thorax. The bird weighed four drams eighteen grains, being propor- tionately as heavy as were any well-nourished Common Wheatears which I have obtained on their regular migrations from Tuskar Light-station. Like the Aquatic Warbler recently procured on Tuskar Rock, this Wheatear cannot be placed in the category of a waif, and what I have said in regard to the move- ments and fate of the former holds good in the main for such in the latter,* namely that the bird had not been perambulating about on the rock in a half- starved condition for some days before death overtook it and rid it of its miseries. In other words, it was not a bird which, becoming separated from its companions, drifted about aimlessly, until fatigued or storm-bound f it sought refuge on a rock. On the contrary, the foregoing evidence, circumstantial and objective, is ample to show that the bird struck the lantern at night, was seen on the rock next morning and several times during the day, and was captured in the evening. The evidence of its having struck the lantern, or some object close by, resolves itseU into incontrovertible proof when the head was examined post-mortem. Assuming this to have been the sequence of events, it is interesting to note that the bird travelled ^\'ith several other species which habitually reach Tuskar on migration, including its close relatives the Common and Greenland Wheat- ears. J Because in addition to the general statement made by Mr. McGinley, namely that there were dozens of Wheatears and Warblers in the rays at the lantern at 2 o'clock on the morning of May 16th, I have received direct proof that Sedge-warblers, WiUow-warblers, Spotted Flycatchers, and Common Wheatears struck at that time, for Mr. Glanville sent me specimens which I received in the same parcel which contained the Black-eared Wheatear. Now, in my paper is not only justifiable but highly desirable, provided of course that full data of the record be supplied, that the specimen itself be properly dissected and in every way investigated, and the skin be care- fully preserved and in due course be presented to the Dublin Museum, so that it may take its proper place among the National Collection. It woiild be a different matter altogether were such a species to repeat its visits sufficiently often so as to arouse suspicion as to the possibility of its breeding. Obviously then one would refrain from repeatedly collecting. It so happens, however, that the vast majority of migrants collected alive at light-stations have proved to have been wounded or in an exhausted state. Herein then lies the duty of the collector who perchance comes across such unfortunate birds to put them out of pain. By such a procedure he performs a humane act, and at the same time is afforded the opportunity of benefiting ornithological science by duplicating the collections not only of common but of many rare and interesting species, which if found unwounded it might not be morally right to deprive of their hves. The sitpremely important study of variation can only be made when a sufficiently large number of a given species is collected, and we look to those who have the unique opportunities at light- stations to conserve dupUcates and multiples of rare species. * Except that the Aquatic Warbler was killed outright by striking the lantern and was picked up dead on the rook a few hours later, i.e. at dawn, whereas the wounded Black-eared Wheatear lingered for some seventeen and a half hours after it struck before being collected and put out of pain {" Aquatic Warbler on Migration," Zoologist, March 1915, p. 82). t As a matter of fact at the time that I have essayed this Black-eared Wheatear to have struck the lantern, the wind, blowing from the S.S.W., only registerad, according to Beaufort's scale, a gentle breeze, i.e. Force 3, and the condition of the weather was cloudy and rainy. The next day the wind maintained much the same force and direction, veering and backing between S. and W. In the evening when the bird was secured, the weather, though foggy (as it was all day), was quite calm, the southerly wind only registering a light breeze (F. 2, Beaufort). t Just as the Aquatic Warbler obtained at Tuskar travelled with its close relative the Sedge- warbler (" Aquatic Warbler on Migration obtained on Tuskar Rock," Zoologist, March 1916, pp. 81-92). NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXIV. 1917. 5 dealing with the Aquatic Warbler from Tuskar I have given cogent reasons to show that although only one bird — a Wheatear — was obtained on the night it struck, none the less this Aquatic Warbler travelled in company with several species, and more than likely with other Aquatic Warblers, and it is all the more reasonable to assume that this Black-eared W'heatear was accompanied by other members of its own kind.* It is perfectly clear that a great company of migrants of different kinds pursuing their regular routes had in their midst as they reached Tuskar a species of Wheatear as yet undiscovered in Ireland. Why this bird came along with them is a question deserving close attention. We are told that there were " dozens of Whea tears " in the rays that night. and as already indicated there may have been some more Black-eared examples, It is quite conceivable that a small party of Black-eared Wheatears, detaching themselves for some more or less trivial reason from the main body, may have sighted and joined a company of Common Wheatears steering somewhat in the same direction. If, on the one hand, it may be said that such an idea is but theoretical, I would, on the other hand, remind the reader that in so far as the Common Wheatear is concerned, its migrations at light-stations are almost invariably characterised by marked gregariousness. This is readily under- stood ; for it is an extremely abundant species, has an extraordinarily wide distribution on its vernal migrations, i.e. its breeding-range is of vast extent, so that different companies, as they forge forwards, are apt to meet and join up, and in dark and foggy weather to be held up in large assemblies at the lantern ; and, thirdly, the Wheatear is on the whole amicably disposed to other species and to members of its own family. Hence a few Black-eared Wheatears would not feel strange in the company of their larger relatives ; nay more, being gregarious themselves on migration, and being cut off from the company of their own kind, they might well prefer the presence rather than the absence of the Common Wheatear e?i route. Indeed, being in the minority they might readily accept the escort of the majority and so proceed onwards, oblivious of the fact that they were out-stepping the normal boundaries of their breeding-range. How much farther the Tuskar Black-eared Wheatear might have journeyed, had it not injured itself, is of course a difficult problem to solve. * I have already put forward cumulative evidence to show that rare as well as common birds are apt to visit light-stations on migration in the plural even more than in the singular number : witness occurrence of Tree-pipits at Tuskar in September 1913 (Irish Naturalist, November 1913, p. 220) and again in September 1915 (Irish Naturalist, June 1916, pp. 90-91), and ot Reed-warblers in September 1911 (ibid. March 1912, p. 50) ; vide also remarks in my articles on " Grasshopper- warblers on Migration " (ibid. August 1912, p. 139, also on " Aquatic Warbler on Migration at Tuskar Rock" (Zoologist, March 1915, pp. 81-92), and on "Remains of a Tree-pipit found on Tuskar Rock " (Irish Naturalist, June 1916, pp. 85-93). Indeed the term " rare " is often more applic- able to the periodic than to the numeric status ot many species. I have pointed out what an easy matter it is for migrants to escape detection of the Ughtkeepers, because on striking the lantern many may fall into the sea, or on an inaccessible part of the rock, or if the part be accessible it may be uncovered only at ebb-tide, so that birds would probably be carried away at high- water before being retrieved; lastly, many, whilst flying round the lantern, may escape detection, or at all events identification of species, through not striking the glass and thereby not allowing the Ughtkeeper the opportunity of bringing them to hand for close examination. (Vide my article on " Aquatic Warbler on Migration obtained on Tuskar Rock," Zoologist, March 1915, p. 83.) 6 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. DESCBIFTION OF THE SFECISIZ:!]'. Flumage. Markings. — Forehead and front of crown, silver-grey exhibiting a slight metallic lustre ; traced backwards over the rest of the crown this shade gradually merges through straw-colour to golden-buii which is continued over the nape, upper back, and inter-scapular region, and, becoming darker through an admixture with a greyish transverse band which crosses the mid-back, is succeeded by a broad patch of white on the lower back and rump ; right central tail-feather black almost to the base. This is a fresh feather evidently acquired during the spring moult. Its fellow on the left is browTi almost to the base, shorter, and shows evidence of wear, and was acquired during the previous autumn moult ; rest of tail-feathers white, margined mth brown form- ing a terminal band which is considerably broader at the edges. The feather immediately outside the right central feather is also new, is longer than the corresponding feather on the left side, and has a blackish margin interrupted by a white spot. The rest of the taQ-feathers are old, being acquired during the previous autumn moult. Lesser, median, and most of the greater wing-coverts black, some of these feathers showing traces of buff edgings (these feathers are new, being acquired during the spring moult) ; primary wing-coverts and the outer greater wing-coverts adjoining them, dull brown edged with dull buff (these feathers are old and were acquired during the previous autumn moult). The same holds good for the primaries, secondaries, and inner secondaries (tertiaries), which are dull mud-brown in colour, the huffish edgings being obscured through fading and reduced by abrasion. The scapulars show blackish bases, and are broadly margined with golden-buff which intermingles with that shade in the inter- scapular feathers. The golden-buff on the nape sweeps round the sides of the lower neck, and, becoming poorer in shade at the bottom of the throat, passes gradually into the dull impure buffish-white of the breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts. The under wing-coverts and axillaries are black ; but the minute feathers lining the edge of the under surface of the wing, in the line of the bastard primary, are black broadly edged with greyish- white, giving them a mot* led appearance. The lores, cheeks (including the ear-coverts), chin, and upper throat, are black ; some of the feathers being minutely flecked with greyish- white. A whitish semicircular collar circumscribes this black area below, and intervenes between it and the golden-buff of the sides of the neck and lower part of the throat. Phase. — Accorduig to Saunders the wings (including not only the coverts but all the feathers of flight) of the adult inale Black-eared Wheatear in full nuptial 'plumage (Black-throated Wheatear of his time) are nearly black, and the forehead is white, whereas in the bird from Tuskar the flight-feathers are nut-brown in shade contrasting markedly with the black wing-coverts, and the forehead is silver-grey ; lastly, the tail of the bird, which Saunders describes, shows clearly in the illustration that it has a much narrower terminal band (than iii the Tuskar bird), which appears in fact incomplete.* Moreover, this band is described as black, not brown, as in the Tuskar bu'd. These points of difference in plumage • It is significant, as Saunders remarks, that the black margin of the tail is subject to great diminutioa and partial disappearance with age (Mammal of Briiiah Birds, 1899, p. 24). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 7 are quite definite and apparently are to be interpreted in terms of difference in phase of plumage according to age. The description given by Saunders refers to the fully adult bud in its true nuptial plumage-pliase ; the description I have detailed of the Tuskar bird is referable to a bird in a younger jilu7nage-phase. It may represent the adolescent male plumage-phase, acquhed by partial moult in the early sprmg (about February or March), of the first year, and worn during the ensuing summer. Should the bird not breed at this age, then the phase of plumage it has assumed falls into line with that worn at a corre- sponding age by several species of wading-birds, e.g. Sanderling, which I have proved do not all breed in their first year, yet the plumage acquired is so like the nuptial plumage that I have designated it the nuptialoid or pre-nuptial plumage-phase.* If then the plumage-phase of the Black-eared Wheatear from Tuskar be adolescent, it is curious to find that the moult is not quite comparable to what takes place in the Common Wheatear when acquiring its adolescent plumage, which is worn at a corresponding age ; for in the case of the latter bird the rule is that none of the wing-coverts are rerietved. To this rule, however, after examining a large series of specimens, I have seen many exceptions — that is to say, cases in which some of the wing-coverts were renewed but not on so extensive a scale as has taken place in the Black-eared Wheatear in question. Dr. C. B. Ticehurst in his interesting papers on the subject of plumage- changes points out that in the case of the Common Wheatear when acquiring its adolescent plumage, normally none of the wing-coverts are renewed, but " sometimes the innermost of the greater coverts and rarely also the innermost secondary are moulted." f Though in my experience other wing-coverts besides these are not uncommonly renewed, the occasional moult of some of the short wmg-feathers is not by any means of a stereotyped character ; albeit at best it is a desultory process, and the possibility of its being in part adventitious rather than being correlated strictly with the onset of maturity, must not be at once dismissed. It is held that in the assumption of the adolescent and subsequent adult nuptial plumages the rectrices of the Common Wheatear are not renewed. If this be the rule also in the case of the Black-eared Wheatear, then the renewal of two of these feathers in the Tuskar bird has been adventitious, that is to say they have replaced two which have been accidentally pulled out, or otherwise shed. In support of this view I may say that at light-stations I have frequently come across migrants of various species in which the tail was imperfect, and which, from the distribution of the moult, bore evidence that the renewal of the feathers was quite adventitious. In regard to the black flight- feathers assumed by the adult bu:ds in nuptial-plumage, it is interestmg to find that they are often in a very much better state of preservation than are the brown ones assumed by the birds in the adolescent plumage. This leads one * Vide my papers on "Migratory Movements of Certain Shore-birds on Dublin Coast," read before the British Association, DubUn meeting, September 1908, and published in exlenso in the Naturalist, February lat, 1909, pp. 83, 84, 85 ; also on " The Pre-nuptial Plumage in Calidris are- naria," read before the British Association, Winnipeg meeting, August 1909, pubhshed in the Report ; and on " Semination in Calidris armaria" read before the British Association, Sheffield meeting, August 1910, pubhshed in the Report; and on "The Vernal Plumage-changes in the Adolescent Blackbird and their correlation with Sexual Maturity," read before the British Associa- tion, Portsmouth meeting, August 1911, and published in the Report. ■f " Sequence of Plumages in British Birds," British Birds, vol. iii. 1909-10, p. 392. 8 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. to raise the question, Do the adult birds renew their flight-feathers in some cases in the vernal moult ? The fact that these feathers may be abraided of the buff edgings in varying degrees does not necessarily negative the idea, as such a process of abrasion may proceed later on in the spring. Before leaving this part of the subject I may state that from a minute anatomical examination of the reproductive organs I would say that the Tuskar bird had reached the sexually active stage of its life, but it does not necessarily follow that there must be a strict correlation between the first arrival at puberty and the assumption of the full nuptial garb. Many external sexual characters do not appear tUl some time after semination has first manifested itself ; for example, the growth of the hair on the face of man, especially the beard, does not as a rule show to any extent until a considerable period after puberty, and many other examples might be cited. To sum up, then, I would say that the Black-eared Wheatear from Tuskar was in adolescent or pre-nuptial plumage, had just reached the age in which it was capable of breeding, but whether it would have done so this season had it survived and had it met a mate, remains an open question. Lastly, in submitting the bird to Mr. Eagle Clarke for com- parison with specimens in the Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh, I find that his testimony regaiding the probable age agrees substantially with that of mine, for he informs me that he is of the opinion " that though mature it is not an old bird." * Condition. — The condition of the plumage on the whole is good ; the full complement of feathers is j)resent, and none of the long feathers of the wings or tail are bent or broken. The only feathers which had not been renewed by the spring moult are the flight-feathers, with the primary-coverts and a few of the outer greater wing-coverts already indicated, and ten of the twelve taU- feathers. Of these, the taU-feathers are in quite a good condition and the dark band is but little faded ; the wing-coverts are also in good condition, but these and the flight-feathers have faded to some extent. The tips of the latter, especially the middle series of primaries, are roughened by abrasion, and are the only group of feathers which detract slightly from the beauty of the birds' dress. The rest of the plumage, recently acquked, is clean and bright and the individual feathers are in perfect condition. Peet. In colour the feet are black, but the tarso-metatarsus (the part commonly called the leg) as distinct from the phalanges or toes, is shorter than in the foot of the Common Wheatear by about 6 mm. {vide measurements). This part of the foot is almost as strongly buUt as in the Common Wheatear, but the toes are more slender, and the naOs smaller and shorter. The outer and inner toes are practically of the same length in the two species, and the difference in the ratio of length of toe to nail is almost negligible, the nail of these toes being but a mere shade longer and sharper in the Common Wheatear ; but in the mid and hind-toes the naUs of the latter are defuiitely longer, the difference being more marked in the hind-toe ; yet these toes, minus their nails, are almost the same length in the two species (vide measurements). * VV. Eagle Clarke in lilt. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. Beak. Like the feet, the beak is black, and in contour and measurements is practically identical with that of the Common Wheatear. Bodily Condition. In the openmg pages of this paper I referred, in passing, to the decidedly good condition of the body, the good tone of the muscles, and the presence of fatty tissue in considerable amount, especially about the root of the neck and upper part of the thorax. Here I may add that I examined all the viscera and found them perfectly healthy except part of the brain, which was congested and haemorrhagic as the result of the indented part of the skull pressing unduly on its surface. The details regarding the injury to the skull showed that the vault was deeply indented in the region of the right frontal bone, 3 mm. behind the right orbital rim and 15 mm. lateral to the sagittal suture. The indentation measured in its longest diameters 4' 5 mm. and was 2 mm. deep, and in outline was triangular. It was surrounded by a considerable degree of subcranial haemorrhage (see fig. 5, pi. I.). The gizzard was absolutely empty; the signifi- cance of this condition I have dealt with fully on p. 3. The testes showed out very prominently ; both were equally developed, moderately distended, and reddish in colour. They were about the size of small garden-peas, the left approaching a globular outline, whOe the right was oval in shape and situated at a higher level than its fellow. Microscopical examination showed that spermatogenesis had commenced, but that semination had not reached full activity. measurements. Total length of specimen from tip of beak to tip of tail, 15 cm. ; length of right wing, measured from fold of carpal joint to tip of thii-d and longest primary, 8'4 cm. ; left wing, 8'3 cm. ; bastard primary, 2'1 cm. ; length from tip of wings (folded) to tip of tail, 2 cm. ; length of tail, 6 cm. ; length of foot * less toes, 2'25 cm. ; toes : hind, 1 cm. (naU 4 mm., rest of toe 6 mm.) ; inner, 1 cm. ; middle, 1'4 cm. (naU 3 mm., rest of toe 1"1 cm.) ; outer, 9 cm. ; length of beak (culmen), r2 cm. ; same as that of the Common Wheatear. Left testis, 5 mm. in length, 4 mm. in breadth ; right testis, 6 mm. in length, 4 mm. in breadth. Weight. After the feathers had been thoroughly dried, the bird weighed 4 drams 18 grains. This Wheatear, while reaching in total length that of the Common species, is not so bulky, and so its weight, which is about 1 dram less, is not disproportion- ately reduced. The ratio of its weight to that of an average well-nourished Common Wheatear is about correct ; but I may point out that frequently Common Wheatears arrive at light-stations in an extraordinarily obese con- • In the Common Wheatear the foot, leas the toes, measures on average 2'85 cm. ; the hind toe rS cm., of which the nail measures 6 mm., the rest of the toe 7 mm. ; the inner toe 1 cm. ; the mid-toe 1*5 cm., of which the nail measures 4 mm,, the rest of toe I'l cm. ; outer toe, 9 cm. 2q Novitates Zoologicae XXIV. 1917. dition, turning the scales at Oi or even VJ drams ! Compared with such birds the Black-eared Wheatear from'Tuskar would be somewhat proportionately under-weight ; however, I have little doubt that extra-fat Black-eared Wheatears of heavier weight occur among the numbers which, without undue prolonga- tion or disturbance en route, affect regular migrations. TOTAL OCCURRENCES OF THE WESTERIT BLACK-EARED WHEATEAR IN THE BRITISH ISLES. The Black-eared Wheatear, which forms the theme of this paper, is the first specimen which has been obtained in Ireland, and I am not aware that it has ever been observed ui the country previously, but considering that the bird has penetrated farther north and west, it is quite likely that it has reached the Irish coast on previous occasions, but has passed unnoticed ; now, however, with the production of a specimen, the record of its occurrence has been rendered authentic, and the bird accordingly takes its place on the Irish List. The records in Great Britain have been actually more frequent of latter years — I shall point out the reason for this further on when dealing with the status of the bird — here, however, it is convenient to state that as the Black-eared ^Vheatear was formerly looked upon as a distinct species from the Black-throated Wheatear, its rarity appeared still more marked. Now, however, it is recognised that there is only one species, some members of which exhibit black throats, others a whitish shade * (Hartert). Adopting the modern name of Western Black-eared Wheatear, and including birds in both phases of plumage, we find that the total occur- rences up to the present time in Great Britam are as follows : One, an adult male with a black throat, obtained near Bury, Lancashire, on May 8th, 1875; one, also an adult male with a black throat, seen, but not obtained, by Mr. H. B. Hewetson, near Spurn, Yorkshire, on September 18th, 1892. The above instances are taken from Saunders's Manual of British Birds, second edition, 1899, p. 23.t The following occurrences have been recorded subsequent to the publication of Saunders's Manual : One, a male, obtained near Polegate, Sussex, on May 28th, 1902 ; one, an adult male, obtained near Hoo, Sussex, on May 22nd, 1905 { ; one, an adult male with a black throat, obtained near Lydd, Kent, on Maj' 23rd, 1906.§ The above three instances have been gleaned from a paper in British Birds, vol. i. pp. 6, 7, by Saunders, entitled, " Additions to the List of British Birds since 1899." Still later notices of the occurrences of this Wheatear in Great • Vide "Notes on Various Species of British Birds " (from Part VI. Vogel d. pal. Fauna), by Dr. Ernst Hartert; British Birds, vol. xv. 1910-11. pp. 131-2. t Described by Saunders as Black-throated Wheatears {Saxicola stapazina), the light- throated form, the true Black-eared Wheatear of that period (iS. aurita), then unknown to have visited the British Isles. I These two birds, showing whitish throats, were regarded as examples of the true Western Black-eared Wheatear {S. caterinae), and were recorded as the first and second of their kind obtained in the British Isles. In reaUty they represent the third and fourth recorded occurrences, and the second and third specimens actually brought to hand. § Described as a Black-throated Wheatear (S. occidentalix), and recorded as the second of its kind obtained in the British Isles. In reality it was the fourth Western Black-eared Wheatear obtained and the fifth recorded. N.B. — The specific name occidentalis was adopted because the name atapazina was transferred to represent the specific name of the Eastern Black-eared Wheatear. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 11 Britain are as follows : One, a male, obtained at Winchelsea, Sussex, on May 2nd, 1907 (J. B. Nichols, British Birds, vol. i. 1907-8, p. 185) * ; one, a male with a black throat, obtamed at Fair Isle, Scotland, on September 25th, 1907 (W. Eagle Clarke, Studies in Bird Migration, vol. ii. p. 145 ; Annals of Scottish Natural History, 1907, p. 246, and ibid. 1908, pp. 72-85; and Witherby, British Birds, vol. i. p. 382) f ; one, a female in winter dress, obtained at St. Kilda, on Septem- ber 21st, 1911 (W. Eagle Clarke, Studies in Bird Migration, vol. ii. p. 217) f ; two males, each with a black throat, obtamed near Winchelsea, Sussex, respectively on May 16th and 19th, 1912 (J. B. Nichols, British Birds, vol. vi. 1912-13, p. 184) § ; one, a male, the colour of throat not mentioned, obtamed at HoUington, Sussex, on May 5th, 1915 (H. W. Ford-Lmdsay, British Birds, vol. ix. 1915-16, p. 121) II ; one, a male with " no frontal band of black," obtained at St. Leonards, Sussex, on October 30th, 1915 (H. Ford-Lindsay, ibid. p. 249)11; one, an adolescent male with a black throat, obtained on Tuskar Rock, co. Wexford, on May 16th, 1916 (C. J. Patten, Dublin Daily Express, June 8th, 1916; Irish Times, June 9th, 1916 ; Nature, June 15th, 1916, pp. 321, 322 ; Irish Naturalist, June 1916, p. 100) ** ; this, the most recent occurrence, completes the number of British- taken specimens up to date. * Described as the Western Black-eared Wheatear {S. caterinae), and recorded as the third obtained in the British Isles ; in reality it was the fifth obtained and sixth recorded. t Described as the Black-throated Wheatear {S. occidenkilis) and recorded as the third British and first Scottish example procured. In reality it was the sixth Western Black-eared Wheatear obtained in Great Britain and the seventh recorded, and the first from Scotland. A ready and concisely drawn-up reference to the above seven records is to be found in Dr. Hartert's Hand-list of British Birds, 1912, p. 81. AU these birds have been included under the one name of the Western Black-eared Wheatear {Oenanthe h. hispanica) ; tlie question of there being only one species, dimorphic in the plumage of the throat, having been answered in the affirmative, the name Black-throated was abandoned. The alteration in the nomenclature is the outcome of Dr. Hartert's researches, and is now widely adopted. J Here named Black-throated Wheatear {Saxicola hispanica), and recorded as the second specimen obtained in Scotland ; this bird was entered as the Western Black-eared Wheatear {Oen^anthe h. hispanica) in a paper in British Birds, vol. vi. 1912-13, p. 152, by the Editors, entitled " Additional Records from Fair Isle and St. Kilda." This paper appeared subsequent to the publication of Dr. Hartert's Hand-list of British Birds, and as a result his nomenclatural and vernacular names for the species have l^een adopted. It is interesting to note that Mr. Eagle Glarlie while still adhering to the older name of Black-throated Wheatear had already adopted the same specific name of hispanica as did Dr. Hartert instead of occidentalis. This bird represents the seventh Western Black- eared Wheatear obtained, and the eighth recorded in Great Britain, and the second obtained in Scotland. § Both named the Black-throated form of the Western Black-eared Wheatear, of which form only four previous captures had been made in Great Britain. This statement is correct. However, proceeding with statistics regarding both forms we find these two birds to be the eighth and ninth obtained, and the ninth and tenth recorded in Great Britain. II The title of the note here is " Western Black-eared AVheatear in Sussex," but in the text Mr. Ford-Lindsay speaks of the bird as the Black-throated Wheatear ; hence I presume it is s Black-throated form and have entered it as such in the synoptical tables (A) and (C). It represents the tenth specimen obtained and the eleventh recorded in the British Isles of the Western Black- eared Wheatear. ^ Designated Western Black-throated Wheatear, yet while this older vernacular name is used, the most modern trinomial nomenclatural term, viz. Oenanthe h. hispanica, is applied. This biid is the eleventh obtained and the twelfth recorded in the British Isles of the Western Black-eared Wlieatear. ** Called Black-eared Wheatear [Oenanthe hispanica), the racial form being undetermined when these preUminary notes were sent to press. In the Dublin daily papers above mentioned, I did not insert the scientific names. This bird is the twelftli obtained and the thirteenth recorded in the British Isles, and the first obtained in Ireland, of the Western Black-eared Wheatear. 12 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 191" SYNOPTIC TABLES. A. TABLE SHOWING AUTHENTIC BRITISH RECORDS IN SERIAL ORDER OF THE BLACK-THROATED FORM. Serial Record. Sei. Date. LocaUty. First British Male May 8th, 1875 Lancashire. Second British Male May 23rd, 1900 Kent. Third British and First Scotch Male Sept. 25th, 1907 Fair Isle. Fourth British and Second Scotch Female Sept. 2nd, 1911 St. Kilda. Fifth British Male May 16th, 1912 Sussex. Sixth British Male May 19th, 1912 Sussex. Seventh British Male May 5th, 1915 Sussex. Eighth British and First Irish Male May 16th, 1916 Wexford. B. TABLE SHOWaNG AUTHENTIC BRITISH RECORDS IN SERIAL LIGHT-THROATED FORM. ORDER OF THE Serial ReconJ. Sex. Date. Locality. First British Male May 28th, 1902 Sussex. Second British Male May 22nd, 1905 Sussex. Third British Male May 2nd, 1907 Sussex. Fourth British Male Oct. 30th, 1915 Sussex. C. TABLE SHOWING AUTHENTIC BRITISH RECORDS IN SERIAL ORDER OF THE TWO FORMS TAKEN TOGETHER. Serial Record. Sex. Date. Locality. First British Male May 8th, 1875 Lancashire. •Second British Male May 28th, 1902 Sussex. •Third British Male May 22nd, 1905 Sussex. Fourth British Male May 23rd, 1906 Kent. •Fifth British Male May 2nd, 1907 Sussex. Sixth British and First Scotch Male Sept. 25th, 1C07 Fair Isle. Seventh British and Second Scotch Female Sept. 2nd, 1911 St. Kilda. Eighth British Male May 16th, 1912 Sussex. Ninth British Male May 19th, 1912 Sussex. Tenth British Male May 5th. 1915 Sussex. •Eleventh British Male Oct. 30th, 1915 Sussex. Twelfth British and First Irish Male May 16th, 1916 Wexford. N.B. — The light-throated forms are marked with an asterisk. The first two of these records (second and third British) are interposed between the records of the first and second Black-throated forms ; the third (fifth British) between the second and third Black-throated forms ; and the fourth (the eleventh British) between the seventh and eighth Black-throated forni.s. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. 13 It may now be observed from the above statistics that, during a period lasting forty-one years, namely, from May 8th, 1875, when the first bird was obtained, to May 16th, 1916, when the latest to date was obtained, thirteen examples have been recorded, which, with the exception of one, have all been handled and identified beyond doubt. Nine of the twelve authentic records, that is to say three-fourths, come from England ; two, or one-sixth, from Scot- land ; and one, or one-twelfth, from Ireland. STATUS OF THE WESTERIT BLACE-EABED WHEATEAB AS A BRITISH BIRD. During latter years this Wheatear has been more frequently recorded than formerly, and though it may be correct to regard it still a rare bird, obviously it is less so than was supposed. As I have already pointed out when framing the status of other rare British birds — e.g. Aquatic and Icterine Warblers * — the study of ornithology has found much favour of late, and many more workers have made a special study of migration, not only on the mainland but at light- stations buUt on rocks and islands some mUes ofE the coast, and situated so as to lie along and often to intersect important migration-routes. Added is the valuable co-operation and increasing vigilance of the light-keepers ; the result is that the number of records of heretofore supposed very rare birds has markedly increased, and in many cases the status of species calls for revision. It requires but a passing glance at the synoptical table (C) to find that while twenty-seven years elapsed between the capture of the first and ■second birds, i.e. May 8th, 1875, to May 28th, 1902, from the latter date onward this Wheatear has been recorded almost annually, and in some seasons even in the plural number. Most specimens have been taken in Sussex, due no doubt largely to the fact that this county possesses keen observers ; albeit there is every reason to think that this Southern European Wheatear, in affecting its normal vernal migration-range, may betimes somewhat slightly overshoot the mark and arrive on the coasts of other British maritime southern counties. Unlike the Icterine and Aquatic Warbler, which normally push far enough north to breed in latitudes on the Continent corresponding to — and in the case of the Icterine Warbler, even beyond — those of our Isles, the northern limit of the vernal migration-range of the Western Black-eared Wheatear is said to be limited by the River Loire in France. With this more restricted breeding-range the species could hardly be expected to visit the higher latitudes of the British Isles with any degree of regularity. It may be safer to regard its visits to Yorkshire, Lancashire, and in a far greater degree to St. Kilda and Fair Isle, as quite exceptional. This is borne out by the fact that Mr. Eagle Clarke has only obtained it once from these Scottish islands, a contrast to the visits of the Icterine Warbler to Fair Isle, where it " occurred annually on the island during recent years in spring or autumn or both." f The visit of the Western Black-eared Wheatear to Tuskar Rock is not altogether surprising. The situation of this station lies along the line of the * Vide papers on "Aquatic and Icterine Warblera obtained on Tuskar Rock," Zoologist, March 1915, pp. 82-92, and iUd. February 191G, pp. 41-54. t " Notes on the Migratory Birds observed at Fair Isle in 1914," ScoUiah Naturalist, May 1915, p. 104. 14 NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXIV. 1917. migration-route of birds pushing up towards the south-west sea-board of England, and it requires but little extension of a north-west flight for a bird to reach a rock off the south-east corner of Ireland — e.g. Tuskar — instead of the coast of Devonshire or Cornwall. In support of this argument it should be remembered that the Wheatear as a class is a strong and very energetic bird, endowed with powerful, well sustained, and rapid flight.* Again, the geographical distribution of the breeding-grounds of the Common Wheatear, in -nhich may be included the Greenland form, is of very considerable extent, and for aught we know the breeding-ground of the Western Black-eared Wheatear may be wider than we are aware of, nor should the question of the possibility of its breeding-range becoming more extensive of later years be altogether neglected. Not that I wish to imply that the bird resorts or has resorted to the south of Ireland to breed , we have no evidence whatever to substantiate this view. For the present I am content to regard the visit of the bird to Tuskar as representing a pro- longation in flight of one of the numbers which make for the southern sea-board of England, where the status of such birds requires close scrutiny. And indeed it seems particularly interesting at this juncture to bear in mind that not one of the eight birds taken in the South of England met its death at a light-station by striking the lantern, or such like accident, f In other words there is no evidence to show that fog was encountered, and that any of these birds, becoming bewildered during their nocturnal movements by the glare of the lantern, deviated from or were delayed on their accustomed route. Indeed the question of the possibility of these eight Black-eared Wheat- ears arriving in the south of England, not as vagrants, waifs, refugees, or mere accidental visitors, but as genuine summer-visitors, prepared to breed if suitable nesting-sites presented themselves, must not be summarily dismissed. Wheat- ears as a class are not particularly fastidious in their choice of nesting-sites, provided they can secure cover in some open upland country among stone-walls, burrows, crevices, etc. However, it is rather curious that these eight birds were all males J : possibly, however, they, or some of them, may have had their consorts with them, but the latter being less showy were overlooked. On the other hand, supposing the view be adopted that these Wheatears were accidental visitors which overshot their breeding migration-range, then possibly the males, stronger, more ardent, and energetic, might more readily go astray. The weight of this hypothesis becomes much reduced on closer study, for accidental visitors are frequently represented by females as well as by males, for example the Dartford, Aquatic, and Icterine ^^'arblers, taken recently on Tuskar Rock, were females, and many others might be cited. But whatever may have been the vis a iergo which propelled these Wheatears to travel beyond their normal limit and to reach the southern shores of England, I think it is * On rock light-stations oH the coast of Ireland, Wheatears are harassed and preyed upon to a large extent by Merlin Falcons. I have witnessed over and over again the .speed and adroitness in turning and the endurance on the \ring displayed by the Wheatear when closely pursued, and many times I have perceived the Falcon relinquish the chase. t The one other bird which completes the number at present known to have been taken in England, namely the Lancashire bird, did not strike a lantern on the coast either, but it is more expedient not to include it in the text with the south of England birds seeing that its visit was more likely accidental than other\\ise. X Moreover, the vagrants to Tuskar, Lancashire, and Fair Isle, were males, the only female being the bird which wandered to the outlying island of St. Kilda. In short, eleven of the twelve British-taken Western Black-oared Wheatears proved to be of the male sex. NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1!)17. 15 more likely than not that the birds come under the category of occasional if not annual summer-visitors rather than accidental vagrants. It has not yet been proved that their visits are annual and regular ; at the same time the evidence, as it accumulates, points in that direction. With the data at our disposal the question in regard to the periodic status of the bird is becoming unfolded, and so far as our present knowledge goes would read somewhat as follows : A frequent, and quite likely an annual, summer-visitor to the southern counties of England, and occurring as a very rare vagrant in more northern latitudes of the British Isles. What the numeric status may be remains to be seen. It is certain, however, that those specimens obtained do not by any means exhaust the numbers which appeared each season. If we adopt the estimate made by such competent authorities as Dr. E. Hartert, Rev. F. C. R. Jourdain, Dr. N. F. Ticehurst, and Mr. H. F. Witherby, namely, that for every straggler vihich is identified and recorded, at least ten go past unidentified and unrecorded,* and admitting the Western Black-eared Wheatear to be a frequent summer-visitor rather than a mere straggler, it seems to me proportionate if the numbers which escape detection in a given area where the bird has occurred be estimated at twenty times greater. If for the present such an estimate be granted, then the numeric status of the bird might be put down as " occurring in very small numbers." The complete status of this Wheatear might then read as follows : A frequent, quite likely an annual visitor to the southern counties of England, occurring in very small numbers, and a very rare vagrant to more northern latitudes in the British Isles. In regard to Ireland apart from Great Britain, it is impossible with but one specimen at our disposal, this representing the sole record known up to the present, to set forth the status of the bird. If, as already suggested, the Tuskar bird represents one of the South of England visitors which prolonged its journey slightly, with negligible deviation of route, it might be appropriately called for the present an expectant, rather than a mere haphazard accidental vagrant. This much may be added, however, in conclusion, that, while on the one hand the Black-eared Wheatear is a migrant in summer to more southern European latitudes ; on the other hand, being a bird of strong flight and energy, it may be led to overstep the boundary of its breeding-range more readily and oftener than has been supposed, and, if a sharp look-out be kept, it may be found visiting Ireland again at no distant date. Its chances of fraternising xn flight with some of the thousands of Common and Greenland Wheatears which reach Tuskar annually in spring, and thence of alighting on Irish soil, are not improbable. We have seen that the Tuskar bird arrived synchronously with several Common Wheatears and many other species which habitually visit Tuskar on spring migration ; that it was in good condition ; and was not a waif which had drifted about aimlessly, untU fatigue or storm-bound it sought refuge on the rock. In truth it was affecting a vigorous migration. Such are hopeful signs that it will re-visit Ireland. I fervently hope so. GENERAI. GEOGRAFHICAI. DISTRIBUTIOIT. In regard to the general geographical distribution of the Western Black-eared Wheatear, Saunders provides the following : " Although some occurrences • Vide Introduction, p. xi. Hand-liitt oj British Birds, 1912, by above authors. 16 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. formerly recorded under this name * in Heligoland were really those of the Desert-Wheatear, yet the present species seems to have been obtained there once ; while Schlegel records it from Haarlem, Holland. It breeds regularly about as far north as the line of the Loire in France ; southward in the Spanish Peninsula, Morocco, Algeria, and Italy. In the latter country it meets with S. melanoleuca f Guldenstadt : a form which some ornithologists consider to be specifically distinct, characterised by a whiter back and larger amount of black on the throat. This form occupies Greece, South Russia, Asia Minor, Palestine, and Persia ; both races migrating wholly or partially to more southern regions in \\'inter and meeting in Tunisia. The extremes of each are distin- guishable in adult males, but there appear to be numerous intergradations, and I have therefore treated the bird under one heading." DESCRIPTION OP PLATE. Fig. I shows the golden-bufi of the upper parts separated by a dark greyish transverse band from the white area over the tail ; also the central tail-feathers black in their entire length to the base. Fig. 2 shows the golden-butf sweeping ventrally round the sides of the neck and merging into the impure white of the under parts ; also the black axillaries and under wing-coverts. Figs. 3 and 4 show the feet and small slender claws in profile ; in fig. 3 the tail is viewed from below, in fig. 4 from above. The silver-grey forehead, black face and throat with whitish semicircular collar beneath, are shown in each of the four figures. Fig. 5 shows a dorsal view of the skull, the right frontal bone of which is deeply indented (D). Surrounding the indentation is a considerable degree of subcranial haemorrhage. This photograph was taken immediately after the skin was reflected from the head, before the brain was removed and the skull cleaned permanently. • The Black-throated Wheatear {Saxicola stapazina) described and figured in Saunders's Manual, now known to be identical with the Black-throated form of the Western Black-eared \Vhe&teQ.T(0enantheh.ki8panica). TheWestern WTiite-throated form has the same distribution, but being considered by Saunders a distinct species (S. aurita) which had not then visited the British Isles, its distribution is not mentioned in his book. ■j- This bird is the Eastern Black-eared Wheatear {Oenanthe hispanica xanthomelaena) of modern nomenclaturists. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE, VOL. XXIV. 1917. Pr.. T. Western Black-eared Wheatear, from Ti'skar J{ocic, \\exford. Four photographs of the bird in the flesh : fig. 1, dorsal view; fig. 2, ventral view;' fig. 3. right profile; fig. 4, left profile. Also a photograph of the vault of the skull, showing at (D), fig. 5, the deep indentation of the right frontal bone. N.B. — The bird (figs. 1, 2, 3, 4) is represented at half its natural size; the vault of the skull (fig. 5) at its natural size. Photos by C. J. Patten. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1017. 17 A CLASSIFICATION OF THE PYRALIDAE, SUBFAMILY GALLERIANAE. By sir GEORGE F. HAMPSON, Bart., F.Z.S., Etc. "DROBOSCIS well developed, short, or aborted and minute ; palpi of male in -L the typical genera short, upturned and thickly scaled, hidden below the very large frontal tuft, in female downcurved and two or three times the length of head. In the more ancestral genera the palpi may be long and downcurved in both sexes, or rarely upturned ; maxillary palpi small and filiform, or obsolete, sometimes more developed and somewhat dilated with scales, rarely long and two-jointed ; frons usually with large tuft of hair ; eye large, round ; antennae usually almost simple, sometimes ciliated, in Sphinctocera wth a small tooth at one-fifth, the basal joint often long, in Megarthria very long and curved ; thorax and abdomen without crests ; tibiae with all the spurs present. Fore- wing with the shape very variable ; vein 1 a separate from 1 6 ; 1 c absent ; 4 sometimes absent or stalked ynlh 5 ; 6 sometimes stalked with 7, 8, 9 ; 7 present ; 9 often and 8 and 10 rarely absent ; 10 from cell or sometimes stalked with 8, 9 ; the male often has the cell very much produced, sometimes almost to termen, and with a glandular swelling containing masses of flocculent hair at base of costa on underside. Hindwing with the median nervure pectinated on upperside ; veins I a, 6, c present ; 4 often and 3 rarely absent, 3 and 5 or 4, 5 often stalked ; the discoceilulars often angled inwards almost to the base, rarely almost obsolete ; 6, 7 from cell or stalked, in Agdistopis 6 absent ; 7 anastomosing with 8 or free ; frenulum of female multiple. The neuration is not very constant, and in the forewing of the same species vein 6 may be from the cell or stalked with 7, 8, 9 ; 7 may be given off from 8 before or beyond 9, and 10 may be rarely either present or absent ; in the hindwing vein 4 is rarely either present or absent. Larvae with all the prolegs present ; in Galleria rather short and stout, in Aphoinia longer and more cylindrical ; in Oalleria and Achroia they live in the hives of bees, forming silken tubular galleries, in Aphomia in the nests of Vespa or Bombus, whilst some exotic species live in the nests of ants. A t before a reference means that the type is in the British Museum, and an * that the species is not in the collection. In my opinion the name used for the subfamily and the genus Aphomia should be respectively Tineiyiae and Tinea Linn., but in deference to the wishes of the Editors of the Novitates I have here employed the terms Gallerianae and Aphomia pending a more general consensus of the opinions of zoologists on the subject. Two species have been clauned as the type of the genus, sociella the first on the list, a pellionella the twenty-fLfst. Linne's description of Tinea is " Alls convolutis, fere in cylindrum ; frontc prominula." The first part of the description applies to the wings in repose, in sociella they are folded almost into a cylinder, in pellionella they are more tent-lilie in shape, with the apices of the f orewings turned outwards ; the second part applies 2 18 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 5 I <2 ■s ? s ^ u~ II e. « Ida J •s K!l « 1 s 1 • Cl o Ci S "^ 6^ ^ NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 19 to the hair on the frons which in sociella forms a thick tuft, whilst in pellionella it consists of loose hair ; in fact sociella exactly answers the generic description, and pellionella does not. The Latin word Tinea means a larval insect pest ; it is used by Virgil for the worms of moths that live in bee-hives, by Horace for book-worms, and by other authors for those of clothes-moths, etc. The type of a genus is the species from which the original author described that genus, and no action by a subsequent author or by all the Zoological Con- gresses in the world can alter that fact. The difficulty is to determine what that species is when the type is not indicated. The author would naturally put his type species down first on his list, but he might subsequently rearrange his list so as to get a more natural order of the species. Unless, however, there is any evidence of this, such as the first species not agreeing with the generic description, that species must be presumed to be the type. Under Tortrix Linne states that the larvae twist leaves, uniting them by threads and living and feeding between them. The first species on his list, prasinana, therefore cannot be the type, and the second species, viridana, becomes the type. The type of Sphinx is ligustri, because Linne in Faun. Succ. states that it is commonly called " The Sphinx " from the attitude of the larva. Similarly the type of Bomhyx is mori because he calls it " The Bombyx," and the silkworm exclusively was known by that name to the Greeks and Romans. Three methods are in use for determining the type of a genus when the type is not indicated. 1 . The above, which is used in the revision of the Sphingidae by Rothschild and Jordan, the Catalogue of Lepidoptera Phalaenae in the British Museum, by most of the authors in Seitz' Macrolepidoptera, and by most American authors. It is the only method by which finality can be reached, and is rapidly coming into general use. 2. That the first reviser of a genus fixes the type of that genus. No two authors seem to agree exactly in their interpretation of this law, or as to what constitutes a revision, and whether a type has been fixed or not. Its chief advantage seems to be that each author can continue to use a generic name in the sense to which he is accustomed. 3. That all species on the original list of a genus which have been used as the types of later genera shall be eliminated, and one of the remaining species be fixed as the type of the genus. This led to so many anomalies, such as the least applicable species being fixed as the type of the genus, and even a species that the author of the genus had never seen, that it has fallen into disuse. KEY TO THE GENERA. A. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 absent. a. Forewing with vein 4 absent, 6, 7, 8 stalked . . Paroxyptera, p. 27 b. Forewing with vein 4 present, 6 from the cell . MetacJirysia, p. 30 B. Hindwing with vein 3 present, 4 absent. a. Forewing with veins 6, 7, 8, 9 stalked. a'. Hindwng with the cell open . . . Arenipses, p. 36 bV Hindwing with the cell closed . . . Paraphomia, p. 37 20 XOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917 Forewing with vein 6 from the cell, a'. Forewing with vein 4 absent, a*. Forewing with vein 9 absent h'. Fore\ving \\ith vein 9 present b'. Forewing with vein 4 present. a=. Forewing with vein 9 absent. a'. Forewing with vein 11 becoming coincident vnth 12 . b'. Forewing wdth vein 11 free. a'. Forewing with veins 4, 5 stalked a'. Frenulum absent ; abdomen very long and tipuliform ; hindwing with vein 6absent b". Frenulum present ; abdo- men normal ; hindwing with vein 6 present, a'. Forewing -with vein 8 present ; hindwing with the cell open . b^ Forewing wth vein 8 absent ; hindwing with the cell closed . b '. Forewing with veins 4, 5 from cell. a^ Frons with tuft of scales, a'. Forewing with vein 10 stalked wth 7, 8 b^ Forewing with vein 10 from the cell . b '. Frons without tuft of scales, a'. Hindwing with the apes produced and acute b'. Hindwing with the apex not produced . b-. Forewing with vein 9 present. a'. Forewing with vein Tfrom 8 beyond 9. a'. Forewing with vein 10 stalked with 7, 8, 9. a^ Forewing with the cell long b'. Forewing with the cell short. a'. Forewing with the apex produced and acute b'. Fore wing with the apex not produced. a'. Forewingshort,the termen straight b'. Forewing long, the termen rounded Anerastidia, p. 27 Corcyra, p. 35 Rhectophlebia, p. 27 Agdistojns, p. 43 Stenachroia, p. 28 Phycitodes, p. 26 Metaraphia, p. 31 Eldana, p. 29 Achroia, p. 44 Prasinoxena, p. 23 Antiptilotis, p. 35 Acracomi, p. 30 Microcklora, p. 24 Trachylepidia, p. r.6 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 21 b'. Forewing with vein 10 from the cell, a'. Forewing with the costa excised beyond middle, the apex falcate b'. Forewing with the costa evenly arched, a'. Forewing with the apex rectangular . b ^ Forewing with the apex rounded . b'. Forewing with vein 7 from 8 before 9. a'. Forewing with vein 10 stalked with 7, 8, 9 . b'. Forewing with vein 10 from the cell. &'. Forewing long and narrow, a". Forewing lanceolate, the apex produced and acute b'. Forewing with the apex slightly produced, a'. Forewing with the costa strongly arched towards apex b'. Forewing with the costa slightly arched . b*. Forewing shorter and broader, the apex not produced C. Hindwing with vein 4 present. a. Forewing with 10 stalked with 7, 8, 9. a'. Forewing with vein 7 from 8 beyond 9. b'. Forewing with vein 7 from 8 before 9 or 9 absent, a'. Forewing with vein 3 from well before angle of cell ..... b'. Forewing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell ...... b. Forewing with veins 8, 9, 10 stalked and fi, 7 stalked ; frons with rounded prominence c. Forewing with vein 10 from the cell. a'. Forewing with vein 9 absent ; frons with conical prominence ..... Parazanclodes, p. 23 Doloessa, p. 25 Afhomia.Tji. 37 Athaliptis, p. 45 Meyriccia, p. 29 Ethopia, p. 31 Tirathaba, p. 32 Heteromicta,X p. 42 Paraphycita, p. 54 Cathayia, p. 46 Epimorius, p. 45 Schoenobiodes, p. 57 Archigalleria, p. 55 X In Heteromicta amydraatis the forewing sometimes has vein 7 from 8 beyond 9, and in H. oodee vein 9 ia sometimes absent. 22 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV". 1917. '. Forewing with vein 9 present ; frons with large tuft of hair, a-. Forewing with vein 7 from 8 beyond 9. a'. Forewing long and narrow. a*. Forewing with the apex rect- angular .... b *. Forewing with theapexrounded, the termen very short . b'. Forewing broader. a*. Forewingwith thetermenexcised b*. Forewing with the termen not excised .... b*. Forewing with vein 7 from 8 before 9. a'. Palpi of male short, upturned. a'. Forewingwith the discocellulars angled. a^ Hindwing with veins 4, 5 stalked, a*. Forewingwith the apex produced and falcate b^ Forewingwith the apex not produced, a'. Forewing very narrow b'. Forewing broad . b^. Hindwing with veins 4, 5 from angle of cell . b*. Forewing with the discocellulars curved .... b'. Palpi of male long and downcurved. a*. Forewing with the costa arched beyond middle then rather truncate towards apex which is produced and acute, a'. Palpi about the length of head and fringed with long hair below, the maxillary palpi dilated with scales . b'. Palpi about twice the length of head and moderately fringed with hair below, the maxillary palpi filiform b*. Forewing with the costa evenly arched, the apex rounded ; palpi about twice the length of head. X In Lamoria inoatentalia vein 4 of the hindwing is often absent. Picrogama, p. 47 Prosthenia, p. 48 Galleria, p. 53 Acara, p. 49 Eucallionyma, p. 26 Picrogama (part), p. 47 Schistotheca, p. 49 Statia, p. 26 Lamoria,X p. 50 Otnphalophora, p. 52 Acyperas, p. 52 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 23 a^ Antennae with the basal jointvery long and curved b*. Antennae with the basal joint short . c'. Forewing with the costa slightly excised beyond middle, the apex rounded ; palpi about three times length of head c'. Forewing with vein 7 from the cell. a'. Frons with very large conical pro- minence, grooved below ; palpi short and upturned . b'. Frons with conical prominence end- ing in a small corneous beak ; palpi obliquely upturned ; fore- wing with veins 9 to 12 becoming coincident below costa c'. Frons without prominence ; palpi porrect, about twice the length of head ..... Megarthria, p. 54 Embryoglossa, p. 54 Sphinctocera, p. 55 Balaenifrons, p. 57 Morpheis, p. 56 Galleristhenia, p. 53 Type. chrysaugeUa Gen. Parazanclodes. Parazanclodes Hmpan., Rom. Mim. vUi. p. 490 (1901) .... Proboscis aborted ; palpi of male slight, upturned ; maxillary palpi minute ; frons with rather large tuft of hair ; antennae short, the basal joint dilated ; forewing narrow, the costa arched at base, then strongly excised, the apex pro- duced and falcate, the termen strongly excised to middle ; the cell two-thirds length of wing ; vein 3 from well before angle of cell ; 4 and 5 well separated ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from beyond 9 ; 10, II from cell ; the male with large glandular swelling at base of costa on underside fringed with long hair, the cell clothed with fine hair, a patch of androconia below the cell before base of vein 2. Hindwing with vein 2 from before angle of cell ; 3 and 5 from angle ; 4 absent ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8 ; the male with patch of androconia in lower extremity of cell on upper side. * Parazanclodes chrysaugeUa. Parazanclodes chrysaugeUa Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 490. pi. 53. f. 18 (1901). Br. IT. Guinea. Gen. Prasinoxena. Type. Prasinoxena Meyr., Trans. Eni. Soc. 1894. p. 479 monosfila Proboscis slight ; palpi of male minute, upturned, of female porrect and extending about the length of head ; maxillary palpi slight ; frons without tuft of hair ; antennae short, the basal joint somewhat long and dilated. Fore- wing rather short and broad, the costa rather oblique towards apex which is produced and pointed, the termen obUque ; the cell long ; vein 2 from middle of cell ; 3, 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from just below upper angle ; 7, 8, and 10 stalked, 7 from beyond 10, 9 absent ; II from cell ; the male with slight glandular swell- 24 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. ing at base of costa. Hindwing with the cell open ; veins 3 and 5 stalked to near termen, 4 absent ; 7 anastomosing with 8 ; the male with a fold on inner margin containing a tuft of long hair. Sect. I. Forewing of male on underside with fringe of hair along median nervure to just beyond the cell, do-miturned above the nervure and upturned below it. (1) Prasinoxena metaleuca. t Prasinoxena metaleuca Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xxi. p. 1249. pi. G. f. 28 (1912). Ceylon. Sect. II. Forewing of male on underside with a streak of hairy scales above median nervure. (2) Prasinoxena monospila. t Prasinoxena monospila Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894. p. 480 ; Hmpsn., Rom. ilim. viii. p. 499. pi. 54. f. 14. Borneo ; Fulo Iiaut. Sect. III. Forewing of male on underside normal. (3) Prasinoxena bilineella. Prasinoxena bilineella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 5U0. pi. 54. f. 17 (1901). Amboina ; Batchian. (4) Prasinoxena viridissima. t Prasinoxena viridissima Swinh., Fasic. Malay. Zool. i. p. 98 (1903). Selangore. (5) Prasinoxena hemisema. t Prasinoxena hemisema Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894. p. 480 ; Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 500. pi. 54. f. 15. Fulo Iiant ; Sumbawa. Gen. Microchlora. Type. Microchlora Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 468 (1901) ..... eariasella Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short, upturned ; maxillary palpi minute ; frons •nithout tuft of hair ; antennae with the basal joint long and dilated. Fore- wing short and broad, the apex rectangular, the termen straight ; the cell rather short ; vein 2 from middle of cell ; 3, 4, 5 well separated ; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 from beyond 9; 11 from cell. Hindwing with the cell short ; vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 ; the male with fold on inner area containing a tuft of long hair. (1) Microchlora eariasella. Microchlora eariasella Ilmp.sn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 468. pi. 54. f. 13 (1901). Batchian ; Celebes. NOVITATES ZOOLOQICAE XXIV. 1917. 25 (2) I Microchlora bilineella n. sp. (J. Head and thorax emerald-green ; pectus, legs and abdomen whitisli. Forewing emerald-green, an erect slightly waved black and whitish antemedial line from subcostal nervure to inner margin, a white point before it in submedian fold ; a slightly waved black and whitish postmedial line from below costa to inner margin, excurved to vein 4 then rather oblique, a white point beyond it below vein 4 ; the costa towards apex, termen and cilia red-brown and whitish with a series of white points defining the green area. Hindwing white. Under- side of forewing and the costal area of hindwing green. Solomon Is., Bougainville (Meek), 1 3 type. Exp. 20 mill. Gen. Doloessa. Type. Doloesaa Zell., Isis. 1848. p. 860 .......... viridis Thagora Wlk., xxviii. 205 (1863) figumna Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male very short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female porrect and extending about the length of head ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons with large tuft of hair above ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint with tuft of hair below. Forewing rather narrow, the apex rectangular, the termen evenly curved ; veins 3 and 5 from close to angle of cell ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from beyond 9 ; 10, 11 from cell. Hindwing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell ; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled to near base ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Sect. I. Forewing of male on underside with the cell and the area just below and beyond its extremity clothed with black androeonia ; hindwing on upperside with the costal area clothed with black androeonia to beyond middle. (1) Doloessa hilaropis. Melissoblaptes hilaropis Meyr., Trans. ErU. Soc. 1897. p. 378. Doloessa plumbolineella HmpsQ., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 488. pi. 54. f. 10 (1901). Queensland. (2) Doloessa castanella. t Thagora castanella Hmpsn., Moths Ind. iv. p. 4 (1896) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 488. Garcinoptera ochrociliella Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. pi. 8. £. 24 (1893) non descr. Ceylon ; Andamans ; Christmas I. ; Tenimber. Sect. II. Wings of male without patches of androeonia. (3) Doloessa constellata. t Doloessa constellata Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii. p. 94 (1901) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 489. pi. 54. f. 12. Assam, Khasis. (4) Doloessa viiidis. Doloessa viridis ZeU., Isis. 1848. p. 860 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 489. pi. 46. f. 16. t Thagora figurana Wlk., xxvU. 205 (1863) ; Hmpsn., III. Het. D. M. ix. pi. 157. f. 8; id., Moths Ind. iv. p. 5. Tyana ornaia Wileman, Entom. xUii. p. 291 (1910). Formosa ; Ceylon ; Philippines ; Java ; Kei Is. ; IT. Guinea ; Solomon Is. ; Queensland. 26 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Gen. Eucallionyma. Type. Callionyma ileyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vii. p. IGl (1882), neo Callionymus Linn., Pisces (1758) ............ sarcodes Eucallionyma Rag., Rom. Mem. vUi. p. 430 (1901) ...... sarcodes Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint somewhat dilated. Forewing with the costa moderately arched, the apex produced and somewhat falcate, the termen obliquely curved ; the lower angle of cell produced ; vein 3 from near angle ; 5 from above angle ; the discocellulars angled inwards ; vein 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from before 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male with large fold on basal half of costa on underside containing masses of flocculent hair. Hindwing with vein 3 from angle of cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; the discocellulars angled inwards to rather near base ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Eucallionyma sarcodes. CcUlionyma sarcodes Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vii. p. 161 (1882); Rag., Eom. Mem. viii p. 431. pi. 53. f. 7. K.S. Wales ; Victoria. Gen. Statia. Type. Staiia Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 443 (1901) chlordla Proboscis strong, short ; palpi of female slender, the second joint oblique to just beyond the frons, the third minute, porrect, acuminate at tip ; antennae short, cihated. Forewing with the costa arched, the apex somewhat produced, the termen evenly curved ; vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 4, 5 separate ; the discocellulars strongly angled inwards, 6 shortly stalked with 7, 8, 9 ; 7 from before 9 ; 10, 11 from cell. Hindwing with the lower angle of cell much pro- duced ; vein 3 from before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars strongly angled inwards ; 6, 7 strongly stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. * Statia chlorella. Statia chlorella Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 444. pi. 45. f. 14 (1901). Peru. Gen. Phycitodes nov. Type P. albistriata. Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of female very short, porrect and not reaching as far as the large frontal tuft of hair ; maxillary palpi invisible ; antennae rather long, with shght tufts of scales at the joints. Forewing long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 2 from towards angle of cell ; 3 from before angle ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6 from upper angle ; 7 from before angle ; 8, 9 absent ; 10,11 from cell ; a fringe of scales below base of costa on underside. Hindwing with the cell about one-third length of wing ; vein 2 from towards angle ; 3 from angle ; 5 from just above angle, 4 absent ; the discocellulars curved ; 6, 7 from upper angle of cell ; 7 anastomos- ing with 8. NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. 27 t Phycitodes albistriata n. sp. $. Head, thorax and abdomen reddish brown mixed with white ; forewing whitish tinged and thickly irrorated with dark purphsh brown ; white fasciae on basal half of costa, in lower part of cell and on median nervnre, and streaks on the veins beyond the cell ; shght dark spots in upper and lower angles of cell and a terminal series of points ; a faint brown antemedial line, excurved in the cell then oblique, and faint rather diffused oblique postmedial line. Hind- wing ochreous white tinged with reddish brown, especially on costal area ; a terminal brown line ; ciha white with a brown line near base. Underside more suffused with brown. Br. E. Africa, N'dimu (Betton), 1 ? type. Exf. 36 mill. Gen. Rhectophlebia. Type. Rhectophlebia Rag., Nouv. Oen. p. 52 (1888) ........ monilella Proboscis small ; palpi of female downcurved, extending about three times length of head, the second joint thickly scaled, the third short ; maxillary palpi absent ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae ciliated. Fore\\ing rather narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 from angle ; 4, 5 strongly stalked ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked, 9 absent; 10, 11 from cell, 11 becoming coincident with 12. Hindwing with the cell very short ; veins 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. * Rhectophlebia monilella. Bhectophlebia monilella Rag., Nouv. Gen. p. 52 (1888) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 493. pi. 8. f. 23. Colombia. Gen. Paroxyptera. Type. Paroxyptera Ra,g., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 503 (,1Q01) ....... filiella Proboscis small ; palpi short, obUque, the third joint very short, porrect ; maxillary palpi obsolete ; frons with strong tuft of hair ; antennae of female minutely serrate, the basal joint with tuft of hair on inner side. Forewing narrow, the apex produced, the termen very obhque ; veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent ; 6, 7, 8 stalked, 9 absent ; 10, 11 from cell. Hindwing with veins 2 and 5 from angle of cell, 3, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anas- tomosing with 8. * Paroxyptera filiella. Achroea filiella Saalm., Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879. p. 308 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 503. pi. 45. f. 4. Uadagascar. Gen. Anerastidia. Type. .4ncra«<Mito Hmpsn., i?om. J/em. viii. p. 500 (1901) ....... albiviltella Proboscis shght ; palpi of male short, upturned, fringed with hair, of female downcurved and extending about the length of head ; maxillary palpi minute ; frons with a large tuft of hair ; antennae short, the basal joint long and tufted 28 NOVITATES ZOOLOaiCAE XXIV. 1917. with hair in front. Foreuing long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen oblique ; the cell long ; vein 2 from middle of cell ; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent ; the discocellulars curved ; vein 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked, 9 absent ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male with small glandular swelHng and tuft of hair at base of costa on underside. Hindwing with vein 2 from angle of cell ; 3 and 5 staUjcd, 4 absent ; the discocellulars retracted almost to base ; veins 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. (1) Anerastidia rhodoneura. Anerastia rhodoneura Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. six. p. 43 (1905). Queensland, Thursday I. (2) Anerastidia albivittella. t Anerastidia albivittella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 500. pi. 54. f. 22 (1901). Hypsolropha bipunctella Wileman, Trans. Era. Soc. 1911. p. 356. Japan ; Borneo ; Fnlo Laut ; Amboina, (3) t Anerastidia pulverea n. sp. (J. Head and thorax white faintly tinged with browoi ; abdomen white, the second and third segments dorsally tinged with ochreous. Forewing white faintly tinged with red-brown and irrorated with a few dark scales ; an oblique sub- terminal series of sUght blackish marks in the interspaces ; a terminal series of black points. Hindwing semihyaline white, the veins and termen tinged with ochreous. ?. Thorax irrorated with blackish scales ; forewing thickly irrorated with blackish scales, a diifused antemedial black mark above inner margin, the subterminal spots and terminal points more distinct ; hindwng with the termen tinged with brown towards apex. Argentina, Gran Chaco, Florenzia (Wagner), 1 cJ type, Sta. Fe, Ocampo (Wagner), 1 ?. Exp. 22 mill. (4) * Anerastidia ebenopasta. Anerastidia ebenopasta Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 122 (1904). Queensland. Gen. Stenachroia. Type. Stenachroia Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii. p. 93 (1901) elongella Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male small, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved, extending about twice the length of head ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae short, the basal joint long and with tuft of hair below. Forewing very long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 2 from middle of cell ; 3 from angle ; 4, 5 strongly stalked ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked from before angle, 9 absent ; 10, II from cell : the male with glandular swelling at base of costa on underside and fringe of upturned hair from middle of median nervure. Hindwing wth the cell open ; veins 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. XOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV, 1917. 29 (1) Stenachroia elongella. t Stenachroia elongella Hmpan., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii. p. 93 (1901) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 494. pi. 54. f. 20. Assam, Khasis ; Bengal, Pusa ; Ceylon. (2) * Stenachroia myrmecophila. Stenachroia myrmecophila Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. six. p. 54 (1905). Qneeusland. Gen. Eldana. Type. Eldana Wlk., xxxii. 632 (1865) saccharina Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short and upturned, of female downcurved and extending about the length of head ; maxillary palpi minute ; frons with tuft of scales ; antennae short, the basal joint long and dilated. Forewing long and narrow, the costa slightly arched, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; vein 2 from middle of cell : 3 from well before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked from before angle, 9 absent ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male with slight glandular swelHng at base of costa on underside. Hind wing with vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellular angled inwards to near base ; veins 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. (1) * Eldana leucostictalis. Eldana leucostictalis Lower, Tr. R. Soc. S. Amir. 1903. p. 50. Queensland. (2) Eldana saccharina. t Eldana saccharina Wlk., xxxii. 633 (1865) ; Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 495. pi. 45. f. 18. Sierra Leone ; Gold Coast ; Mozambiqne. Gen. Meyriccia. Type. Meyrickia Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 456 (1901) ........ latro Proboscis fuUj' developed ; palpi of male short, upturned, of female down- curved and extending about twice the length of head ; maxillary palpi tufted vnih hair ; frons smooth, with large tuft of hair above ; antennae short, almost simple. Forewing very long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; the cell about three-fourths length of wing ; vein 3 from well before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars angled ; 6 from just below upper angle; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from before 9; 10, 11 from cell; male with small glandular swelhng at base of costa on underside and the cell clothed with silky hair. Hind wing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled inwards almost to base ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Meyriccia latro. t Melissoblaptes latro Zell., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1873. p. 213 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 457. pi. 46. f. 8. IT. S. Wales ; S. Australia ; W. Australia. 30 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. Gen. Metachrysia. Typs. Metachrysia Hmpsn., Rom. Mim. vUi. p. 504 (1901) ...... acyperella Proboscis small ; palpi slender, upturned, fringed with hair ; maxillary palpi very small ; frons with small tuft of hair ; antennae of male short. Forewing narrow, the costa arched before apex which is obliquely truncate and produced to a point, the termen oblique ; the cell very long, the lower angle produced ; veins 2, 3, 4, 5 given off at equal distances and parallel ; the discocellulars very oblique ; vein 6 from upper angle of cell ; 7, 8 stalked, 9 absent ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male on underside with the cell clothed with fine silky hair, with a small glandular swelling at base of costa. Hindwing with the cell open ; veins 2 and 5 stalked, 3, 4 absent ; 6, 7 sialked, 7 anastomosing with 8. * Metachrysia acyperella. Metachrysia acyperella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 504. pi. 53. £. 17 (1901). S'Entrecasteaox Is,, Fergusson I. Gen. Acracona. Type. Acracona Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxvi. p. 244 (1900) ...... remipedalis Palpi of male minute, of female reaching just beyond the large frontal tuft; maxiUary palpi small ; antennae with the basal joint long, the shaft of moderate length cihated ; fore and mid tibiae and tarsi thickened and flattened especially in female. Forewing with the costa arched at base, the apex strongly produced and acute ; the cell rather short ; vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars curved ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 from beyond 9; 11 free; male with a large glandular swelling enclosing flocculent hair on underside of basal costal area and a fringe of long upwardly directed hair in submedian fold at middle. Hindwing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled inwards ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. (1) * Acracona flammealis n. sp. Head and thorax purpUsh red ; abdomen orange-red. Forewing purplish red irrorated with darker scales ; an indistinct discoidal spot ; cilia orange. Hindwing orange-red. S. Nigeria, Warri (Roth.), type in coll. Rothschild. Exp. (J 28, $ 36 mill. (2) t Acracona metachryseis n. sp. $. Head, thorax, abdomen and forewing rufous with a greyish tinge, the last slightly irrorated with fuscous and with a fuscous discoidal spot ; cilia orange. Hindwing golden orange. Underside orange except costal area of both wings. Sierra Leone (Clements), 1 ? type. Exp. 42 mill. (3) * Acracona remipedalis. Acracona remipedalis Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxvi. p. 245 (1900). Togoland. XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 31 Gen. Metaraphia. Type. Metaraphia Hmpsn., Rcrm. Mem. viii. p. 49-1 (1901) ....... postluteella Proboscis slight ; palpi of female short, porrect, typically not extending as far as the frontal tuft which is large and truncate ; antennae short, the basal joint long and curved. Forewing long and narrow, the costa slightly arched, the apex typically acute, the termen evenly curved ; the cell long ; vein 2 from middle of cell ; 3 from well before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars angled ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 and 10 stalked, 7 from beyond 10, 9 absent ; 11 from ceU ; a small glandular swelling at base of costa on under- side. Hindwing with the apex typically produced and acute ; vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars strongly angled ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Sect. I. Both wings with the apex produced and acute ; forewing with vein 2 from middle of cell ; palpi not extending as far as the frontal tuft. (1) Metaraphia postluteella. t Metaraphia postluteella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 495. pi. 55. £. 2 (1901). Borneo, Baram. Sect. II. Both wings with the apex rounded ; forewing with vein 3 from near angle of cell ; palpi extending about the length of head. (2) t Metaraphia calamistis n. sp. $. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous, especially on dorsum of abdomen. Forewing ochreous irrorated with black-brown especially along median nervure ; a diffused antemedial blackish mark on vein 1 and ter- minal series of points. Hindwing ochreous, the termen brownish. Underside with the forewing and costal area of hindwing irrorated with brown. W. Colombia, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 ? type. Exf. 28 miU. Gbn. Ethopia. Type. Ethopia Wlk., xxxi. 233 (1863) roseilinea Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female obliquely upturned, the second joint reaching to about middle of frons, the third long, smoothly scaled ; maxillary palpi shght ; frons with tuft of hair ; antennae short, almost simple ; male with large protrusible genital tuft. Fore- wing narrow, the costa highly arched throughout in female, towards apex only in male, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved, the inner margin some- what excised towards tornus ; male with vein 3 from just before angle of cell ; 4 from angle with a recurrent vein running back from it to middle of subcostal nervure ; vein 5 from middle of cell from the almost obsolete discocellulars which are strongly angled inwards above it ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from before 9 ; 10, 1 1 from cell ; the cell on underside clothed with silky downturned hair ; female with veins 4, 5 from angle of cell and the discocellulars strongly angled inwards. Hindwing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 strongly stalked and anastomosing with 8 ; the male with fringe of long downturned hair on upperside from beyond upper angle of cell. 32 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Ethopia roseilinea. Eehopia roseilinea Wlk., xxxi. 233 (1863) ; Swinh., Cat. Het. Jhis. Oxon. ii. pi. vii. f. 4; Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 458. pi. 53. £. 6. Grambomorpha aurora Voll., Tijd. v. Ent. xvi. p. 246. pi. 12. f. 2 (1873). Philippines, Mindanao ; Salawati ; Dntch N. Guinea ; S'Entrecasteanx Is., Fergusson I. Gen. Tirathaba. Type. TiVa<^6a Wlk., XXX. 961 (1864) mundetta .a/wcm/to Wlk., XXXV. 1739 (1866) mundella Harpagoneura Butl, A. M. N. H. {5). XV. p. 242 {ISS5) complexa Coleoneura Rag., Noiiv. Gen. p. 52 (1888) ........ trichogramma Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved and extending about twice the length of head ; maxillary palpi slight ; frons with tuft of hair ; antennae short and almost simple. Fore- wing narrow, the apex shghtly produced, the termen evenly curved ; the cell in male typically about two-thirds length of wing ; vein 3 from just before angle of cell ; 4 from angle ; 5 typically from well above angle ; the discocellulars angled inwards ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 staUsed, 7 from before 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male typically with small glandular swelling at base of costa on underside and the cell clothed with silky androconia ; female with vein 3 typically from near angle of cell and 4, 5 strongly stalked. Hindwing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell or stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 touching 8 at a point ; the male with fringe of hair from below basal part of costa on upperside. Sect. I. (Harpagoneura). Forewing of male with an elongate brand beyond upper angle of cell, the subcostal neuration and terminal area distorted ; the cell extending to about three-fourths of wing. (1) Tirathaba acrocausta. t Harpagoneura acrocausta Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897. p. 79 ; Hmpsn., Horn. Mem. viii. p. 466. pi. 54. f. 9. Mucialla fuscolimbalis Snell., Tijd. v. Ent. xliii. p. 308. pi, 17. ff. 10. II (1900). Philippines ; Java ; Celebes, Sangir I. ; D'Entrecasteaaz Is., Fergusson I. ; Louisiade Is., St. Aignan ; Queensland, Cedar Bay. (2) Tirathaba trichogramma. Heteromicta trichogramma Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1886. p. 273 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 461. pi. 51. f. 13. Coleoneura tacanovella Rag., Nouv. Gen. p. 52 (1888). Piji. The larva eats into young coconuts. (3) Tirathaba complexa. t Harpagoneura complexa Butl., A. M. N. H. (5). xv. p. 242 (1885) ; Rag., Rom. Mim. viii. p. 465. pi. 54. f. 7. Ellice Is. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 33 (4) * Tirathaba irrufatella. Tirathaba irrufatella Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 462. pi. 43. f. 26 (1901). Japan. Sect. II. Forewing of male without brand beyond upper angle of cell, the subcostal neuration and terminal area not distorted. A. Forewing of male with the cell extending almost to termen. (5) t Tirathaba pseudocomplana n. n. Harpagoneura complana Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 466. pi. 46. f. l.'J (nee Feld). Br. BT. Guinea, Aroa R. ; D'Entrecasteaiix Is., Fergusson I. ; Solomon Is., Florida I. ; Qneensland, Geralton. B. Forewing with the cell extending to about two-thirds of wing. a. (Tirathaba). Forewing of female with veins 4, 5 strongly stalked. (6) Tirathaba mimdella. t Tirathaba munddla Wlk.. xxx. 961 (1864). t Mucialla mundella Wlk., xxxv. 1739 (1866). Borneo, Sarawak. h. Forewing of female with veins 4, 5 from cell or shortly stalked. a'. Forewing of male on underside with glandular swelling below base of costa and the cell clothed with silky androconia. (7) t Tirathaba ignivena n. sp. ?. Head and thorax brownish grey tinged with purplish red ; abdomen orange-yellow ; pectus and legs whitish irrorated with red-brown ; ventral surface of abdomen yellowish white. Forewing pale grey-brown, the basal and costal areas irrorated with a few black scales ; the veins below costa with rather diffused purplish-red streaks, the other veins and inner margin with well-defined fiery-red streaks ; a fine black terminal line interrupted by white points ; cilia red-brown \vith blackish marks near base. Hindwing orange-yellow. Underside of forewing yellow with a brownish tinge. Louisiade Is., St. Aignan, 1 $ type. Exji. .36 miU. (8) Tirathaba ruflvena. t Lamoria rufivenaWlk., xxx. 960 (1864) ; Hmpsn., Moths Ind. iv. p. 5 ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 460. pi. 46. f. 7. Lamoria ruplilinea Wlk., xxxv. 1723 (1866). Melissoblaptes rufovenalis Snell., Tijd. i\ Ent. xxiii. p. 248 (1879) ; id., xxvii. p. 53. pi. 5. f. 10. Ceylon ; Singapore ; Borneo, Sarawak ; Bali ; Bnm ; Celebes ; Gilolo ; Batchian ; Dutch IT. Guinea ; Louisiade Is., 8t. Aignan I. ; Queensland. (9) t Tirathaba maculifera n. sp. (J. Head and thorax white mixed with ferruginous ; abdomen orange- yellow, the anal tuft white at tip. Forewing white, the costal area and sub- median fold tinged with ferruginous ; the wing mottled with ferruginous spots especially along submedian fold and an ill-defined subterminal band ; a short 3 34 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 191". streak in base of cell and spots at unddle of cell and upper angle ; a terminal series of points. Hindwing and underside orange-j-ellow. $. Forewing entirely suffused with ferruginous, the veins streaked with ferruginous, the subterminal band just traceable, the spots absent. Sntch N. Goiitea, Ron J. (Doherty), l (J ; B'Entrecasteaux Is., Goodenough I. (Meek), 1 o". Woodlark I. (Meek), 1 <J type, ? in coll. Kothscliild ; Lonisiade Is., St. Aignan I. (Meek), 1 3- Exp. 24-30 mill. (10) tTirathaba Juscistriata n. sp. ?. Head and thorax ochreous grey tinged with purplish red-brown ; abdo- men dull ochreous. Forewing ochreous grey tinged with purplish red-brown, the veins of costal half streaked with blackish ; traces of postmedial and sub- terminal series of slight brownish spots ; the apical part of costa and termen with series of dark striae ; cilia pale purplish red, the tips dark towards apex. Hind\ving dull ochreous, the costal area tinged with brown, the cilia pale purplish red. Underside dull ochreous ; forewing with the disk suffused with fuscrus, the costal and terminal areas tinged with purple ; hindwing with the ccstal area suffused with fuscous. Dutch N. Guinea, Dorey (Doherty), 1 § type. Exp. 30 mill. (11) *Tirathaba purpurella n. sp. 9 Head and thorax pale ochreous tinged with jnirplish ; palpi fuscous at tips ; metathorax edged with fuscous ; abdomen ochreous, the anal tuft and ventral surface tinged with purple. Forewing purple suffused with fuscous, the veins streaked with fuscous ; a rufous discoidal spot. Hindwing greyish fuscous, somewhat ochreous towards base ; cilia purple on apical half. Louisiade Is., St. Aignan I. (Meek), type $ in coll. Rothschild. Exp. 38 mill. (12) Tirathaba grandinotella. t Tirathaba grandinotella Hmpsn., J. Bomb. N. H. Sac. xii. p. 96 (1898) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 462, pi. 4.'-). f. 17. Assam, Kha-iis ; Amboina. (13) Tirathaba semifoedalis. Jiotys semijocdalis Wlk., xxxiv. 1439 (1865) ; Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 462. pi. 54. £. 4, Bhutan ; Celehes, Sula I. (14) Tirathaba parasitica. Melissoblaptes parasiticus Lucas, Pr. R. Sue. Queeiisl. xiii. ]). 85 (1898). Ilarpajotieura hepialivora Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 464. jil. 53. f. 19 (1901). Queensland. (15) Tirathaba haematella. t Tirathaba haematella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 463. pi. 54. f. 21 (19Ul). Aru Is. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 35 6'. Forewiiig of male without secondary sexual characters. (16) Tirathaba unicolorella. t ilucialla unicolorella Hmpan., Moths Ind. iv. p. 5 (1896) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 463. pi. 54. f. 6. Bhutan ; Assam, Khasis. (17) t Tirathaba nitidalis n. sp. ?. Head, thorax and abdomen white, the anal tuft brownish. Forewing silvery white, the costal edge black towards base ; a diffused purplish-fuscous subterminal line, slightly excurved at middle, the area beyond it faintly tinged with purplish fuscous. Hindwing .silvery white, the inner area slightly tinged with brown. Dutch IT. Guinea, Kapaur (Doherty), 1 5 type. Exp. 18 mill. Gen. Antiptilotis. Type. Antiptilotis Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897. p. 80 rubicuTida Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male short, upturned ; maxillary palpi slight ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae short, the basal joint with tuft of hair. Forewing narrow, the costa arched at base, the apex somewhat produced, the termen obliquely curved ; cell long ; vein 2 from middle of cell ; 3 from near angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, S. 9, 10 stalked, 7 from , beyond 9 ; 11 from cell ; the male with large glandular swelling at base of costa on underside fringed with hair at extremity met by a fringe of upturned hair from middle of median nervure. Hindwing with the apex produced and acute ; the cell short, vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 not ana.stomosing with 8 ; the male with tuft of scales on upperside below base of cell. Antiptilotis nibicunda. t Antiptilotis rubicunda Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897. p. 80 ; Hmpsn., Rum. Mem. viii. p. 467. pi. 54. f. 2. MelissoUaptes emhelidlus Snell., Tijd. v. Ent. xliii. p. 308. pi. 17. f. 9 (1900). Java; Celebes, Sangir I. Gen. Corcyra. Type. Corcyra Rag., Ent. Mo. Mag. xxii. p. 23 (1885) ....... cephalonica Proboscis almost obsolete ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved and extending about twice the length of head ; maxillary palpi minute ; frons with large tuft of hair above ; antennae short, the basal joint large and with tuft of hair below. Forewing narrow, the costa arched towards apex wl ich is rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 2 from well beyond middle of cell ; 3 and 5 from angle, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled ; vein 6 from just below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from beyond 9; 10, 11 from cell ; the male with slight glandular swclUng at base of costa. Hindwing with vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars retracted to near base ; veins 0, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. 36 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. (1) Corcyra cephalonica. Melissoblaples cephalonica Sttn.. Ent. Mo. Mag. ii. p. 172 (186.5) ; Rag.. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 491. pi. 45. f. 23; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1. ilelissoblaptes neconnmellus Mann, Verh. zoot.-bot. ges. U'lVre, 1872. p. 35. W. Indies ; Brazil ; Britain ; Germany ; Sicily ; Corcyra ; Bulgaria ; Seychelles ; Asia Kinor, Bitlij'iiia ; Uadras ; Ceylon ; Java ; Christmas I. ; Cocos Keeling I. ; IT. Australia. (2) Corcyra translineella. Corcyra translineeUa Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 492. pi. .51. f. 26 (1901). Sudan ; Br. C. Africa ; Beuuion ; Ceylon ; Kei Is. Probably not distinct from C. cepfialoniai. (3) * Corcyra asthenistis. Corcyra asthenistis Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Qiieensl. xviii. p. 155 (1904). Queensland. Gen. Arenipses. Type. Arenipses Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 501 (1901) sabella Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male short, upturned and fringed with hair, of female downcurved and extending about three times length of head; frons with large tuft of hair; antennae short, the basal joint rather large. Forevving narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; the cell in male very long and produced to a point at vein 5 ; veins 2, 3, 4, 5 given off at equal distances and parallel ; the discocellulars very obUque ; veins 6, 7, 8, 9 stalked. 7 from beyond 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; the cell on underside clothed with fine silky hair and with a large glandular swelling filled with floccu- lent hair at base of co.sta ; of female with the cell normal ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 separate, the discocellulars angled. Hindwing with the cell open, the lower discocellular very faint and the upper absent ; veins 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Arenipses sabella. t Arenipses .mbella Hmp3n., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 501. pi. 24. f. 1 (1901) ; Stand.. Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1. Algeria ; Arabia ; Persia. Gex. Trachylepidia. Type. Trachylepidia Rag., Ann. Soc. Ertt. Fr. 1887. p. 260 ...... fructicassiella Proboscis sUght ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly sealed, of female downcurved and extending about the length of head ; maxillary palpi slight ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of moderate length, the basal joint with tuft of scales below. Forewing narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; the cell rather short ; vein 2 from middle of cell ; 3 from well before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from just below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 from beyond 9 ; 11 from cell ; the male with large glandular swelling at base of costa on underside, fringed with hair at extremity met by a fringe of upturned hair from middle of median nervure. Hindwing with vein 2 from near angle NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 37 of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; tlie discocellulars angled to near base ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 7 anastomosing with 8. Trachylepidia fructicassiella. Trachylepidia frutlicassiella. Rag. Ann. Noc. Enl. Fr. 1SS7. p. 260; id., Rom. Mim. viii. p. 469. pi. 46, f. 15. Egypt ; Mozambique ; Transvaal ; Syria ; Punjab ; Bengal ; Ceylon. Gex. Paraphomia. Typo. Paraphomia Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 501 (1901) ....... vineieella Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short, upturned, of female do^^ ncurved and extending about the length of head ; maxillary paljii slight ; Irons with small tuft of scales ; antennae short, the basal joint long and dilated. Forewing with the costa arched, the apex rounded ; the cell narrow and lorg ; vein 2 from about the middle of cell ; 3 from well befcre angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7, 8, 9 stalked ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male with glandular sweUing at base of costa on underside. Hindwing with vein 2 from near angle of ceU ; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled inwards almost to base ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing xi ith 8. (1) * Paraphomia vineteella. Paraphomia vineteella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 502. pi. 55. f. 1 (1901). Tenimber Is. ; Queensland, Cedar Bay. (2) * Paraphomia natalensis. Paraphomia natalensis Hmpsn., Rom. Mim. viii. p. 502. pi. 55. f. 5 (1901). Natal. Gen. Aphomia. Type. Tinea Linn., Syst. Nat. edit. x. p. 496 (1858). partim t ? sociella i4pAom»a Hiibn., T'cr;. p. 369(1827) sociella § Mdia Curt., Brit. Enl. vi. p. 201 (1829) nee Bilb. Crust. 1820 .... sociella MelianaCmt.. Brit. Ent. vi. InAeK (\fi2ii) sociella Mdiisoblaptes Zell., Isis. 1839. p. 180 foedella Bopora Wlk., xxxii. p. 620 (1865) ohlilerosa Paralipsa But!., A. M. N. H. (5). iv. p. 454 (1879) gularis Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved and extending about three times length of head ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons with large tuft of hair above ; antennae about half the length of wing, the 1st joint with tuft of scales below. Forewing rather narrow, the costa arched, the termen evenly curved ; the males typically with the cell very large and extending almost to the termen ; veins 3, 4, 5 widely separated and parallel ; the discocellulars almost obsolete, 6 from below upper angle of cell ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from beyond 9 ; 10, 1 1 from cell ; a small glandular swelling at base of costa on underside and the whole cell clothed with fine silky scales ; female with the cell about two-thirds length of wing ; vein 3 from well before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars strongly angled ; 6 from X Cf. p. 17- § Curtis fixes the type as soct'eiia, and his description tind structural details on the plate of Senia flammea are from sociella. 38 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. I!117. upper angle. Hindwing with the termen excised below apex ; vein 2 from close to angle of cell ; 3 and 5 strongly stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars obsolescent and angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anas- tomosing with 8. Sect. I. {Aphomia). Forewing of male with the cell very broad and extending almost to termen, veins 3, 4, 5 widely separated and parallel, the discocellulars very indistinct, vein 6 from below upper angle ; a .small glandular swelling at base of costa on underside and the whole cell clothed with silky scales. (1) Aphomia sociella. Tinea sociella Linn., Syst. Nat. edit. x. p. 534 (1758) Si Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 471 ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1 ; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 413. Tinea colonella Linn., Syst. Nat. edit. x. p. 534 (1758) $ ; Clerck, Icones. pi. 3. ff. 8. 11 ; Hiibn., Eur. Schmidt. Tin. ff. 22, 23 ; Dup., Up. Fr. x. pi. 282. f. 6 ; Steph., //(. Brit. Ent. Haust. p. 296. Tinea tribunella Sohiff., iVieii Vers. p. 319 (1770). Aphomia sociella ab. rufinella Krul., Rev. Russ. Ent. viii. p. 274 (1909). IT. America ; Europe ; Asia Minor ; Syria. Sect. II. (Pamlipsu). Forewing of male with the cell shorter and narrower, produced at extremity but not reaching to near termen, veins 3, 4, 5 well separ- ated and parallel, 6 from below upper angle, a large glandular swelling at base of costa on underside extending to near middle of wing and fringed with long hair outwardly, the whole cell clothed with silky andrcconia. (2) Aphomia gularis. Meliasdblaptes gularis Zell., Hor. Soc. Ent. Rose. xiii. p. 74. pi. 1. f. 26 and pi. 2. f. 27 (1877). t Paralipsa modesta Butl., .4. M. N. H. (5). iv. p. 455 (1879) S ; Rag.. Rovi. Mem. viii. p. 474. pi. 43. f. 25. t Melissoblaptes tenebrosus Butl.. ///. Hel. B. M. iii. p. 78. pi, 60. f. 1 (1879) ?. Japan ; C. and W. China ; Sikkim ; Bhntan ; Madras. (3) * Aphomia spoliatrix. Aphomia spoliatrix Christ., Bull. Nat. Mosc. Ivi. p. 59 (1881) ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 476. pi. 46. f. 14 ; Stand., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1. E. Siberia. (4) * Aphomia decolorella. Paralipsa decolorella Hmpsn.. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 474. pi. 53. f. 3 (1001). S'Entrecasteauz Is., Fergusson I. (5) f Aphomia ochracea n. sp. (J. Pale ochreous sUghtly tinged with brown. Forewing irrorated with a few black scales, the costal and terminal areas slightly tinged with red ; faint dark points at middle and end of cell ; traces of a curved postmedial line ; a terminal series of black points. Hindwing ochreous white. ?. Head, thorax and forewing whitish tinged and irrorated with purplish red ; abdomen and hindwing suffused with br<nvn. Dutch TH. Guinea, Jobi 1. (Doherty) ; Louisiades Is., Woodlark I., St. Aignan (Meek), 1 cJ, 1 ? type. E.vp. S 24, ? 26 mill. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 39 (6) *Aphomia erabella. Paralipsa erubella Hmpan., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 475. pi. 53. f. 20 (1901). D'Entrecasteanz Is., FergiLsson I. (7) Aphomia terrenella. Aphomia terrenella Zell., Isis, 1848. p. 859 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 476. pi. 56. f. 12. t Meliisoblaptesfurellus Zell., Verh.zool.-bot.ges. W'ten, 1873. p. 212: Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 413. ir.S.A., New York, Georgia. (8) * Aphomia fulminalis. Melissoblaptes julminalis Zell., Verk. zool.-bol. ges. Wien, 1872, p. 560. pi. 3. f. 9 ; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 413. TT.S.A., Texas. (9) Aphomia stenopepla. Paralipsa stenopepla Turaer, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 156 (1904). Queensland. (10) Aphomia monochroa. t Melissoblaptes monochroa Hmpsn., •/. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xxi. p. 1249. pi. G. f. 29 (1912). Ceylon. (11) Aphomia vinotincta. t Melissoblaptes vinotincta Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xviii. p. 257. pi. E. f. 38 (1908). Ceylon. (12) Aphomia rosella. t Tirathaba rosella Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii. p. 97 (1898) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 465. pi. 54. f. 8. Assam. (13) t Aphomia albifiisa n. sp. <J. Head and thorax white mixed with pale brown ; abdomen yellow brown. Forewing pale brown with broad fascia of white suffusion below costa extending at base to inner margin. Hindwing orange-yellow. ?. Forewing entirely suffused with pale brown and irrorated with darker brown ; reddish streaks from base of median nervure in and below the cell ; a dark terminal line. Celebes, Sangir I. (Doherty), 1 <J, 1 ? type. E.vp. S 26, ? 30 mill. Sect. III. {Melissoblaptes). Forewing of male with the cell extending to about two-thirds of wing, not produced at extremity, vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 shortly stalked ; a large glandular swelling at base of costa on underside fringed with long hair outwardly met by some upturned hair from median nervure, the cell not clothed with androconia. (14) Aphomia bipunctana. Tinea anella Zinck.. Germ. Mag. iv. p. 244 (nee Schiff.) ; Leech, Pi/r. pi. 13. f. 4. Melissoblaptesbipunctanus Zell., Isis, 1848. p. 580 (nee Curt.) ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 480 ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1. Melissoblaptes bipunctanus var. sapozkniknvi Krul., Rev. Russ. Ent. viii. p. 274 (1909). Europe ; E. Turkestan, Kiildja ; Japan ; IT. China ; Ceylon. 40 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. (15) Aphomia vinicolor. Mdissoblaptes unicolor Stand.. Hor. Ent. Snc. Hoss. vii. p. 212 (1870) ; Rag., Bom. Mem. viii. p. 482. pi. 45. f. 21 ; Stand., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1. Algeria ; Greece ; Bulgaria ; Asia Uinor, Bithynia. (16) * Aphomia foedella. Helissoblaptes foedella Zell., Isis, 1839. p. 180 ; Herr. Schiiff., Eur. Schm. Pijr. S. 147, 148 and iv. p. 133 ; Rag.. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 483 ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1. Hungary ; Bohemia. (17) * Aphomia isodesma. MelissoUaptes isodesma Meyr., Trans. Ent. Sac. 1886. p. 272; Rag., Rum. Mem. viii. p. 484. pi. 51. f. 14. Fiji. (18) Aphomia sordidella. Gyrtona sordidella Wlk., xxxv. 1723 (1866) ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 484. pi. 44. f. 23. W. Australia ; IT. S. Wales. (19) t Aphomia melanomochla n. sp. $. Head, thorax and abdomen grej-wliite mixed witli brown ; antennae ringed fuscous and white. Forewing grey-white suffused in parts and irrorated with brown ; a fine black streak in submedian fokl to the postmedial line ;. a dark mark on median nervure before the antemedial line which is rather diffused, black-brown, oblique to submedian fold, and slightly incurved at vein 1 ; a black bar in cell towards extremitj', and a rather lunulate discoidal bar defined on outer side by white ; postmedial line rather diffused black-brown, defined on outer side by white to submedian fold where there is a dark mark beyond it, obhque and slightly sinuous to beyond lower angle of cell where it is acuteh' angled outwards, then inwardly oblique to submedian fold and erect to inner margin, some dark brown suffusion beyond it on costal area. Hindwing white, the terminal area slightly tinged \^-ith red-bro-\\n ; a reddish brown terminal line and slight line near base of cilia. W. AustraUa, Sherlock R. (Clements), 1 ? type. Exp. 28 mill. (20) Aphomia phloeomima. Hypolophota phloeomima Turner, Ann. Queensl. Mus. x. p. 108 (1911). IT. Australia, (21) * Aphomia aegidia. MelissoUaptes aegidia Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1887. p. 252 ; Rag., Rom. Mlm. viii. p. 485. pi. 51. f. 7. S. Australia, (22) * Aphomia disema. MelissoUaptes disema Lower, Tr. R. Soc. S. Auslr. xxix. ji. 103 (1905). Victoria. (23) Aphomia odontella. ^MelissoUaptes odontella Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii. p. 96 (1901) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii, p. 485. pi. 54. £. 18. Ceylon, NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 41 (24) *Aphomia fuscolimbella. MelissoUiijites fuscoHmbdla'Ra.g., Nouv. Gen. p. 20(1887) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 485. pi. 46. f. 11 ; Dyar, Cat. Lep. N. Am. p. 413. TX.S.A. (25) Aphomia variegatella. ■f Meliss"blaptes variegatella Hmpsn., Rom. Mim. viii. p. 486. pi. 54. £. 19 (1901). Borneo. (26) Aphomia obliterosa. Bapara obliterosa Wlk., xxxii. 603 (1865) ; Swinh., Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. ii. pi. vii. f. 2 ; Hmpsn., Rom. Mim. viii. p. 487. pi. 53. f. 14. IT. Guinea ; D'Entrecasteaux Is. (27) * Aphomia distictella n. sp. <J. Head and thorax brown irrorated with fuscous ; abdomen fuscous. Forewing brown irrorated with fuscous ; a black point in end of cell and anothei' on discoceUulars. Hindwing dark fuscous-brown ; the cilia paler with a dark line through them. Natal (A. J. Spiller), type in coll. Rothschild. Exp. 22 mill. (28) * Aphomia homochroa. Melissoblaptes homochroa Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xix. p. 53 (1905). Queensland. Sect. IV. Forewing of male with the cell extending to about two-thirds of wing ; not produced at extremity ; veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 from above angle ; a small glandular swelling at base of costa on underside, the cell clothed with sUky androconia ; hindwing with tuft of long hair from below costa near base on upperside (29) t Aphomia cyclophora n. sp. (J. Head, thorax and abdomen whitish tinged with pale purplish red. Forewing pale purplish red irrorated with blackish ; a minute annulus incom- pletely defined by black scales in middle of cell and a more complete discoidal annulus ; traces of a diffused dark post-medial line, obhque to vein 5, then inwardly obhque and somewhat dentate ; traces of a curved dark subterminal line ; a terminal series of black bars. Hindwing ochreous yellow tinged with brown except on inner area ; a slight brown terminal line ; cilia brownish to vein 2 with a pale line at base, then yellowish. Underside ochreous white tinged with brown, forewing with the cell clothed with golden yellow androconia ; hindwing with the tuft of hair ochreous. Br. IT. Guinea, MUne Bay (Meek), 1 <? type. Exp. 34 mill. Sect. V. Forewing of male with the cell extending to about two-thirds of wing, not produced at extremity ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; the wings without secondary sexual charactei^. 42 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. (30) fAphomia cafiralis n. sp. (J. Head and thorax grey tinged with purpH.sh red and with some blackish mixed ; abdomen pale grey with a faint ochreous tinge towards base and some fuscous brown suffusion towards extremity ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen whitish uTorated with blackish, the tarsi banded with blackish. Forewing grey tinged with purplish red and sparsely irroratcd ^\ith black : a diffused whitish streak in submedian fold from before the antemedial to the postmedial line ; a black point at base of vein 1, and subbasal point in the cell ; antemedial line rather diffused, blackish, oblique to submedian fold, then erect ; rather diffused black spots in cell towards extremity and on discocellulars, with a few white scales between them ; postmedial line rather diffused blackish, defined on outer side by some white scales, rather obliquely incurved to discal fold, then inwardly oblique ; a punctiform blackish terminal line ; cilia with a slight pale line near tips, Hindwing whitish suffused with reddish brown, the cilia whiter with two dark lines through them except towards tornus. Underside of forewing fuscous with the costal edge pale ; hindwing whitish tinged with red-brown, the costal area suffused with fuscous. TransvaaJ, Kranspruit (Jause), 1 o type ; Orange R. Colony, Bloemfontein (Eckersley), 1 cJ. Exp. 26-30 mill. Aiictormn. Aphonia erumpens Lucas, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xiii, p, 79 (1.S98) ..... Queenslaud JUelissoblaptes burellus Koll., Noi'. Zool. vii. p. 5Sl {\9>X>) ....... Buru Melissoblaptes baryptera Lower, P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1901. p. 659 . . Victoria ; S. Australia Melissoblaptes agramma Lower, Tr. R. Soc. S. Avstr. 1903. p. 49 . Louisiades Is. ; Queensland Melissoblaptes cissinobaphes Turner, Tr. R. Soc. Queensl. xix. p. 90 (190.'5) . . . Queensland .4pfcomia ymea Turati, £n(. Tfec. XXV. p. 18 (1913) ....... Sardinia Gen. Heteromicta. T.Tpe. Heteromicta Meyr., Trans Ent. Soc. 1886. p. 273 ....... pachytera Hypolophota Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Qneensl. xviii. p. 155 (1903) ..... oodes Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male upturned, short, thickly scaled, of female obliquely porrect and extending about the length of head ; maxillary palpi minute, filiform ; frons with large tuft of hair : antennae of male almost simple, the first joint rather long. Forewing rather short and broad, the costa moderately arched, the apex rounded ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked from before angle, 7 from before 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male typically without secondarj^ sexual characters. Hindwing with vein 2 from near angle of cell : 3 and 5 strongly stalked. 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 7 anastomosing with 8. Sect. I. (Hypolophota). Forewing of male on underside with costal fold extending to beyond middle of wing and containing large masses of flccculent hair, vein 5 well separated from 4. ( i ) Heteromicta amydrastis. Hypolophota amydrastis Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xriii. p. 156 (1904). Queensland. The forewing {fide Turner) sometimes has vein 7 from 8 beyond 9. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 43 (2) Heteromicta oodes. Bypolophota oodes Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 155 (1904). Queensland. The two specimens in B.M. have vein 9 of the forewing absent. Sect. II. (Heteromicta). Forewing of male without secondary sexual charac- ters, vein 5 from close to 4. (3) Heteromicta pachytera. Aphomia pachi/tera Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1879. p. 237 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 453. pi. 45. ff. 19. 20. Queensland ; N. S. Wales ; Victoria ; S. Australia ; Tasmania. (4) * Heteromicta poliostola. Heteromicta poliostola Turuer, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xviii. p. 158 (1903). Queensland. (5) Heteromicta tripartitella. Aphomia tripartitella .Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.IV. 1879. p. 236 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 454. pi. 46. f. 9. Queensland ; N. S. Wales. (6) Heteromicta oohraceella. Heteromicta ochraceella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 455. pi. 54. f. 1 (1901). Queensland. (7) * Heteromicta nigricostella. Heteromicta nigricostella Hmpsn.. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 455. pi. 54. f. 3 (1901). Queensland. Aiictormn. Heteromicta poeodes Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xix. p. 54 (1905) . . . Queensland H ypolophota agastaTumer, Ann. Queensl. Mus. x. p. 109 (1911)? 4pAom«o Queensland ; N.Australia, Heteromicta alypeta Turner, Ann. Queensl. Mus. x. p. 109 (1911) . . . Queensland Heteromicta leptochlora Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 129 (1913) . . Queensland Gen. Agdistopis nov. Type A. petrochroa. Proboscis aborted, minute ; palpi obliquely porrect, the second joint with some rough scales and extending about twice the length of head, the third moder- ate and somewhat dilated at extremity ; maxUlary palpi ab.sent ; frons with small tuft of hair ; antennae of male somewhat laminate and with fasciculate cilia ; legs long, the fore tibiae slight, fringed with hair, the mid and hind tibiae smoothly scaled, the hind tibiae curved and with the medial spurs absent ; abdomen very long and tipuliform. Forewing very long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly cui-ved ; the cell about tw o-thirds length of wing ; vein 3 from close to angle ; 4, 5 stalked ; the discocellulars curved ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 10 stalked, 9 absent ; 11 from cell, some rough hair from base of costa on underside. Hindwing with seme rough hair from base of costa, but 44 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. the retinaculum absent ; the apex produced and acute, the termen very obUque and somewhat excised below apex ; veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell, 4 absent ; the discocellulars erect ; 6 absent ; 7 from upper angle, closely approximated to but not anastomosing -with 8. The genus has a remarkable superficial resemblance to AgdisUs. Agdistopis petrochroa ii. sp. Head, thorax and abdomen ochreous white with a brownish tinge, the last with paler segmental bands and slight dark sublateral streaks ; legs rather browner. Forewing ochreous white with some blackish irroration especially below and beyond the cell, the costal area paler ; a diffused oblique black fascia intersected by a pinkish streak below basal half of cell. Hindwing whitish tinged with fuscous brown, thinly scaled ; ciUa with a fine ochreous line at base. Hab. Formosa, Kanshirei in coll. WUeman ; Ceylon, Kandy (Mackwood), <J type ; Singapore (Ridley), 2 <J, 2 ?. Exp. 22-30 mill. Genus Achroia. Type. Achroia Hiibn., Yen. p. 163 (1827) not preoce. by Acraea Hiibn., Verz. p. 92 . . grisella Meliphora Guen, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. xiv. p. 308 (1845), not descr. .... grisdla FoirixWlk., XXX. 1014 (1864) innotata Proboscis sUght ; palpi of male minute, upturned, hidden under the dowii- turned hair on frons ; of female downtiirned and extending to beyond the frons ; maxillary palpi minute and ddated with scales ; antennae rather long, the basal joint rather long and with tuft of scales below. Forewing eUiptical, the costa arched, the apex rounded, the termen obhquely curved ; male with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars very obhque ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 and 10 stalked, 7 from beyond 10, 9 absent ; II from cell ; female with the discocellulars less obhque, vein 3 from angle of cell and 4, 5 stalked. Hindwing of male with the apex produced and acute, the termen excised to vein 1 and obhquely truncate at tornus ; vein 2 from well before angle of cell ; 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7 from upper angle of cell, 7 anastomosing with 8 ; female with the apex less produced and the termen less excised, the ceU shorter, vein 2 from near angle and 3 and 5 more strongly stalked. (1) * Achroia obscurevittella. Achroia obscurevittella Rag., Bom. Mem. viii. p. 498. pi. 43. f. 24 (1901). Japan. Probablj' not distinct from A. grisella. (2) Achroia grisella. Tinea grisella Fabr., Ent. Syst. iii. 2. p. 289 (1794) ; Hmpsn., Moths hid. iv. p. 6 ; Rag., Rom. Mim. viii. p. 497 ; Stand., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 1. Oalleria alvearia Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 463 (1798). Bonibyx cinereola Hiibn., Eur. Schm. Bomb. f. 91 (1802). U.S.A. ; Jamaica ; Europe ; Sikkim ; Bengal, Calcutta ; Ceylon ; Australia. (3) Achroia innotata. t Vobrix innotata Wlk., xxx. 1014 (1864) ; Rag., Rom. Miiri. viii. p. 498. pi. 55. f. 8. Ceylon; Borneo, Sarawak. Probably not distinct from A. grisella. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1017. 45 Auctorum. Mdiphora myrmecophila Tumev, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. ^xiv. p. 130 {1913) . . . Queensland Gen. Athaliptis. Type. Athaliptis Schaug, A. M. N. H. (8). xi. p. 252 (1913) cymonia Palpi of female long, downcurved , slender ; antennae almost simple. Forewing long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from just below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 from before 9 and beyond 10 ; 11 from cell. Hindwing with veins 3 and 5 stalked, 4 absent ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 stalked. * Athaliptis cymonia. Athaliptis cymonia Sehaus, .4. M. N. H. (8). xi. p. 252 (1913). Costa Rica' Gen. Epimorius. Type. Epimorius ZeW., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. ■s.ni. 1^. 16 (ISn). ...... suffusa Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved and extending typically about twice the length of head ; maxUlary palpi minute ; frons vsdth tuft of hair ; antennae of male typically serrate. Forewing with the costa arched, the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 typically shortly stalked ; the discocellulars strongly angled inwards ; 6 from just bek w upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 9 from beyond 7; 11 from cell. Hindwing typically with vein 2 from close to angle of cell ; 3, 4, 5 stalked ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Sect. I. Palpi of female extending about three times length of head ; antennae of male serrate ; forewing with veins 4, 5 shortly stalked, the dis- cocellulars strongly angled inwards ; hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 stalked and the discocellulars angled inwards to near base. (1) Epimorius suffusa. Epimorius suffusus Zell., Hor. Ent. Sac. Ross. xiii. p. 76. pi. ii. i. 28 (1877) ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 430. pi. 46. f. 3. Costa Rica ; S. Brazil. (2) * Epimorius testaceella. Epimorius testaceellus Rag., N. Am. Phyc. p. 20 (1887) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 430. pi. 45. f. 22. Jamaica. (3) f Epimorius epipaschiella n. sp. (J. Head and thorax pale rufous tinged with grey and irrorated with blackish, the palpi with more black ; abdomen white faintly tinged with brown ; tarsi blackish with pale rings. Forewing grey tinged with rufous and irrorated with blackish ; the basal area suffused and irrorated with black to just before 46 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. tlie medial line, which is black, inwardly oblique and incurved from subcostal nervure to just below the cell ; the costal area bej'ond it whitish ; a small rather oblique black discoidal spot ; postraedial line black, diffused on inner side and defined on outer side by whitish, inwardly oblique, and with its outer edge minutely dentate, a blackish shade beyond it ; the terminal area grey- white with some black at costa and a terminal series of minute black spots. Hindwing white, faintly tinged with brown ; a slight dark termmal line. Under- side of forewing white tinged with fuscous ; hindwing with the costa slightly UTorated with fuscous. Colombia, Minca (H. H. Smith), 1 <J type. Exp. IG mill. Sect. II. Palpi of female extending about twice the length of head ; antennae of male ciliated ; forewing with veins 4, 5 strongly stalked, the discocellulars less strongly angled inwards ; hindwing with vein 3 frcm near angle of cell and the discocellulars not so strongly angled inwards. (4) tEpimorius adustalis n. sp. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown with a slight reddish tinge. Fore- wing grey-brown with a slight reddish tinge and some black irroraticn ; a slight discoidal spot formed by black scales ; traces of an obliquely curved postmedial black line ; a terminal series of black points. Hindwing and underside grey- brown with a slight reddish tinge. Sierra Leone (Clements), 4 cJ, 1 $type ; S. Nigeria, Lagos (Sir G. Carter), 1 ?, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 $; Sapele (Sampson), 1 i; Warri (Roth.), 1 $. Exp. <J 18-22, ? 26-30 mill. Gen. Cathayia. Type. Ca(Ao^ia Hmpsn., 7?om. J/em. viii. p. 451 (1901) ....... obliquella Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short, upturned, thicklj' scaled, of female downcurved and extending about the length of head ; maxOlary palpi minute ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male rather short, the basal joint somewhat dilated. Forewing triangular, the costa arched, the apex somewhat produced and rounded, the termen oblique ; the cell about two-thirds length of wing ; vein 3 from well before angle ; 4, 5 separate in male, in female stalked or from a point ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked from 10, 9 absent or frcm beyond 7, arising before the angle of cell ; 1 1 from cell ; the male on underside with a small glandular swelling at base of costa with a large tuft of black hair from below its extremity, the base of median nervure and cell clothed with rough androconia. Hindwing with vein 3 from angle of cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; the dis- cocellulars angled inwards to near base ; veins 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. (1) Cathayia obliquella. Cathayia ohliqudla, Hmpsn. Rom. Mem. viii. p. 452. pi. 51. f. G (1901). Japan ; C. China. (2) Cathayia purpureotincta n. sp. ?. Head and thorax rufous with a few blackish scales; abdomen paler rufous ; palpi with a slight purplish tinge ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 47 abdomen rufous, the last with some blackish irroration. Fore\\ing bright rufous irrorated with black and slightly tinged with purple, the veins with slight pale streaks ; an obscure mark formed by an aggregation of black scales in upper angle of cell and an oblique bar formed by black scales at middle of submedian interspace ; traces of an oblique postmedial line formed by black scales from vein 5 to inner margin ; cilia with a fine pale line at base. Hindwing ochreous tinged and irrorated with brown, the cilia with a faint purplish line through them from apex to vein 2. Underside reddish ochreous irrorated with dark brown ; forewing tinged with purplish red, the disk suffused with brown, a faint curved blackish postmedial line. Hab. Borneo, Kuching, 1 ? type. Exp. 32 mill. Gen. Picrogama. Type. Picrogama lleyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897. p. 91 ....... cotnplana Proboscis rather short ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled ; of female downcurved and extending about twice the length of head ; maxillary palpi slight ; frcns with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint somewhat dilated. Forewing narrow, the apex rectangular, the termen evenly curved ; the male with the lower part of cell produced, vein 3 from well before angle, 5 from above angle ; the discocellulars angkd inward.s above and with a recurrent vein from their angle ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, & stalked from before the angle, 7 typically from beyond 9 ; 10, 1 1 from cell ; a small glandular swelling at base of costa on underride and the cell clothed with androconia ; the female with veins 4, 5 from angle of cell, Ihe discocellulars incurved. Hindwing with vein 3 from just before angle of cell ; 4, 5 strongly stalked, the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with S. Sect. I. Forewing with vein 7 from 8 beyond 9. ( 1 ) Picrogama complana. ApJiomia complana Feld., Seis. Xov. pi. 137. i. 6 (1874). Picrogama anticosma Meyr., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897. p. 92 ; Hmpsn., Bom. Mini. viii. p. 445. pi. 53. ft. 10. 11. Celebes, Sangir I.; Amboina ; Dutch N. Guinea; D'Entrecasteanz Is., Goodenough I., Fergusson I. ; Louisiade Is., St. Aignan I. Sect. II. Forewing with vein 7 from 8 before 9. (2) t Picrogama albiJascialis n. sp. o. Head and thorax whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen deep golden yellow. Forewing whitish tinged with brown and irrorated with dark brown, a purplish red tinge in lower part of cell and below vein 6 to termen ; the veins of costal area v/ith chocolate-brown streaks and two slight purple-brown streaks in the cell ; a white fascia from base through the upper part of cell to apex broken up by the dark streaks on the veins ; small elongate elliptical purple- brown spots in upper part of cell ; an aggregate of dark scales at origin of vein 2 ; an obliquely curved postmedial shade formed by aggregations of dark scales 48 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 11)17. in the interspaces from below the white fascia to above inner margin ; a terminal series of sUght black lunules. Hind wing deep golden yellow ; the cilia with a brown line at middle and white tips. Underside deep golden yellow, the terminal area of forewing and apex of hindwing greyish tinged with purple-red. Br. If. Guinea, Milne Bay (Meek), 1 <J type. Exp. 46 mill. (3) Picrogama nigrisparsalis. t Lamoria nigrisparialie Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hisl. Soc. xiv. p. 658 (1903). Ceylon. Gen. Prosthenia. Type. Prosthenia Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. via. 11. iSO (IW)1) ..... psittacolella Proboscis small ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female with the second joint obliquely upturned to about vertex of head and bent forward at extremity, the third porrect ; maxillary palpi shght ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint with tuft of scales below. Forewing very narrow, the apex rounded, the termen very short ; the male with veins 2, 3, 4, 5 given off at even distances, the cell being strongly produced to a point at vein 5 ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked. 7 from beyond 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; a large costal fold on basal third of costa on underside T\ith thick fringe of hair below and the cell clothed with andrcconia ; the female wth vein 3 from well before angle of cell, veins 4, 5 from angle, the discocellulars angled. Hindwing with vein 3 shortly stalked with 4, .5 ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. (1) Prosthenia psittacolella. t Prosthenia psittacolella Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 450. pi. 54. f. 11 (1901). Hornigia sauberi Semp., Reis. Phil. Schmett. ii. p. 644. pi. 66. f. 1 (1902). Singapore ; Borneo ; Philippines. (2) t Prosthenia xyloryctella, n. sp. ?. Head, thorax and abdomen whitish tinged with brown ; antennae brown ringed with white ; tarsi dark brown ringed with white. Forewing whitish tinged with purplish brown and irrorated with dark brown ; antemedial line dark brown defined on inner side by whitish, oblique, sinuous ; two black- brown points in the cell towards extremity ; an oblique purple-brown discoidal lunule defined except on outer side by deep chocolate-brown and with a small chocolate-brown spot at its lower extremity ; postmedial line dark brown, curved, dentate, defined on outer side by whitish with a diffused dentate brown shade beyond it except on costal area ; the costa towards apex with white points with short black streaks between them and the costal area whitish ; a terminal series of black striae, forming a rather triangular spot below apex ; cilia whitish with sUght brown line near base and stronger hue near tips. Hind- wing whitish tinged with brown ; a dark terminal line and faint line near base of ciha from apex to submedian fold. Underside whitish tinged with brown ; forewing with the markings less distinct ; hindwing with curved brown post- medial line from costa to vein 2. Queensland, Toowong (Dodd), 1 ? type. Exp. 40 mill. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 49 The specimen is labelled " found in xylo-stick, supposed to be parasitic on the pupae of Xi/loryctidae." This and the other species of the genus are probably not parasitic but feed on the faeces and rubbish in the one case in the nest of the parrots, in the other in the borings of the Xyloryctidae. Gen. Acara. Type. Acara Wlk., xxvii. 198 (1863) morosella Ertzica Wlk., xxxv. 1768 (1866) morosella Proboscis short ; palpi of male short, upturned, fringed in front with long hair, of female obliquely downcurved, extending about twice the length of head and fringed below with long hair ; maxillary palpi minute ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint with a tuft of scales below. Forewing with the costa slightly arched, the apex produced and acute, the termen evenly curved ; the male with the cell about two-thirds length of wing ; veins 2, 3, 4, 5 given off at even distances ; the discocellulars angled inwards above ; vein 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked from angle, 7 from beyond 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; a large glandular fold on basal half of costa on underside, fringed with hair at extremity ; female with the cell shorter, vein 3 from near angle of cell, 5 from just above angle, the discocellulars angled inwards at middle. Hindwing with the apex produced and acute, the termen excised below apex ; vein 3 from just before angle of cell ; 4, 5 shortly stalked ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 not anastomosing with 8. Acara morosella. t Acara morosella Wlk., xxvii. 199 (1863) ; Hmpsn., Moths Ind. iv. p. 8; Rag., Mom. Mem. viii. p. 446. pi. 46. f. 10. t Ertzica maximella Wlk., xxxv. 1768 (1866). Galleria macroptera Snell., Tijd. v. Enl. xxiii. p. 249 (1879) ; id., idem, xxvii. p. 53. pi. v. i. 11. Acara impunctdla Sauber, Semp. lit:cs. Phil. Schmett. ii. p. 645. pi. 66. f. 2 (1902). Assam ; Ceylon ; FhiUppines ; Java ; Celebes. Auctorum. Acara psolopasta Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xxiv. p. 131 (1913) 1 Eucallionyma. Queensland Gen. Schistotbeca. Type. Schistotheca Rag., Bull. Soc. Era. Fr. (6). ii. p. clxxv. (1882) . . . . canescens Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved and extending about three times length of head ; frons smooth, with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male almost simple. Forewing with the costa arched, the apex rectangular, the termen evenly curved ; the male with vein 3 from long before angle of cell ; 5 from just above angle ; the discocellulars highly angled inwards ; vein 6 from below upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from before 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; a large fold on basal half of costa on underside containing masses of flocculent hair ; the female with veins 4, 5 from a point. Hindwing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 not anastomosing with 8. 4 50 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. (1) Schistotheca canescens. t Schistotheca canescens Rag., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (0). ii. p. clxn-. (1882) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 429. pi. 45. f. 15. Chili. (2) Schistotheca gigantella. Crambtts gigantella Druce, A. M. N. H. (8). viii. p. 720 (1911). Peru. Gen. Lamoria. Type. iomorw Wlk.. xxTii. 87 (18G3) adaptella Maraclea Wlk., xxvii. 88 (1863) inostentalis Tugela Rag., Nouv. Gen. p. 51 (1888) clathrella Proboscis minute ; palpi of male sliort, upturned, tliickly scaled, of female porrect, extending about twice the length of head and fringed with hair below ; maxillary palpi minute ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint rather dilated. Forewing narrow, the costa arched, the apex rounded ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell : 4. 5 staUced, from a point, or separate ; the discocellulars curved ; 6 from just below upper angle, from angle, or shortly stalked with 7, 8, 9, 7 from before 9 ; 10,11 from cell ; the male with glandular sweUing at base of costa on underside. Hindwing with vein 2 from near angle of cell ; 3, 4, 5 stalked ; the discocellulars angled inwards to near base ; 6, 7 stalked. 7 anastomosing with 8. Sect. I. Forewing with veins 4, 5 separate. A. Hindwing of male on upperside clothed with golden brown androconia except on terminal area and on underside along the median nervure and veins 4 to 2. (1) Lamoria pachylepidella. Lamoria ■par.liylepidella Hmp.sn., Bom. Mhn. viii. p. 441. pi. 53. f. 3 (1901). Queensland. B. (Blaraclea). Hindwing of male normal. (i) Lamoria oenachroa. Lamoria oenachroa Turner, Pr. R. Soc. Queensl. xix. p. 55 (1905). Queensland ; W. Australia. (3) Lamoria inostentalis. t Maraclea inostentali.'i Wlk.. xxvii. 88 (1803); Hmpan.. Rom. Mhn. viii. p. 436. pi. 53. f. 2. Japan ; Formosa ; C. and W. China ; Borneo ; D'Entrecasteaux Is., Fergus- son I. The hindwing often has vein 4 absent. (4) t Lamoria medianalis n. sp. cJ. Head and thorax pale purphsh grey mixed with blackish ; abdomen ochreous white, tinged with rufous at base ; legs grey tinged with brown ; ventral surface of abdomen whitish irrorated with brown. Forewing pale purplish grey irrorated with blackish, with a dark shade along median nei-vure and whiter sliades in the cell and submedian interspace ; a small obscure discoidal spot tinged NOVITATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 51 with rufous ; a faint slightly dentate brown postmedial line, oblique to vein 4, then inwardly oblique ; a terminal series of blackish points. Hindwing ochreous white, the terminal area tinged with brown except towards tornus. Underside of forewing grey-brown ; hindwing whitish, the costal area tinged with brown, niashonaland (Debbie), 1 3 type. E.rp. 34 mill. Sect. II. (Lamoria). Forewing with veins 4, 5 from a point or stalked. (5) Lamoria anella. Tinea anella Scliiff., Wien Vera. p. 135 (1776) ; Dup., Lep. Fr. x. p. 261. pi. 282. f. 7 ; Herr. Schaff, Schmett. Eur. If. p. 113. f. 1.51 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 438 ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 2. Tinea sodella Hiibn., Eur. Schmett. Tin. I. 24 (nee Linu). Melia bipunctami Curt.. Brit. Ent. v. p. 201 (1830). S. Centr. and S. Europe ; Egypt. (6) Lamoria melanophlebia. Lamoria melanophlebia Rag., Nouv. Gen. p. 51 (1888) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 435. pi. 46. f. 6 ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 2. Bnssia, Caucasus ; Syria. (7) Lamoria ruficostella. Lamoria ruficostella Rag., Nouv. Gen. p. 52 (1888) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 436. pi. 45. £. 11 ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 2. S. Russia ; Japan ; C. China. (8) * Lamoria caffrella. Tugela caffrella Rag., Nouv. Gen. p. 51 (1888) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 442. pi. 46. £. 6. ITatal. (9) Lamoria jordanis. Lim.oria jordanis Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 435. pi. 46. f. 5 (1901) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 2. Tunis; Egypt; Cyprus; Syria; Palestine; Persian Gulf; Punjab; Bind; Ceylon. (10) Lamoria imbella. t Acrobasis imbella Wlk., xxx. 955 (1864) ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 437. pi. 45. f. 12. Melissoblaptes obscurellus Saalm.. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1880. p. 308 ; id., Lep. Madaij, p. 511. N. ITigeria ; Br. E. Africa ; Br. C. Afirica ; Mashonaland ; Transvaal ; Katal ; C. Colony ; Madagascar. (11) Lamoria clathrella. Tvgela clathrella Rag.. Nouv. Gen. p. 51 (1888) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 442. pi. 46. ii 1. Uadagascar. (12) Lamoria adaptella. Pempelia adaptella Wlk., xxvii. 74 (18.33) ; Rag.. Rom.. Mem. viii. p. 434. pi. 35. f, 21. Limoria planalis Wlk., xxvii. 88 (1853). Crambus joedellus Wlk., xxxv. 1757 (1866). Lamoria jusconervella Rag., Nouv. Gen. p. 51 (1888) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 437. pi. 45. f. 13. Melissoblaptes bipunctanus Moore, Lep. Ceyl. iii. p. 375 (nee Haw). Lamoria anella Hmpsn.. Moths Ind. iv. p. 7 (nee Schiff). Formosa ; Madras ; Ceylon ; Singapore ; Sumatra ; Java ; Plores. 52 NoTiTATES Zoolog:cae XXIV. 1917. (13) Lamoria infumatella. t Lamoria injumateUa Hmp.sn., >/. Bomb. yat. Hist. Soc. xii. p. 98 (1898) ; id., Eom. Mem. viii. p. 440. pi. 53. £. 5. Sikhim ; Ceylon. (14) Lamoria virescens. ■f Lamoria virescens Hmpsn., J. Bomh. Xat. Hist. Soc. sii. p. 97 (1898) ; id., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 440. pi. 537. f. 1. Sikhim ; Ceylon ; Queensland, Gen. Acyperas. Type. Acyperas Hmpsn., jRom. Mem. viii. p. 427 (1901) ...... aurantiacella Proboscis minute ; palpi in both sexes downcurved, extending about twice the length of head and moderately fringed with hair below ; maxillary palpi fihform ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male short, almost simple, the basal joint dilated, hollowed out on outer side and with tuft of hair in front. Forewing with the costa arched to beyond middle, then oblique to apex which is produced and acute, the termen evenly curved ; vein 3 from long before angle of cell ; 4, 5 separate in male, from a point in female ; the discocellulars curved ; vein 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from beyond 9 ; 10, 11 from cell ; the male with large glandular .swelling at base of costa on under- .side, fringed with oblique hair met by a tuft of hair from median nervure. Hind- wing with the cell short ; vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 strongly stalked ; the discocellulars acutely angled ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8. Acyperas aurantiacella. Acyperas aurantiacella Kmpan., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 427. pi. 53. f. 15 (1901). IT. Guinea ; B'Entrecasteaux Is. Gen. Omphalophora. Type. OmpJialophora Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 427 (1901) rvhreUa Proboscis minute ; palpi in both sexes downcurved, extending about the length of head and clothed with long hair below ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae short, almost simple, the basal joint dilated, hollowed out on outer side and with tuft of hair in front. Forewing with the costa arched, the apex produced and acute ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars slightly curved ; vein 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked in male, 7 from before 9, in female vein 10 from the cell ; 1 1 from cell ; the male with large glandular swelling at base of costa on underside fringed ^\iih oblique hair met by a tuft of long hair from median nervure. Hindwing with the cell short ; vein 3 from angle ; 4, 5 shortly stalked ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8. * Omphalophora rubrella. Omphalophora rubrella Hmpsn., Rom. Mim. viii. p. 428. pi. 53. f. 13 (1901). Acara dohrni Hering, SleU. ent. Zcit. Ixiv. p. 87. pi. 1. f. 34 (1903). Sumatra ; Java. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 53 Gen. Galleria. Type. Galleria Fnhr., Ent. Syst. Snppl. p. iG2(nQS) • . . mellondla Ceriodepia Sodof., Bull. Nat. Mosc. x. 6. p. 20 (1837). ...... mellonella I'indanm Wlk., x.xxv. 170G (1866) mdloneUa Proboscis slight ; palpi of male short, obliquely upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved and extending about the length of head ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint somewhat dilated and with a tuft of scales below. Fore- wing with the costa slightly arched, the apex rounded, the termen excised to vein 2, strongly in male, the tornus obliquely excised ; the male with the cell about three-fourths length of wing ; veins 2, 3, 4, 5 given off at even distances ; the discocellulars slightly angled inwards ; vein 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8. 9 stalked from before angle, 7 from beyond 9; 10, 11 from cell ; a small glandular swelling at base of costa on underside and the cell clothed with androconia ; the female with the cell about two-thirds length of wing and veins 4, 5 from angle. Hindwing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 stalked ; the discocellulars angled inwards to about one-fourth from base ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 8. Galleria mellonella. Tinea mellonella Linn., Syst. Nat. edit. x. p. 537 (1758) ; Curt., Brit. Ent. xlii. p. 587 ; Hmpsn., Moths Ind. iv. p. 9 ; Rag., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 448 ; Stand., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 2. Tinea cereana Linn., Syst. Nat. edit. xii. p. 874 (1767). Tinea cerella Fabr., Syst. Ent. p. 655 (1775). Galleria cerea Haw., Lep. Brit. p. 392 (1811). Vindana obliquella Wlk., xxxv. 1706 (1866). Galleria auatrina Feld., Eei.^. Nor. pi. 137. f. 7 (1874). Almost universally distributed. Gen. Galleiisthenia nov. Type, G. mellonididla. Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of male porrect, extending about twice the length of head and thickly scaled above and below ; maxillary palpi trian- gularly scaled ; frons oblique ; antennae short, simple. Forewing with veins 3 and 5 from close to angle of cell ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7 from angle ; 8, 9 stalked ; 10, 11 from cell ; the wing narrow, the termen erect from apex to vein 3 where it is strongly hooked then very oblique. Hindwing with vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle which is greatly produced ; 6, 7 from upper angle ; 8 approximated to 7 beyond the cell ; the termen slightly excurved at middle. * Galleristhenia mellonidiella n. sp. (?. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen brownish white. Forewing pale red-brown suffused with grey and irrorated with a few dark scales ; a post- medial line obsolescent towards costa, angled at vein 5, then very oblique and formed of dark red-brown spots ; cilia dark red-brown, whitish at tips below the hook. Hindwing semihyaline white ; the costal area, termen, and base of cilia brown. Queensland, Dawson district (Barnard), 1 ^ type in coll. Rothschild. Exp. 46 mill. 54 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917, Gen. Paraphycita. Type. Paraphycita Hmpsn., Bom. Mem. viii. p. 451 (1901) ...... efiperccidla Proboscis fully developed ; palpi of female upturned, the second joint reaching to vertex of head and rather broadlj' scaled in front, the third long, roughly scaled in front ; niaxUlary palpi long and filiform ; frons smorth, the vertex of head with tufts of scales ; antennae of female almost simple, the basal joint rather long. Forewing long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen erect ; the cell about two-thirds length of i^ing ; vein 3 from angle ; 4, 5 stalked ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 7 from beyond 9 ; 11 from cell. Hindwing with vein 2 from close to angle of cell ; veins 3, 4, 5 stalked ; the discccellulars curved ; veins 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8. Paraphycita epipercciella. Paraphycita epiperchidla Hmpsn., Bom. Mem. viii. p. 451. pi. 53. f. 9 (1901). Timor, Dili I., Oinainissa I. Gex. Megarthria. Type. Megarthria Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soi-. xii. p. 304 (1899) velutinella Proboscis short ; palpi with the second joint porrect, extending about twice the length of head and moderately fringed with hair above and below, the third short, oblique, roughly scaled ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons smooth with slight ridge of hair above ; antennae of male ciliated, the basal joint very long and curved. Fore^ving with the costa slightly arched, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; the discccellulars curved ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 from before 9; 10, 11 from cell ; the male with glandular swelling at base of costa on underside fringed with hair met by an oblique fringe from median nei-vure. Hindwing with the cell rather short ; veins 3, 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars angled ; veins 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 slightly anastomosing with 8. Megarthria velutinella. Embryoglossa variegata Warr., A. M. 2\. H. (G). xviii. p. 226 (1S9G) q, nee ?. Megarthria velutinella Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xii. p. 304 (1899) ; id., Rotn. Mem. vii, p. 426. pi. 53. f. 12. Sikhim ; Assam. Gen. Embryoglossa. Type. Embryoglossa'Wa.TT., A. M.N. H. (6). xviii. p. 225 (ISQG) variegata Proboscis small ; palpi porrect, the second joint extending about twice the length of head and fringed with hair above and below, the third rather long and smoothly scaled ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons smooth, with ridge of hair above ; antennae of male minutely serrate and with long fasciculate cilia, the basal joint with large tuft of hair in front, of female with shorter cilia ; the back of head with tufts of hair. Forewing with the costa slightly arched, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of cell ; the discocellulars curved ; 6 from upper angle ; 7. 8, 9 .stalked ; 10, 11 from cell, Hindwing with vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulaiR curved ; G, 7 shortly stalked. 7 not anastomosing with 8. NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 55 (1) Embryoglossa variegata. Embryoglossa variegata Wan., ^4. M. X. H. (6). xviii. p. 226 (1896) ; Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 424. pi. 53. f. 8. Assam. (2) Embryoglossa bipuncta. Embryoglossa bipuncta Hmpsn., J. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. xiv. p. 658 (1901). Assam. ' Gex. Sphinctocera. Type. tSphinctocera Wa,n:, Nov. Zool. iv. p. 128(1897). ...... crassisquama Proboscis rather short ; palpi downcurved, extending about three times length of head and fringed with hair below ; maxillary palpi filiform ; frons with large tuft of hair ; antennae of male laminate with a small tooth above at one-fifth length, the basal joint long. Forewing with the costa slightly excised beyond middle, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars curved ; 6 from upper angle or stalked with 7, 8, 9 ; 7 from before 9 ; 10, 11 from cell. Hindwing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle or shortly stalked ; the discocellulars curved ; veins 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 slightly anastomosing with 8 or free. Sphinctocera crassisquama. Sphinctocera crassisquama Warr., Nov. Zool. iv. p. 128 (1897) ; Hmpsn., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 425. pi. 53. t 16. Transvaal ; Natal ; Cape Colony. Gen. Archigalleria. Type. Archigalleria Eebel, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, lii. p. 570 (1902) .... proavitella Proboscis rather short ; palpi of male short, upturned, thickly scaled, of female downcurved, extending about three times length of head and smoothly scaled ; maxillary palpi dilated with scales ; frons with conical prominence produced to a slight corneous point at extremity ; antennae of male almost simple, the basal joint somewhat dilated. Forewing with the costa moderately arched, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; the cell in both sexes about two-thirds length of wing ; vein 3 from well before angle ; 4, 5 from angle ; 6 from upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked, 9 absent ; 10, 11 from cell, 10 approxi- mated to 7, 8 at base ; the male with slight glandular swelling at base of costa on underside. Hindwing with vein 3 from close to angle of cell ; 4, 5 closely approximated for about half their length ; the discocellulars moderately angled inwards ; 6, 7 shortly stalked, 7 not anastomosing with 8. Archigalleria proavitella. Aphomia proavitella Rebel, Ann. Hojmus. iricn, vil. p. 262 (1892) ; Staud., Cat. Lep. pal. ii. p. 2. Canary Is. 5g NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. Gen. Morpheis. Type. Morpheis Hiibn., Vers. p. 196 (1S27). preocc. Bot. nee Zool smeritUha Mydobia Herr. Schiiff, Ansser. eur. Schmell. pp. 79. 75 (1858) smerintha Proboscis fully developed ; palpi in both sexes obliquely upturned, extending to the extremity of the frontal prominence and thickly .scaled ; maxillary palpi two-jointed, as long as the labial palpi and thickly scaled ; frons with large conical prominence ending in a small corneous beak ; antennae of male typically bipectinate with .short branches to one-third length, then mmutely serrate, of female with very short branches on basal third ; tibiae rather strongly frmged with hair. Forewing long and narrow, the costa highly archfd towards apex which is produced and somewhat falcate, the termen obliquely curved, the inner margin rather lobed towards base ; vem 3 from well before angle of cell ; 5 from just above angle ; the discocellulars angled ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7 from angle ; 8, 9 stalked ; 10, 11 from cell ; veins 9 to 12 becoming coincident below the costa ; the cell on underside clothed with rough downturned hair. Hindwing with the termen excised above tornus ; vein 3 from near angle of cell ; 4, 5 shortly stalked or from angle ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 free or slightly anastomosing with 8. Sect. I. Antennae in both sexes bipectinate with short branches towards base. (1) * Morpheis piistulata. Morpheis pustulata Herr. Schaff, Ausser. eur. Schmell. p. 75. f. 152 (1858). J ; Hmpan., Rom. Mem. viii. p. 423. Morpheis murina Herr. Schaff, Ausser. eur. Schmett. p. 75. f. 153 (1858), $. Brazil. (2) Morpheis smerintha. Morpheis smerintha Hiibn., Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pi. 195. ff. 3. 4 (1821) ; Hmpsn., Bom. Mem. vUi. p. 423. pi. 54. t. 16. Mexico, Yucatan ; Brazil (some specimens taken at sea 130 to 500 miles from land), Rio Grand do Sul. (3) '" Morpheis paleacea. Morpheis paleacea Herr. Schaff, Ausser. eur. Schmett. p. 75. f. 150 (1858) ; Hmpsn., Bom. Mim. yui. p. 423. Venezuela ; Brazil. Sect. II. Antennae of male minutely serrate and fasciculate to base, of female ciliated. (4) Morpheis decolorata. Morpheis decolorata Herr. Schaff, Ausser. eur. SchmeU. p. 75. f. 151 (1858) ; Hmpsn., Bom. Mim. viii. p. 424. pi. 54. f. 5. Colombia; Veneznela; Brazil. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 57 Gen. Schoenobiodes nov. Type, S. striata. Proboscis aborted and small ; palpi oblique, rather roughly scaled and reaching to about vertex of head ; maxillary palpi nearly filiform ; frons with rounded prominence ; antennae of female almost simple, with tuft of scales on basal joint ; anal tuft rather large. Forewing narrow, the costa arched, the apex produced and acute, the termen obliquely curved ; the cell about two- thirds length of wing ; vein 3 from well before angle ; 4. 5 from angle ; the dis- cocellulars angkd ; 6, 7 strongly stalked from below upper angle ; 8, 9, 10 stalked ; 11 from cell. Hindwing with vein 3 from before angle of cell ; 4, 5 from angle ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7 from upper angle. 7 strongly anastomosing with 8. Schoenobiodes striata. Acara striata Sc\m\iz, Phil. Journ. Sci. ii. p. 308. pi. 1. f. 11 (1907). Philippines, Manila. Gen. Balaenifrons. Type. Balaenifrons Hmpsn., Moths Ind. iv. p. 9 (1896) ...... homopteridia Proboscis short arising with the filiform two-jointed maxillary palpi from the enormous conical smoothly scaled frontal prominence, which is grooved below, well in front of the labial palpi which are upturned in front of the prominence and smoothly scaled ; antennae of male almost simple. Forewing with the costa arched, the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved ; vein 3 from well before angle of cell ; 5 from just above angle ; the discocellulars curved ; 6 from below upper angle ; 7 from angle ; 8, 9 stalked ; 10, 11 from cell, the latter curved. Hindwing with the lower end of cell produced ; veins 3, 4, 5 well separated ; the discocellulars angled ; 6, 7 stalked, 7 connected with 8 by an oblique bar ; the retinaculum bar-shaped in male, the frenulum of female single. (1) t Balaenifrons haematographa n. sp. (J. Golden yellow ; head, thorax and abdomen with crimson mi.xed ; palpi tinged with fuscous. Forewing with five ill-defined waved crimson lines with black marks suffused with silvery scales on them at costa except the subterminal line ; the antemedial and medial lines confluent in the cell, the postmedial line incurved at discal fold and bent inwards below vein 3, the subterminal line bent outwards to the margin and interrupted at vein 3. Hmdwing semi- hyaline ochreous, the terminal area suffused with brown with a purplish crimson patch on it below vein 3 with two yellow marks on it at vein 2. ?. Forewing without the black marks on the lines at costa ; hindwing with the terminal area suffused with crimson except towards tornus, Solomon Is., Bougainville I. (Meek), 2 3 type ; Queensland, Cedar Bay, Cooktown (Meek), 1 ?, Geraldton (Meek), o^ ? m coll. Rothschild. Exp. cJ 22, 9 28 mill. 58 XOTITATEB ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. (2) t Balaenifrons aryrostrota n. sp. <J. Head, thorax and abdomen golden yellow mixed with crimson-red ; palpi yellow towards base, then red ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore tibiae yellow banded with red. Forewing golden yellow with five ill-defined waved crimson-red bands suffused with silvery purple, the ante- medial and medial bands confluent except towards costa and inner margin and the post medial and subterminal bands confluent in places ; a red discoidal striga. Hindwing yellow ; some crimson-red on vein 2 near base ; the apical area suffused with brown ; partly confluent postmedial and subterminal crimson- red bands suffused with silvery purple between discal and submedian folds. Ceylon, Gampola (Green), 1 o, Newera Eliya (Green), 1 3 type. Exp. 16 mill. (3) t Balaenifrons phoenicozona n. sp. Head and thorax yellowish white mixed with rufous ; abdomen white with dorsal rufous bands towards base and dark brown bands towards extremity ; antennae yellow ringed with black-brown ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore femora blackish above, the fore and mid tibiae yellow and red with black bands at extremities and on the tarsi. Forewing golden yellow with deep red bands suffused with silver, their edges rather diffused ; a subbasal band with black and silvery mark at costa ; a black and silvery mark on costa near middle with the antemedial and medial bands arising from it and confluent to above inner margin where they fork ; a black and silvery mark on costa above end of cell and two red discoidal points ; the postmedial band with black and silvery mark at costa, and partly confluent with a terminal band ending at vein 3. Hindwing semihj'aline yellow ; a red mark on vein 2 at its middle ; the terminal area suffused with brown, a red and purplish sUver patch on it below vein 3 with a small yellow spot on it at vein 2. Queensland, Cedar Bay, Cooktown (Meek), 1 3 type, o, $ hi coll. Rothschild. Exp. 16 mill. (4) Balaenifrons homopteridia. t BalaenifroTishomripleiklia'Hmpsn., Moths Ind. iv. p. 9(1890); id., Fom. Mem. viii. p. 421. pi. 53. f. 4. Bengal ; Burma ; N. Borneo. (5) t Balaenifrons ocbrochroa n. sp. (J. Head and thorax oehreous mixed with brick-red ; abdomen ochreous with a fulvous yellow band near base and some red suffusion toward extremity ; pectus, legs and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white, the tibiae and tarsi suffused with rufous. Forewing ochreous thickly irrorated with brick-red ; an oblique diffused red antemedial line ; a discoidal spot ; a diffused post- medial line, slightly incurved below vein 4 ; a fine dark terminal line ; cilia ochreous white. Hindwing ochreous whitLsh suffused with brown, the cDia ochreous white. Singapore (Wood-Jones), 1 3 type. Exp. 28 mill. Genera auctorum. Hombergia unicolor de Joan, Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1910. p. 270, probably near .ArchigaUeria. France. NOVITATEB ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. 59 TWO NEW AMERICAN MOTHS By K. Jordan, Ph.D. Family ''ASTNIIDAE. 1. Eupalamides grandis spec. nov. (J $. E. dedalo simUlimus, pallidior, alis anticis sine maculis submarginalibus ante ramum primum radialem (costam sextam) atque infra totis squamosis. Hab. French Guiana (type), Surinam, British Guiana and the Amazons. In these countries two species occur, apparently side by side. The one which I take to be dedalus Cram. (1775) = cyparissias Fabr. (1777), has one or more submarginal spots on the forewing between the first radial (R' = vein 6) and the costa, both above and below ; the forewing beneath in the male is strongly hairy from near the base to two-thirds, and glossy in the centre, and in the female is covered with narrow haii-like scales between base and oblique band. In the second species the scaling on the underside of the forewing is normal, i.e. there is no coat of hairs in either sex ; the apical area of the forewing and the whole hindwing, beneath, are much paler than in E. dedalus, and there are no submarginal spots from R' forward on the forewing. The ij-genitalia also differ to some extent, as will be explained in another place. Eupalamides Hiibn. (1822 ?) is a well-defined genus, both sexes being charac- terised inter alia by the hairiness of the upperside of the hindwing and the absence of the paronychia and pulvUli. Family SPHINGIDAE. 2. Protoparce vestalis spec. nov. S. A specie P. floresian dicta colore magis albescente, maculis nigris superiori- bus abdominis multo minoribus, alis posticis macula distincta subbasali in et sub cellula sita grisea notatis. Long. al. ant. 58-60 mm. Hab. Para, May and June (Rev. A. Miles Moss), two oo'. Much purer white than P. florestan, to which it is nearest. The black side- spots of the abdominal segments 2, 3 and 4 are narrow, tran.sverse, and do not touch one another above, while beneath they are joined together by a broad black stripe ; the white side-spots, therefore, are not separated from the grey dorsal surface ; black side-spots of segments 5 to 8 quite small and inconspicuous, being obsolescent. Underside of body and the legs and palpi as in P. florestan but purer white. Wings, upperside : the markings of the forewing as in P. florestan, but the black basal stripe placed in the hindmargin broader ; the distal margin more deeply incurved before anal angle. The two black discal streaks distinct, the submarginal line obsolescent, as is also the third discal dentate line ; interspace between this third line and the second almost pure white ; in type-specimen basal and discal areas with a distinct yellowish tint, of which there is hardly a trace in the second example, the space around the etigma between the submedian and discal lines has no yellowish or buff tint. 60 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. — On the hindwing a broad whitish grey area extends from the base to the anal angle, being divided up by three transverse black lines and two black streaks, the anterior streak reaching to the distal margin, the other being short ; the proximal portion of this grey area is often vestigial in P. florestan, but never so distinct as in P. vestalis ; in the type of P. vegtalis the grey area is slightly washed with buff. Underside as in P. florestan, but the hindwing lighter grey, the dark brown marginal band, therefore, more prominent ; in the type on hindwing a double median line and dentate discal line, the latter obsolete in the parat3'pe. Genitalia similar to those of P. florestan, but the tenth sternite shorter and broader, and the harpe more coarsely dentate and dorsally notched twice (only the type examined). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 61 SUPPLEMENTAL NOTES TO MR. CHAELES OBERTHUR'S FAUNE DES LEPIDOPTERES BE LA BARBARIE, WITH LISTS OF THE SPECIMENS CONTAINED IN THE TRING MUSEUM. By lord ROTHSCHILD, F.R.S., Ph.D. MR. CHARLES OBERTHtJR has, for many years, made a special study of the lepidoptera of N.W. Africa, and all entomologists must have been very pleased when he started to publish a connected account of the results of his investigations. Although he published the first part of his Etudes d'Ento- mologie in 1876 with his initial list of Algerian lepidoptera ; it was not till JNIarch 1915 in the X' Fascicule of his Etudes de Lepidopterologie Coniparee that he began his complete work. In that " Fascicule " he has given us a resume of his studies on the Rhopalocera and the Grypocera of Barbary. The commence- ment of the Heterocera is made on pages 179-428 of "Fascicule" XII, and includes the Sphingidae, Zygaenidae, Ainatidae, Heterogynnidae, Linuicodidae, Notodontidae, Cnetliocampinae, Liparidae, Lasiocampidae, Lemoniidae, Saturnidae, Drepanidae, and Megalopygidae. The classification is, for younger students, rather perplexing, for it is neither the modern classification nor does it exactly follow that of the Catalogue of Palaearctic Lepidoptera of Drs. Staudmger and Rebel ; however, although not following Mr. Oberthiir's nomenclature, I have arranged the species in the same order as he has, for easier reference, but this does not mean that I agree with it. Although I would not wish ui any way to hurt the feelings of Mr. Charles Oberthiir, for he has been a kind friend to me, and his services to Entomology are very great, I cannot help making a few general remarks. In the present work Mr. Oberthiir, as he always has done, maintains that descriptions of lepidoptera without good figures are useless, and he will not recognise the validity of names founded on descriptions alone. I certainly go so far as to say that figures are very useful and desirable ; but a good description is often more easily understood and can be identified better than an inferior figure, and who is to be the judge if a figure is good, bad, or indifferent ? ! If Mr. Oberthiir's rule were to be adopted, we should have to consider thousands, nay, tens of thou- sands of zoological names as invalid, which are in use every day and are quite understandable to the students interested. I then must draw my readers' attention to the presentation of the various species by Mr. Oberthiir. We find that although in Barbary the typical form of a given species may be quite unknown ; yet Mr. Oberthiir heads each species with the name of the typical race and only draws attention to the various local races in the text. This is most confusing, especially as his Etudes have no index, an extremely regrettable circumstance. Then we find that Mr. Oberthiir apparently does not under- stand the modern use of trinomials, for he uses them indifferently for Subspecies ( = local and geographical races), and for individual variations. JIi-. Oberthiir even makes use of quadrinomials and quuiquinomials, which are absolutely inadmissible under the International Rules. Accordijig to the International 62 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAK XXIV. 1917. Rules of Nomenclature, trinomials can only be uf-ed for Subspecies and not for individual aberrations. If such individual aberrations are named at all. the name must be preceded by ab. ( = abbreviation for aberration), thus Vanessa polycJiloros ab. testudo, while the North African local form of this insect is written trinomially thus, Vanessa polychloros erythromelas Aust. Another undesirable nomenclatorial practice of ]\Ir. Oberthiir is \^ithin one and the same gemis applying the same name to species or subspecies and to individual aberrations also ; as an instance Satyrvs powelli Oberth.. a very distinct species, and Satyriis fdia. albivenosa poicelli Oberth., which is an aberration of an aberration of Satyrus fdia. Now I know that names applied to aberrations do not come within the scope of the International Rules which only apply to " subspecies," " species," " genera," and " still higher divisions," but nevertheless it is most incon- venient and much to be deprecated if aberrations are given names which already belong to species in the same genus, and ^^hen Mr. Oberthiir in addition WTites both trinomially the practice leads to utter confusion. It is also most startling and disconcerting to find interpolated in the midst of a Fauna of Barbary on pages 372-376 of " Fascicule XII " a series of de- scriptions of Thibetian Drepanidae. Although I am not guiltless of similar discrepancies (see WoUaston Expedition description and figures of some lepidop- tera not from this expedition) myself, yet my references dealt with the same faunal area, while Mr. Oberthiir cannot plead that Thibet is a part of Barbary, though within the Palaearctic area. In additijn to notes on the specimens in the British Museum, I am givmg also, under each species, such references as I think of use from Mr. Ch. Blachier, Miss M. E. Fountaine, Mr. J. de Joannis, and the late Mr. A. E. Gibbs. I am adding to this a complete list of the Mauretanian specimens in the Tring Museum. The Algerian material in the Tring Museum was principally collected by Dr. Ernst Hartert, Dr. Karl Jordan, and myself, and our energetic taxidermist Mr. C. Hilgert, between the years 1908 and 1914 ; and also by the professional collectors, Victor Faroult and E. Blanc, Mr. Maxime Rotrou of Sidi bel Abbes, and the pharmacist of Batna, Mr. A. Nelva. In addition to these, as appears in the lists, a certain number of things were caught by the guide Cheli Brahim and a number of other individuals. Last, but not least, I am most indebted to the genial Danish Consul at Alger, Dr. Nissen, for much good material, but stUl more for an amount of help and general assistance without which nothing hardly of this collection could have been brought together. I paid in all, between 1908 and 1914, six visits to Algeria in company with Dr. Ernst Hartert and Dr. K. Jordan ; on all of which, except the first, some of us were accompanied by Mr. Carl Hilgert as taxidermist and general shikaree. In 1912 Dr. Hartert together with Hilgert made the long desert trip to In-Salah, while Dr. Jordan and I explored variovis places north of the desert. In 1914, after spending some time at Biskra, Dr. Hartert and HUgert went down to the Oued N^a near Ghardaia for four weeks, while Dr. Jordan and I spent the time in the east of Algeria. In 1908 Dr. Hirtert and I arrived in Algiers on February 14th, and after four days in that town, where we caught a few Zygaena algira in the " Bois de Boulogne " and a few moths at night, we left for Biskra, arriving there on the 20th. Wii remamed at Biskra till the er.d of April, having paid short visits to NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 63 El Kantara and Batna in between. After two or three days at Constantine, where I caught one Zygaena zuleiha among otherwise only common in.sects, we returned to Alger and Dr. Hartert returned to Tring. Dr. Jordan and I spent the three latter weeks of May and early part of June in Alger, Hammam R'ihra, and Blida les Glacieres, and made some good collections. It was on this occa- sion beyond the " Bois de Boulogne " that I first saw a living Charaxes jasius in a wild state, though I had taken the larvae at Hyeres and bred some 20 imagines. Dr. Jordan and I chased this individual (a<J) for twenty minutes or half an hour, but failed to catch it ; we also failed to catch a large ? near Blida some four weeks later. In 1909 we arrived at Alger on February 22nd ; and after making prepara- tions for our proposed journey to El Oued, we left for El Kantara, where we arrived on the 29th. We made various collections there and went to Biskra on March llth. We made numerous excursions to Oumash, Zaatcha, Tolga, etc., and collected a certain amount. On March 25th we left Biskra in com- pany with Dr. Nissen, the Danish Consul, on our desert trip to El Oued. On this trip very few Rhopalocera were seen, though many interesting moths, among them Lymantria oberthiiri were added to the collection. We reached El Oued on April 7th and arrived back at Biskra on the 22nd. The two principal new species found on this trip were Cleoplmiui pictiirata and Euhlemma deserti Rothsch. Our friend Dr. Nissen returned to Alger, and on April 30th we went for five days to El Kantara ; and then spent ten days at Batna and Lambessa, from whence we went to Hammam Meskoutine. We stayed here till early in June. In 1911 we reached Alger on January 21st, and spent the days from February 1st to 18th at Hammam Meskoutine ; from February 19th to March 17th we remained in Biskra, and from March 17th to 27th at El Kantara, and then returned to Alger. On April 1st we left Alger with Dr. Nissen for our trip by automobile to Gharda'ia. This journey was very fruitful in lepidoptera, and it was on our return journey on April 28th that we took for the first time Euchloe tagis pechi, which Dr. Nissen discovered while we were detained at Guelt-es-Stel by an accident. On AprU 30th we returned to Alger, where we were detained for a fortnight by my being Ul with fever. We spent May 17th to 26th at Hammam R'ihra, where we caught much of interest ; a long series of Zygaena theryi Joan, and a specimen of Haemoirhagia fvciformis being specially noteworthy. We left Alger on June 14th. In 1912 Dr. Hartert and Carl Hilgert went to In-Salah. They left BLskra February 20th, and got back to Alger on June 21st. This trip was very fertile in new forms, Melitaea didyma harterti, Anumeta major, Anumeta sahulosa, Odontelia griseola, Polia cinnamomeogrisea, etc., 38 species and subspecies apparently being new to science. In that same year Dr. Jordan and I spent March and the first half of April at Alger and Hammam R'ihra, and then the last half of April in company with Dr. Nissen at Guelt-es-Stel. The first half of May we spent at Khenchela, and then returned to Alger, reaching home early in June. In 1913 we reached Alger on AprU 2nd, and arrived at Oran on April 9th. After exploring the neighbourhood we went to Tlemcen on the 18th and col- lected as far round as Lalla Marnia and Terni. We returned to Oran on the 29th, where we were joined by Dr. Nissen and started for Ain Scfi-a, and we arrived 64 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. there on May 1st and remained till the 18th. We took large numbers of moths, many very rare, among others the true Metapoceras codeti Oberthiir, also one solitary Teracolus rwiirm, and on the Djebel Mekter Cigaritis allardi and Zygaena marcouna. We then went to Saida, which was not very fruitful, and on May '23rd we went to Hammam R'ihra for a week ; where among a lot of good things we caught two fine Sphinx pinastri. In 1914 we arrived early in March at Alger, and proceeding to Biskra, stayed there a month, getting some very welcome additions to the collection. On April 8th Dr. Hartert and Carl HUgert set out for the Oued N9a, and Dr. Jordan and I proceeded to join Dr. Nissen at Constantine, whence we went to Souk Ahras in the extreme east of Algeria. We were considerablj' disappointed here, for we found we had come at least three or four weeks too early. However, we had one good haul, for we found Zygaena zuleika simply swarming in the old Arab giaveyard above the town. In the previous five years I had only taken four specimens of this species, viz. 1 at Constantine in 1908, 2 at Hammam R'ihra, and 1 in 1913 in Mrs. Beresford's garden in Mustapha Superior. We went from Souk Ahras to Tebessa after about ten days, but here there was absolutely nothing to be found, so after three or four days we went back to Hammam Meskoutine, where we stayed, and Dr. Hartert and HUgert rejoined us there, and we finally reached home early in June. Dr. Hartert collected a nice series of lepidoptera both on the Oued Nfa and on the way back, the best things being a pair of the very rare noctuid Anydrophila sahoiirodi (Lucas), which had hitherto been known only from the unique type from Zarcime in Tunisia. I have only given above the bare ovitline of our journeys in Algeria ; but those of my readers who want further details I must refer to Novitates Zoologicae, vol. xviii. pp. 456-492 (1912), vol. xx. pp. 1-27 (1913) ; vol. xxi. pp. 180-186 (1914), and vol. xxii. pp. 61-66 (1915). The reader will find enumerated among the specimens a series collected by Herr Geyr von Schwcppenburg on a journey to the Hoggar Mountains. Herr Geyr went with Herr Paul Spatz, and the journey was made from Biskra to Ideles via Touggourt, Ouargla, Ain-Ta'iba and Timassinin ; the full list will be foimd in the Antuils ami Magazine of Natural History (8), xvi. pp. 247, etc. (1915). For those who have not visited Algeria, I should like to say that it is divided into tliree faunal regions, first the " Coastal or Tell " which lies north of the northern range of the Atlas Mountains ; second, the " Hauts Plateaux," which consist of the high steppe-like country mostly some 900-1,100 metres above sea-level and is situated between the northern and southern chains of the Atlas ; and third, the " Saharan or Desert region," which comprises all the country south of the second Atlas chain as far as the end of the Hoggar Moun- tains, i.e. about halfway between Ideles and Air. The northern or Tell Atlas has more or less the same fauna as the Coastal Plain, but its southern slopes agree more with the Hauts Plateaux ; the Southern or Saharan Atlas has principally the fauna of the Hauts Plateaux. In Tunisia and the most eastern part of Algeria, owing to the mountains running up closer to the sea, the " Hauts Plateaux " region is less defined and runs more into the other two. In Morocco we know too little about the natural history of the country, except round Tangier and along the coast, i.e. Mazagan and Mogador, to say if these threefold faunal divisions are there well defined or not. Of the localities mentioned in the lists, Alger and the Foret de Bainen are on the NOVITATE.S ZOOLOGIPAE XXIV. 1917. (J5 littoral of the province of Alger, while the Grands Kabylie ard Leila Kredidja, Yakouren. Abd-el-Kader. Oued Hamidou, Sakanmdi. Tizi Ouzou, and the Foret d'Akfadan lie in the mountains north of the Atlas range between Alger and Bougie. Blida les Glacieres and Hammam R'ihra are in the foothills of the Atlas, while Teniet-el-Haad, Medea, and Boghar are in the main Atlas chain of the province of Alger. Boghari, Berrouaghia, Guelt-es-Stel, Puits Baba, Terres Blanches, Ain-Oiissera, and Bordj-bou-Arreridj are on the " Hauts Plateaux " of that province ; Djelfa is in the second Atlas chain ; while Bou Saada, El Hamel, Laghouat, Tilghempt, Ghardaia, Berrian Guerrara, and the Oued N9a are in the " Desert Region " south of that province. Oran, Nemours, and Nedronia are in the littoral of the Province of Oran ; while Masser Mines and Lalla Marnia are in the low mountain ranges north of the Atlas in that province. Tifcen Yaya, Sidi-bel- Abbes, Tlemcen, and Les Pins are on the northern slopes of the Northern Atlas range on the railwaj' line between Sidi-bel-Abbes and Tlemcen in the west of the Oran Province. Saida and Tifrit, 25 kilometres west of it, are in the central part of the Northern Atlas chain in the Oran Province, while Ain Sefra, Ras Chergui, and Mecheria are in the Southern Atlas chain of that province. The fauna of these three places has a much more desert mixture than is the case in the Aures districts in the Province of Constantine, and this appears due to the invasion of large and extensive sand-dunes. Colomb Bechar is at the commencement of the desert in the Oran Province. Zoiidj-el-Beghal is in Eastern Morocco, 15-20 kilometres bej'ond the Algerian frontier west of Oudjda. Mazagan, the Mwhoila (Orange Grove, Oum- er-Rebia), Ouled Farsh, Truchan, Rabat, the Oum-er-Rebia, and Mogador are on the Atlantic west coast of Morocco. Tangier is due north opposite Gibraltar, Tamarouth, Djebel Tixa, Agvirgur Amsmiz, Sould Jedid, Imentalla, Tizi Gourza, Tsigidir-el-Bor, and Tsauritz Entsagauz are in the High Atlas, while the Forest of Marmora is inland from Rabat. Batna, Lambessa, and KJienchela are on the " Hauts Plateaux " of the Province of Constantine ; Menaa and El Kantara and the Gorges de TUatou are in the Aures Mountains = the Southern Atlas range. El Outaya, Biskra, Hammam-es-Salahin, Oumash, Bordj Chegga, Mraier, Touggourt, Bled-et-Amar, El Oued, El Arish, Ouargla, El Golea, Igosten, In-Salah, the Oued Mya, El Hadadra, and Aiin Guettera are in the desert south of the Province of Constantine. Ai'n Taiba and Timassinin lie south-east of Ouargla, while Oued Ag'elil, Oued Ahma, Oued Tamadout, Oued Abou, and Oued Dehm are north of the Hoggar Mountains, and Ideles is in the northern part of the Hoggar Mountaiiis, while Tamargliasset is in the main portion of these mountaii;s. Oued Kadamelkt and Oued Tidek are south of these mountains in Adrar, Oued Kadamellet is north of Air, and Philippeville and Bone are the two chief ports of the Provmcc of Constantine. Constantine and Hammam Meskoutine are in the foot-hills north of the Northern Atlas chain in the Province of Constantine ; while Souk Ahras is in this northern chain close to the Tunisian frontier, while Tebessa is in the Southern Atlas also near Tunisia. Ain Draham is in the Northern Atlas in Western Tunisia, called by the French " Kioumerie." Tunis is the capital of Tunisia. Marakesh is the capital of Morocco. 5 66 XOVITATES ZOOLOGIfAE XXIV. 1 iU 7. The data for specimens given under Mr. A. E. Gibbs are taken from "An Algerian Holiday " in The Entomologist, vol. xliv. pp. 135-140 and 170-174 (1911); those given under Joannis are taken from the Bulletin de la Societe entomologique de France, 1908, pp. 82, 83; and those under Miss Fountaine are from The Entomologist, 1906, pp. 84-89 and 107-109. I herewith give a sort of synopsis of the people named in the lists of Ti ii.g Museum material. Dr. Nissen is Danish Consul-General for Algeria and a medical practitioner ; he has a private collection of Algerian lepidoptera and a small representative one from elsewhere. Captam Holl, who died in 1916 or the end of 1915, was a retued engineer oflScer of the French Army ; he was an Alsatian, and had a collection of Algerian and Alsatian lepidoptera and disposed of his duplicates commercially. Mr. A. Nelva is the principal pharmaceutical chemist at Batna ; he originally collected all orders of zoological objects, but in 1909 determined to restrict himself to coleoptera. However, he could not forgo retaining small series of his local lepidoptera, but collects lepidoptera mainly for sale. Mr. Maxime Rotrou is a coleopterist who habitualh- lives at Sidi-bel-Abbes, but travels about in the Province of Oran, being m Government employ. He collects lepidoptera and other orders for sale to help him with his coleoptera. Mr. A. Thery is a merchant and commission agent of Alger, who has one of the best collections in the world of the coleopterous family of Buprestidae, and made also a collection of Algerian insects. Just before the war he took up a large land concession near Rabat and sent me a small collection from there. Victor Faroult is a French professional collector who has collected for me in various parts of Algeria since 1911. Cheli Brahim is or was the Arab guide at the Hotel Bertrand at El Kantara. Mr. E. Blanc is a taxidermist and dealer in Tunis. W. Riggenbach is a Swiss zoological collector who collected for the Tring Museum in Morocco from 1900-1905, and in Senegal in 1906-1907. Except in very few instances no insects received in 1916 could be included, as owing to the war I have not been able to get them set. I received in 1916 from Mr. Nelva, Mr. Rotrou, and Victor Faroult some five or six thousand specimens from Perregaux, Sidi-bel-Abbes, Titen Yaya, Lambessa, Environs de Batna, Hammam R'ihra, Djebel Zaccar (above Miliana), and Aflou. I have in the lists of specimens only used initials when quoting cur own captures. E. H. signifies Dr. Ernst Hartert ; K. J. signifies Dr. K. Joidan ; C. H. signifies Carl HUgert and W. R. denotes myself. The localities are arranged from west to east and from north to south and from south to north. [Papilio machaon Linn. Mr. Oberthiir states quite truly that it is not very easy to define the different subspecies of this butterfly which inhabit Barbary. But I think I shall be able to make it quite clear that there are three distinct races inhabiting this area. (1) That found along the coast and down to the centre of the " Hants Plateaux " in Central and Eastern Algeria and Tunisia ; (2) that inhabiting the coastal NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 67 and northern portions of Western Algeria and the known portions of Morocco ; and (3) that inhabiting the desert areas of Algeria and probably Tunisia and running up in places into the southern portions of the " Hants Plateaux." The second local form presents little or no difficult}' beyond the question of the priority of the two names rnauretanica Blachier and maxima Verity, but the other two forms are not so simple. In my " Revision of the PapUios of the Eastern Hemisphere, exclusive of Africa," Nov. Zool. vol. ii. pp. 165-463, I united under P. macJMon sphyrus Hiibn. (see pp. 275-276) all the maclmon from England, South Europe, North Africa, and Western Asia (to Cashmere). As our knowledge of lepidoptera has advanced by leaps and bounds since then, it is not remarkable that this classification of the 7nachaon forms should now prove to be out of date. The British form is distmct enough to warrant a separate designation, and the Moroccan and West Algerian and that from the desert regions of Algeria have also proved to be two distinct local races which must be separated. The consideration, therefore, only remains of the form inhabiting the northern portions of Central and Eastern Algeria and Tunisia. This involves the vexed cjuestion, " What is sphyrus Hiibn. ? " He has given no locality for it, and the figures (ff . 775, 776) at fii'st sight give one the impression of the British form. However, the yellow is too dark, and it agrees, I think, fairly well with Spanish, South France and Italian specimens. The North African specimens (Alger, Hamniam R'ilira, Tunis, etc.) differ slightly both from Portuguese and Riviera ones in the width of the black outer one-fourth of forewing, in the more oblong and narrower red area in the anal ocellus of hindwing, in the larger yellow submarginal spots of the hinchvmg, and in the reduced orange spots below. Dr. Verity has separated the Algerian and Noitli Tunisian machaon as m. mauretanica ; and although I consider that I have not enough dated material from both sides of the Mediterranean to give a final assent to this, it is quite certain that a number of the North African specimens show characters never found in those from South Europe, so I have adopted Dr. Verity's name in the present article. The summer generation appears alwajs to be distinguished by greater extent of yellow on the abdomen. Mr. Oberthiir states that he has never seen any account of the larvae of any of the Asiatic forms of inachaon. I have a number of blown larvae of machaon hippocrates Feld. from Japan. They are exactly like the larvae of European machaon, but much larger.] 1. Papilio machaon mauretanica Verity. Papilio machaon mauretanica Verity, Rhopaloccra Palaearctica, p. 12. pi. ii. f. 5 (1905) (Alger). The larvae of the Algerian mauretanica resembles European machaon larvae, but appears to have the black bands on the segments and especially these between the segments broader. We found two larvae at Khenchela in the last moult but one, May 1912, of which I prepared one that died before the last moult . The second pupated, but died at Tring. These larvae had both the segmental and intrasegmental black rings complete, so undoubtedly the Klienchela machaon belongs to the northern form. We found this insect fairly abundant round Mustapha and at Hammam R'ihra, but elsewhere we only came across it occasionally. 68 NOVITATES ZOOLOOKAE XXIV. 1917. The Guelt-es-Stel unique specimen is in appearance intermediate between the northern and the desert race, but it cannot be settled what form occurs in this region till we find the larvae, and I prefer for the present to regard it as mauretanica on account of its northern localitj'. Tlie specimens of this form in the Tring Musetim number forty-one. 11 Envii-ons d'Alger, May— October 1905-1914, W. R., E. H. and K. J., Dr. Nissen and Captain Holl. 3 Hammam R'ilira, April— September 1912-1916, W. R., K. J. and Faroult. 1 Hammam Meskoutine, May 1914, W. R. ai.d K. J. 10 Belvedere. Tunis, August — September 1915, Blanc. 1 Gafsa, Tunisia. 2 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 1 Guelt-es-Stel, July 1913. 3 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Ain Sefra,"May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 4 Djebel Mekter, near Ain Sefra, May 1913, E. H. and C. H. 1 Les Pins, July 1915, Rotrou. 1 Sidi-bel- Abbes, August 1916. 1 larva, 1 pupa, Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. The specimens from the last four localities are very perplexing ; they agree with mauretanica in size and appearance, but ought by rights to belong to the next form ; however, as the " Hauts Plateaux " of Province Oran have a very mixed fauna, it is possible that machaon is an immigrant from the cast and not from the north. In the British Museum there Ls a single specimen from the Salvm-Godman collection labelled " Algeria " ! 2. Papilio machaon maxima Verity. Papilio machaon maxima Verity, Rhopalocera Palaearctica, p. 296. pi. lii. f. 2 (1911) (gen. vern.) (Tangier). Papilio machaon maxima gen. aest. angulala Verity, Rhopalocera Palaearctica, p. 290. pi. \x. i. 14 (1911) (Tangier). Mr. Blachier (Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. 77. pp. 209-211. ff.) 1, 2 (1908) endeavours to show that the name mauretanica, originally given by Verity to the whole of the Mauretanian machaon, should be restricted to the form from Morocco. This is quite wrong, for Verity states distinctly that his form is small and figures a specimen from Alger. Therefore the name of inaxima given three years later by Verity must stand for the Moroccan form. This name maxima applies, however, only to the spring generation. The summer generation, which is larger, has the black lines somewhat reduced and the abdomen almost entirely yellow with only a black dorsal line ; this is Verity's gen. aest. angulata. The number of specimens at Tring are twenty-one. 2 Mazagan, April 1902, W. Riggenbach "j 1 Ouled Farsh, AprU 1901, W. Riggenbach J-gen. vern. maxima. 1 Djebel Tixa, March 1905, W. Riggenbach J NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1017. 69 gen. aest. angulata. 6 Mazagan, July — September 1900, W. Riggenbach 4 Morocco (Marakesch), October 1902, W. Riggenbach 2 Cap Blanco, August 1902, W. Riggenbach 1 Ouled Farsh, May 1901, W. Riggenbach 3 Masser Mines, June 1914, Faroult 1 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou The four specimens in the Tring Museum from t!ie i.orth of the Province of Oran are certainly unmistakable maxima, in fact, one of the Ma-ser Mines specimens is as big as many summer specimens of machaon hifpocrates Feld. from Japan (length of forewing 52 mm., expanse 109 mm.). Mr. Blachier (loc. cit.) records maxima from Marakesch, coll. Vaucher and Tangier, from the same source. There are in the British Museum three specimens collected by Ms. Meade- Waldo. In the Trans. Entom. Soc. Lond. 1905, pp. 369-392, Mi-. M-ade-Waldo records Tangier January and August 1901 ; Amsmiz, June 1901 ; Imentalla, 1901 ; and Forest of Marmora, March 1902. 3. Papilio machaon saharae Oberth. Papilio nuKhaon var. saharae Oberthur, Elud. d'Entom. iv. p. 68. sub No. 192 (1879) (Laghouat). Papilio macJiaon var. hospifonides Oberthur, Elud. d'Enlim. xii. p. 21. t. 5. f. 19 (1888) (larva Biskra). Ii] Novit. Zool. vol. XX. p. 109 (1913) I kept hospitonides separate from saharae, as my Laghouat and Bou Saada imagines were somewhat different from the desert specimens from elsewhere. Since then I have examined more material, both larvae and imagines, and I find that though the imagines represent two di; tinct types — viz. either very small with the yeUow much reduced or somewliat larger with the submarginal yellow spots strongly developed and with a curious yellow bloom over the whole insect, giving it a mealy appear- ance— nevertheless all the desert machaon have the hospitonides form of larva and so represent one local race only. Therefore the name saharae must be used for this subspecies, it having nine years' priority over hospitonides. Of the Bou Saada series one specimen is very different from the othersi beuig quite indistinguishable from North Algerian ones. It is, of course, well known that occasional specimens of subspecies show greater resemblances to other races of the same species than to the one to which they geographically belong, but this specimen is too much like m. mauretanica. Victor Faroult has the bad habit, which was equally the case with our lamented friend William Doherty and our poor collector Heinrich Kiihn, of dragging about with him, when travelling, odd specimens of lepidoptera captured on previous expeditions. I therefore feel sure that this specimen in question was obtamed somewhere else and included in the Bou Saada lot by mistake. The remaining 41 Bou Saada specimens vary much in size, though all are small. The smallest has the length of forewing 24 mm. and total expanse 52 mm., while largest has the forewing 40 mm. and a total expanse of 85 mm. The specimens at Tring total 65. 42 (41) Bou Saada, May, June, July 1912 (1 May 1911 ? ?), Faroult. 2 Biskra, September 1910, Faroult. 1 El Kantara, April 1911, Faroult. 3 El Outaya, March 1911, Faroult. 70 XOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1!>17. 2 Laghouat, March— April 1911-1912, W. R. and E. H., Faroult. 5 Ghardaia, May 1912 and 1914, E. H. and C. H. 1 Oued N^a, May 1914, E. H. and C. H. 8 El Hadadra, May 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Oued Mya, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 5 larvae, 1 pupa shell, Bou Saada, Faroult. 2 larvae. El Hadadra, E. H. and C. H. Mr. de Joaniiis records two specimens collected hy Mr. M. R. Chudeau, August 1905, at Tamangha-sset, Hoggar Mountains. The larvae of vutchaon saharae are very different from those of other forms of machaon. They resemble those of Papilio hospiton of Corsica and Sardinia in having tlie black segmental and intersegmental bar.ds broken up into spot.'-. [Papilio podalirius Linn. Dr. Veritj', in his Rhopalocera Palaearctica, p. 293 (1911), asserts that he has become convinced that P. podalirms and P. feisthameli are two distinct species, and not, as hitherto considered by himself ar.d otheis. two local races of one and the same species Papilio podalirius. Dr. Verity further asserts that podalirins and feisthameli hy together tliroughout Spain and across to Tangier. Dr. Jordan and I have been too busy with other entomological work to go carefully into this question and dLssect a number of specimens ; moreover, although my material at Trmg is very large, the scries from Spain and that from Northern and Central France are very poor. I therefore cannot at present adopt Dr. Verity's view, but consider it verj- doubtful indeed if podalirius and feisthameli can be considered anything more than two very distinct subspecies of one species. I have examined 536 specinicrs of podalirius and feisthameli in the Tring Museum and those in the British Museum and others ; and out of this large number of nearly 650 specimens from the whole of its range, I only know one specimen of what could be considered true podalirius which has been taken within the feisthameli area, and this is a Tangier specimen obtained by Mr. Meade- Waldo now in the British Museum. It is quite reasonable to suppose that this specimen is a reversion to an ancestral type or else a variation from the more ancestral form to the more recent, whichever view is considered the more consistent with the known facts about podaliritis and feisthameli. This specimen is quite similar to podalirivs in every way, but is rather large even for a female.] 4. Papilio podalirius feisthameh Dup. Papilio feisthameli Duponchel in Godart's Lipid, de France, Kupp. I. p. 7. t. 1. f. 1 (1832) (Perpignaa loc. typ. fixed by Pierret). There are two distinct seasonal generations, gen. vern. feisthameli ard gen. aest. latteri Aust., in Barbary, and the latter is at once distinguishable by its great size and in being nearly always white, while the $ feisthameli is generally pale yellow. We found this butterfly abundar^t in the neighbourhood of Alger and at Hammam R'ihra ; but elsewhere, though not rare, was only seen singly. At Tring the series comprises 178 specimens from Mauretania. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1017. -1 3 Mauretania (Staudir.ger). 8 Seksawa, Morocco, 1905, Riggenbach. 2 Fenson, Morocco. 1 Zoudj-el-Beghal, E. Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 1 Masser Mines, June 1914, Faroult. 1 Lalla Marnia. Maj' 1914, Faroult. I Saida, May 1914, W. R. and E. H. 25 Sidi-bel-Abbes, April 1915-1916, Rotrou. 1 Sidi-bel-Abbes, Austaut, August 1878 (type of gen. aest. latteri). 1. Sebdou, Austaut, July 1880 (also marked "type," but is evidently only a subsequent acquisition). 42 Environs d'Alger, March— June 1908-1914, W. R., E. H., and K. J., and Dr. Nissen. 2 Adrar Amellal, Gorges de Chabet, June 1905, Dr. Nissen. 7 Blida Ics Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 17 Enviions de Batna, July— August 1909-1915, Nelva. 2 Lambessa, June 1905, L. Kuhlmann. 7 ElKantara, March— July 1911, W. R., E. H., Faroult, and Cheli Brahim. 1 Constantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 4 Philippeville, June 1905, L. Kuhlmann. 31 Hammam R'ihra, April— May and August 1908-1916, W. R., E. H., and K. J., and Faroult. 2 Hammam Meskoutine, May 1914, W. R. and K. J. 3 Souk Ahras, Apiil 1914, W. R. and K. J. 3 Ain Draham, 1910, Faroult. 7 Djebel Zaccar above Miliana, August 1916, Faroult. In the British Museum are 2 from Mr. Meade-Waldo ; 1 Lieutenant Codet, Sebdou, 1880-1882; 1 Mount Thessala, Province Oran, July 1880, Austaut ; 2 Mauretania ex coll. Grum-Grshimailo per Elwes ; 2 Algiers, 1 Morocco, Leech coll. Mr. Meade-Waldo gives the following data in his article : Amsmiz, June 1901 ; Imentala, July 1901. The anal rufous red patch in the Spanish and Pyrenean feisthameli is broader than in Mauretanian ones, but is not at all like that in podalirivs. The gen. aest. latteri only occurs in Maureteftiia. Dr. Verity, in his "Revision of the Linnean- Types," seeks to show that Linnaeus' type of Papilio podalirius is the Algerian ab. latteri, but as I am not yet quite satisfied on this point I have not adopted the change of name in this paper. 5. Thais Tumina mauretanica Schultz. Thais rumina mauretanica Schulz, Int. Entom. Zeitsch. Stuttgart, vol. xxi. p. 267 (1908) (Morocco Algeria). I never liad anj' luck with this beautiful insect, for we always were too late in the places where we met with it ; so that the series of specimens collected by ourselves is poor in quality and scanty in numbers. We found a few larvae at Hammam R'ihra, and I found in May 1909 two larvae at Lac Fetzara, near Bone, which were quite black. 72 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. One of the specimens collected by E. Deschanges has the black in the wuigs much extended, and all the red spots of the forewings are absent except a small red dot below the vitreous patch = ab. derubescens Schultz. Several others have the red on the forewings niuch reduced. One specimen from Oran and one from Blida les Glacieres are of the aberration canteneri Stdgn. One of Faroult's Ain Draham specunens has the curious quadrately distorted wings as figured by Mr. ObDithiir. The above-mentioned canteneri has a rather j)crplexir.g synonymy. In 1861 Staudinger, in Staudinger and Wocke's Catalog der Lepidopieren, Europas, ed. i. p. 1. No. 7, thus describes it: "ab. Canteneri Heydenreich Catal (ab ochracea)," and has put it as an aberration under the Spanish and Portu- guese race Tlmis rumiiia riimina, but he gives no type locality. In 1864 C. and R. Felder, Verh. K. K. Zool. Bot. Gesells. vol. xiv. p. 330. No. 527, give a " var. Canteneri Heydenreich lin. litt. . . . Algeria," and quote as type figure Lucas' T. rumina var. in the Expl. d'Alg. Zool. iii. p. 346. pi. 1. f. 1. Now, it is a very moot point, as both Staudinger and the Felders quote as the source of the name canteneri the same manuscript catalogue of Heydenreich and Staudinger gives no type locality, while the Felders give Algeria, whether the name canteneri ought not to be used for the Mauretanian form of rumina instead of mauretanica Schultz. This can only be decided if the consensus of opmion agrees as to which of these two authors is the real author of the name, Staudinger by saying " ab. ochracea " and being considered to have fixed the locality by placing it under the "forma Iberica," or the Felders by actually quoting a type locality "Algeria" and by quoting a figure of an Algerian specimen of the dark orange aberration. The series at Tring number 100. 1 Algeria, Sandt coll. 22 Oran, AprU 1913, W. R., E. H. 1 Santa Cruz, Oran, February 1906, Dr. Nissen. 45 Environs d'Alger (Hussein Dey, ilaison Carree, Femme Sauvage), March— April 1905-1913, Dr. Nissen and Captam Holl. 8 Hammam R'Uira, 4 April 1912, W. R. and K. J., and 2 ex larva (larvae May 1908, VV. R. and K. J.), 1 emerged 1909 and the other 1910 at Tring ; 2 July 1916, Faroult. 3 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 12 Tlemcen, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 larva Lac Fetzara, May 1909, W. R. and E. H. 3 larvae, Hammam R'ihra, May 1911, W. R. and E. H. In the British Museum are : — 1 <? Sebdou, Dr. Codet, 1880—1882. 4 Tangier, Meade-Waldo. 1 Bubana, March 1901, Meade-Waldo. 3 Tangier, Mr. Blackmore. I Mogador, Leech. (This has the black markings much reduced and the yellow extended.) Mr. Meadc-Waldo in his article quotes only Tangier, February — April 1901, Miss Fountaine quotes Teniet-el-Haad, May, June 1904, in addition to Hammam R'ihra and Blida in April. Mr. Blachier gives only Tangier. NOVXTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1017. 73 6. Aporia crataegi mauritanica Oberth. Aporia crataegi mavritnnkn Obertliiir, Etiid. Lepid. Comp. Fasc. III. p. 120 (1900) (Algeria). Personally we only eanie across this butterfly once in Algeria, and that at Blida ks Glacieres in 1908. At Tring we have 171 specimens. 108 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 5 Foret de Taouriit Ighil. Kabylie, June 1906. Dr. Nissen. 1 Yakouren, June 1906, Dr. Nissen. 1 Foret de TAkfadou Kabylie, June 1906, Dr. Nissen. 4 Batna, May 1912, Nelva. 19 Seksawa, Morocco, April 1905, W. Riggenbach. 33 Tiiougelt, Batra. May 1914, A. Nelva. 1 larva. Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. This subspecies of Aporia crataegi is unrepresented m the British Museum. Miss Fountaine records this insect from Teniet-el-Haad, May— June 1904. 7. Ganoris brassicae brassicae (Linn). Papilio brassicae Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. I. p. 467. No. ,j8 (1758) (Sweden). This butterfly is faii-ly abundant north of the Atlas in Algeria, but we found it much rarer to the south and never got it in any of the oases south of Biskra. The Algerian, Tunisian, and Moroccan series at Tring is 107. 1 Ouled Farsh, Morocco. 19 Mazagan, Morocco, March— April 1902, W. Riggenbach. 2 Mwhoila (Orange Grove, Oum-er-Rebia), Mazagan, April 1901, Harteit and Riggenbach. 11 Shiadma, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 3 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 3 Rabat, Morocco, 1914, A. Thery. 1 Morocco (Marakesh), 1902, W. Riggenbach. 2 Djebel Tixa, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 1 Cap Blanco, April 1902, W. Riggenbach. I Mogador, Staudinger. 3 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 11 Environs d'Alger, February— August 1904-1913, W. R., E. H., K. J. and Dr. Nissen. 1 Leila Kredidja, Kabylie, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 1 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 17 Hammam R'ihra, May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 1 Biskra, March 1914, W. R. and E. H. 1 El Kantara, April 1908, W. R. and E. H. 1 Tlemcen, AprU 1913, W. R. and E. H. 2 Constantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 21 Environs de Tunis, March and April 1915, E. Blanc. 4 Environs de Batna, 1914-1915, A. Nelva. Mr. Gibbs records brassicae also from Tlemcen, May — June 1910. In the British Museum the only Mauretanian brassicae are 7 specimens from Meade- Waldo. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article gives Tangier, December — August 1900-1902. 74 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 8. Ganoris rapae mauritanica (Verity). Pieria rapae mauritanica Verity, Rhopalocera Palaearctica, p. 155. pi. xxiii. £f. 43, 44 (1908) (Algeria). The name mauritanica is applied by Dr. Verity to the summer generation, and he states that the spring generation differs from gen. vern. leucotera Stefan. from Italy in having the cellular light and dark streaks on the underside of the hindwings much less strongly developed. We have a Mauretanian series of 274 at Tring. 5 Mogador, Staudinger. 4 Truchan, Morocco, April 1904, W. Riggenbach. 2 Seksawa, Morocco, April 1905, W. Riggenbach. 3 Rabat, Morocco, 1914, A. Thery. 2 Mtonga, Morocco, May 1904, VV. Riggenbach. 27 Mazagan, Morocco, May 1902, W. Riggenbach. 3 Ouled Farsh, Morocco, May 1905, W. Riggenbach. 3 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 1 Nedroma, Prov. Oran, May 1914, Faroult. 4 Lalla ILirnia, December and May 1914, Faroult. 2 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult. 1 Tlemcen, AprO 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Ain Sefra, May 1913, W. R. ard E. H. 4 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 2 Titen Yaya, May 1915, Rotrou. 5 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 39 Envh-ons d'Alger. February ar.d May 1908-1911, W. R., E. H., K. J., and Dr. Nissen. 5 Leila Kredidja, Kabylie, July 1907-1908, Dr. Nissen. 10 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 28 Hammam Rihra, May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 4 Guelt-es-Stel, April 1913, Faroult. 2 Bou Saada, May 1911, Faroult. 1 El Golea, March 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Ouargla, June 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 1 Bled-et-Amar, Slarch 1912, E. H. and C. H. 7 Touggourt, February and April 1909 and 1912, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 44 Biskra, February— April 1908-1914, W. R. and E. H. 42 El Kantara, Feljruary— April, June, July 1908-1911, W. R., E. H., and Cheli Brahim. 6 Batna, May 1909-1914, W. R., E. H., and Nelva. 3 Constantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 3 Hammam Meskoutine, April— May 1909-1914, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 1 Souk Ahras, April 1914, W. R. and K. J. 12 Environs de Tunis, March— April— June 1915-1916, E. Blanc. The British Museum contains 7 specimens collected by Meade-Waldo, the 2 from the Atlas being very small ; 1 Constantine, April 1882, and 1 Batna, May 1882, H. J. Ehves. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article gives Tangier, March 1901 ; Klatsa, May 1901 j and Saffi, August 1901. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV, 1917. 75 9. Pieris napi atlantica, subspec. nov. The form found at Blida les Glacieres and in the Kabylie is very distinct. It differs from European specimens by being ver}' white above, as the vems are not marked with black or grey and the black spots on the forewing are very much larger, and below there is hardly any trace of the green on and around the nervures of the hindwing. AVe our,,selves have only taken it at Blida les Glaciere.s, but Dr. Nissen has taken it in the Kabylie, and I have one said to have been taken by Faroult in Tunis. My single Moroccan specimen has more pointed forewings and is more yellowish above, but I cannot judge from one specimen. Mr. Gibbs records napi atlantica also from Blida. We have of this 17 at Tring. 10 Blida les Glacieres, June 19U8 and 1912, W. R., K. J., and Dr. Nissen. 5 Col de Chrea, July 1912, Dr. Nissen. 1 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 1 Tunis, June 15th, 1913 {fide Faroult). In the British Museum there are no specimens of 7iapi from North-west Africa. Miss Fountaine records it in May both from Blida and Teniet-el-Haad. With the exception of L. glauconome and Teracolus chrysonome, this is the rarest of the North African Pieridae, though G. rhamni is not much commoner. 10. Leucochloe glauconome glauconcme (Klug). Pontia glauconutne Klug, Symb. Phys. Fol. h. No. 12. T^ib. vii. flf. 18. 19 (1829) (Mount .Siaai, on Erigerum denticulatum). Before Dr. Ernst Hartert obtained the two specimens enumerated below, the only Mauretanian record was the specimen obtained by the late Roland Trinien at Constantine. The two mentioned below and two from Assouan are all we have at Tring of true glauconome. 1 North of Aiii Guettara, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 South Oued Mya, May 1912, E. H. and C. H. 11. Leucochloe daplidice albidice (Oberth.). Pieris daplidire var. albidice Oberthur, Etiid. d'Entom. Fasc. VI. p. 47 (1881) (Algeiie, Prov. Con- stantine Sud). Mr. Charles Oberthiir, in hLs Etudes de Lepidopterologie Comparee, Fasc. III. pp. 122-125 (1909), has pointed out that Esper and Freyer's Pieris raphani, which Staudinger and most of us following him accepted as bemg the southern race of daplidice Luin., and therefore having priority over Oberthiir's albidice, is really Belenois hellica (Linn.). This was also known to the late Mr. W. F. Kirby, for we find in his Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera, p. 452, raphoni Esp. as a synonym under hellica. In my article on Dr. Hartert's de.sert trip, Nov. Zool. vol. xx. pp. 110-111 (1913), and in Nov. Zool. vol. xxi. pp. 299-330 (1914), ui the preliminary account of the fauna of Guelt-es-Stel, I most unfortunately committed another mistake ; for although I did not commit the error of mistaking raphani for albidice, I used it for the form of daplidice inhabiting the northern and southern 76 XoviTATES ZooLonirAE XXIV. 1917. borders of the Mediterranean. Now that we are all agreed that raphani is not a form of daplidice, it remains to be seen what the North African daplidice ought to be called. Mv. Oberthiir rather begs the question by treating his own albidice in Fasc. X. of the Etudes as a mere aberration because it occurs sporadically in Spain, Italy, and South France. The matter cannot rest there ; whereas albidice is only a rare aberration north of the Mediterranean, it occurs regularly in considerable numbers south of the Mediterranean, and in the desert from Biskia and Laghouat southwards by far the largest number of specimens are either albidice or intermediates between that and the normal Mediterranean daplidice. Staudinger in such cases got over the difficulty by prefixing the term var. et ab. before the name of such forms, which in one district appeared as individual aberrations and in others as a good local race. This we cannot do, as the " Inter- national Rules of Nomenclature" decree thatlocal races must be named t rinomially , while aberrati(3iml names must have the abbreviation ab. put before them. As it is a fact that a large proportion of the Algerian daplidice really are always albidice, I think it is quite clear that we must treat the Mauretanian daplidice as a distinct subspecies under the name L. daplidice albidice (Oberth.). We personally have never met with it in any numbers north of the desert, but Dr. Hartert found it very common from Touggourt to the south, and the only place I s;;w it in fair numbers was at Berrian. At Tring the series from Mauretania is 271. 1 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 1 Mazagan, Morocco, August 1900, W. Riggenbach. 2 Skiadma, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 6 Mogador, Staudinger. 2 Lalla Marnia, December 1914, Faroult. 8 Ain Sefra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Tifrit, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 4 Titen Yaya, June and August 1915, Rotrou. 7 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 2 Environs d'Alger, May— June 1911, W. R. and E. H. 69 Guelt-es-Stel, April— September 1912-1913, W. R. and K. J. and Faroult. 1 Hammam R'ihra, May 1916, Faroult. 4 Puits Baba, May 1913, Faroult. 7 Berrian. April 1911, W. R. and E. H. 41 Ghardaia, April— May 1911-1914, W. R., E. H., and C. H. 22 El Hadadra, May 1912, E. H. and C. H. 3 El Arich, June 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Bled-et-Amar, March 1912, E. H. and C. H. 4 Djcbel Kerdada, May 1912, Faroult. 3 Biskra, March— AprU 1911-1914, W. R., E. H., and C. H. 31 El Kaiitara, April— June 1908-1909, W. R. and E. H. and Cheh Brahim. 6 Batna, April 1908-1914, W. R. and E. H. and Nelva. 19 Khenchela, May— June 1911-1912, W. R. and K. J. and Faroult. 3 Cbnstantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 3 Djelfa, May 1913, Faroult. 8 N. of Ain Guettara, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 77 2 Ain Draham, Tunisia, March 1909. 6 Environs de Tunis, March — May 1915, E. Blanc. The British Museum possesses 3 from the Meade-Waldo collection- ; 3 from Lambessa, May 1882; 1 Constantine, April 1882, J. H. Elwes ; and 2 from Biskra, May 1885. L. Bleuse ex Oberthiir coll. ex Grum-Grshimailo cfill. Mr. Meade-Waldo in his article quotes Wad Moorbey (nom rect. Oum-er-Rebia), June 1901 ; Sould Jedid and Tsauritz Entsagauz, July 1901. 12. Euchloe belia (Linn.). Papilio belia Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. I. p. 701. No. 84 (1767) (Barbaria). Both Mr. Oberthiir and I have declared that we feel sure that the name hdia Liim. applies to the ? of the insect described by him on p. 762 of the above- quoted work, namely euphero Linn., and therefore Cramer's application of it to another insect, which has been followed by Staudiiiger, Dr. Verity, and most other lepidopterists, cannot possibly be accepted. Staudinger asserts that belia Linn, is unrecognisable and doubtful, and therefore is a nomen nudum. I have before shown (Nov. Zool. vol. xxi. p. 301 (1914)) that the name helia Liun. is not doubtful, and BIi-. Oberthur goes even further by quoting verbatim Lmnaeus' original diagnosis. Now, apart from the fact that Brander, the Swedish Consul, who sent to Linnaeus all his Algerian insects, could not go much beyond the limits of the town of Algiers, and therefore could never have been near the haunts of T. nauna, the only other white butterfly with orange tifs found hi Algeria, i.e. Biskra and interior of the Province of Oran, the word in the description de- scribmg the underside of the hindwing ought to have told anyone but a wilfully obtuse person that belia could only apply to the Euchloe. This word flavissime, when translated mto English, reads intense yellow, and therefore could not apply to the Teracolus, in which the underside of the hindwing in the spring brood is dirty pink, and in the summer brood is white, huffish white, or dirty pale buff, but never intense yellow. The series at Triiig principally exhibits variation in the width and presence or absence of the black borders to the orange apex of the forewuigs. 1 S and 1 ? from Guelt-es-Stel have the apices of the forewings almost completely black and 1 ? from there has the orange patch as big as in the rjj, but without the black borders as in the 5$, of b. androgyne Leech. The Tring series numbers 757. The S from Blidah (Faroult, 1916) is pale lemon-yellow, and the orange of the apices is replaced by very pale pmk. 1 Afrique ! ! 1 Algdrie ! 1 Morocco ? ? 1 Mauretania, ex Staudinger (xanthic ?). 35 Masser Jlines, May 1914, Faroult. 8 Lalla Marnia, AprU 1914, Faroult. 45 Tlemcen, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Tifrit, near Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 78 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 29 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 63 Environs d'Alger, March— May 1908-1914, W. R., E. H., K. J., and Dr. Ni.ssen. 18 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908 and April 1916, W. R., K. J., and Faroult. 10 Hammam R'ihra, AprU— May 1908-1916, W. R., E. H., and K. J., and Faroult. 72 Bsrrouaghia, April 1914, Faroult. 310 Guelt-es-Stel, April 1913, Faroult. 2 Djelfa, May 1913, Faroult. 7 El Kantara, May 1908-1911, W. R., E. H., and Faroult. 17 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 27 Lambessa, May 1909, W. R. and E. H. 36 Batna, Jlay 1909-1914, W. R., E. H., and Nelva. 7 Constantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 22 Hammam Meskoutine, April— May 1914, W. R. and K. J. 28 Souk Ahras, April 1914, W. R. and K. J. 1 Ain Draham, Tunisia. 6 Envii-ons de Tunis, April — June 1916, E. Blanc. 5 Djebel Zaccar, above Miliana, June 1916, Faroult. 3 Djebel Mekter, Ain Sefra, May 1913, E. H. and C. H. The Djebel Mekter ?, two from the Environs d' Alger, and three from Guelt- es-Stel, have almost as wide orange apices to the forewing as 9 b. androgyne Leech, but are not so large, and the lemon suffusion of the hindwing is absent ; these may be called ab. intermedia ab. no v. The British Museum has the following specimens : 5 Algiers, Leech coll. ; 2 Lambessa, AprU ; 2 Constantine, AprU ; 1 El Kantara, May ; 1 PhUippevUle, May 188'2, H. J. Elwes ; 9 Khenchela, AprU— May 1906, Lord Walsingham ; 7 Meade-Waldo ; 4 Tangier, Druce coll. ex Salvui Godman coll. ; 1 Tangier, Leech coll. ; 1 Tangier, AprU 1896, H. J. Elwes ; 4 Tangier, Mr. Blackmore. Mr. Jleade- Waldo gives in his article the following data : Tangier, March — AprU 1901 ; Hawara, May 1901. 12a. Ehichloe belia androgyne (Leech). Anlhocharis eupheno var. androgyne Leech, P.Z.S. 1886. p. 122 (Mogador). This subspecies of belia appears to be confined to the low country and littoral of the Atlantic coast of Morocco ; the o is larger and has less marking on the underside of the hindwings ; the ? is very different, having the orange tip extending inwards as far as the discocellular stigma, and the hindwings suffused with lemon-yellow. The Tring series consists of 13 specimens (2 $$). 10 Ouled Farsh, Morocco, February — May 1901, W. Riggenbach. 1 Skiadma, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 2 Djebel Chedar, February 1902, W. Riggenbach. The British Museum possesses 14 specimens from Mogador Leech coll. Mr. Meade- Waldo quotes in his article 1 $ Forest of Marmora (near Rabat), March 1902. NOVITATES ZOOLOGItAE XXIV. 1917. 79 13. Euchloe charlonia (Donzel). Anthocharis charlonia Donzel, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, vol. 11. p. 197. pi. viii. f. I (1842) (Emsilah, Algeria). There appear to be three generations of this species in the year, but they differ very little, that in autumn generally having the largest number of large individuals. There are in the Tring Museum 1,091 specimens from Mauretania. 2 Mauretania, Staiidinger. 7 Mogador, Staudinger. 1 Skiadma, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 1 Djebel Tixa, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 7 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult. 18 Lalla Marnia, May and December 1914, Faroult. 26 Aiu Sefra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 5 Titen Yaya, November 1914— May 1915, Rotrou. 1 Sidi-bel- Abbes, November 1914, Rotrou. 12 Berrouaghia, April 1914, Faroult. 6 Boghari, April 1911-1913, W. R., E. H., K. J., and Faroult. 596 Guelt-es-Stel, March— November 1912-1913, Faroult. 2 Djelfa, May 1914, E. H. and C. H. 69 Laghouat, April 1911, W. R. and E. H. 2 Tilghempt, April 1912, Faroult. 17 Berrian, April 1911, W. R. and E. H. 7 Ghardaia, April 1911, W. R. and E. H. 58 Bou Saada, March — May 1911, Faroult. 3 Nga-bffn-Rzig, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. 2 Ourh, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. 9 Bordj Chegga, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. 19 Col de Sfa, Biskra, March 1911, W. R. and E. H. 1 Fontaine Chaude, Biskia, April 1909, W. R. and E. H. 24 Biskra, March 1908-1914, W. R. and E. H. and Arab native. 70 El Outaya, February— March 1911, Farouh. 153 El Kantara, March— June 1908-1911, W. R. and E. H., Faroult, and Cheli Brahim. 1 Gorges de Tilatou, March 1909, W. R. and E. H. 9 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 2 Environs de Batna, Nelva. The British Museum has the following specimens from Mauretania : 6 Algeria, Crowley bequest ; 2 Envhons de Batna, Elwes coll. ; 2 Algeria, Stau- dinger-Salvm-Godman coll. ; 5 Biskia, February 1894, Rev. A. E. Eaton ; February 1902, Lord Walsingham ; 5 El Kantara, JNIay 1882, Elwes coll. ; 1 Bou Saada, R. Oberthiir, 1875, Elwes coll. ; 1 Oran, Elwes coll. ; 1 Shietia, Tunisia, G. C. Champion ; 2 North Africa, Hewitson coll. Lieutenant Holl, son of the late Captain HoU, told me he saw this insect much south of Ghardaiii, halfway between there and El Golea. gQ NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 14. Euchloe tagis pechi (Stand.). Anthocharis pechi Staudinger, EtUom. Xachr. vol. 11. \<. 10 (1885) (I.ambe»sa). Till \ve found pechi at Gnelt-es-Stel. it had only be'-n obtained by Pech at Lambe.ssa, and by Miss Fountaine and Mrs. I\I. dc la P. Nicholl at El Kantara and Lambessa, and two or three odd speeimers at El Kantara by others. It has only been obtained in addition by Faroult at B.-rrouaghia, so its range seems not only limited to the Hants Plateaux of the Provinces of Alger and Constantine, but even here to be very local and sporadic in its distribution. Mr. Charles Oberthiir is of opinion that this elegant little insect is a very distinct species, while Dr. Verity is convinced that it is only the Algerian form of tagis. I personally agree with Dr. Verity, for I have specimens at Tring and there are in the British Museum specimens of tagis tagis and tagis hisitanica which are extremely similar to pechi on the underside of the hindwing, while there is one specimen in the British Museum of tagis iusitanica which, except for being larger, is almost identical with pechi both above and below. However, a careful study of the genitalia of pechi, tagis, ausonia, and insularis is the only method by which the specific relationship of these highly interesting and puzzling forms can be settled once for all. The two insects called tagis algirica Oberth. and tagis mauretanica Rober remain to be noticed. Mr. Charles Oberthiir is convinced they represent the West Algerian and East Algerian races of tagis, while Dr. Verity has put them down as aberrations of ausonia. I am persuaded that the latter is right, because among my huge series of aitsonia from Guelt- es-Stel (1,363 specimens) there are specimens agreeing with algirica Oberthiir and mauretanica Rober, and also many intergradations. I will further consider this question, which affects the nomerx-lature princi- pally, under the next species. The El Kantara specimens in the Briti>h Museum have entirely sooty- black apices to the forewings, which seems to show that there is a tendency to variation in the eastern localities, for Staudinger's tjpe is also mere black at the apices than any of my Guelt-es-Stel and Berrouaghia examples. There are 265 specimens at Trmg. 261 Guelt-es-Stel, February— March 1911-1914, W. R. and E. H., Faroult and Dr. Nissen (some ex larva iide Faroult ! !). 4 Berrouaghia, April 1914, Faroult. In the British Museum are 2 specimens, El Kantara, February — March 1902, Miss Fountaine. [Euchloe ausonia Hiibn. ( = helia Cram, and auct. nee Linn.). In NoviTATKs ZooLOGiCAE, vol. xxi. pp. 301-305 (1914), I gave a long ex- planation of the muddle into which Euchloe ausonia Hiibn. = belia auct. plur. had been brought, and gave a table of the Western Palaearctic forms. In this article I divided this " species," i.e. group of local races, uito two sections ; Group I. the forms with only a single yearly generation or brood, which both in the Old World and the New are alpine and high mountain forms, and Group II. the forms with two yearly generations or broods, and in which the two seasonal forms are very distinct. As in Mauretania there are no representatives of NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 81 Group I., I will not recapitulate the names of these forms ; but as I appear to have rather carelessly followed dates pure and simple instead of going as care- fully into the details given by certain authors as I ought to have done, I will here repeat the table of Group II., emphasising by the type those names which require reviewing. Grotjt II. Enchloe aasonia crameri Butl. gen. vern. crameri Butl. gen. aest. ALHAIffBRA Ribbe. Spain and North Algeria. Enchloe ansonia esperi Kir by. gen. vern. kirbyi Rothsch. gen. aest. esperi Kirby. Central and Southern France. Enchloe ansonia matntia Turati. gen. vern. matutia Turati. gen. aest. turatii Rothsch. Riviera from Hyeres to Genoa. Enchloei ansonia romana Calberla. gen. vern. romana Calberla. gen. aest. romanides Verity. Tuscany and Central Italy. Enchloe ansonia kmegeri Turati. gen. vern. kruegeri Turati. gen. aast. trinacriae Turati. Sicily. EncUog ansonia graeca Staudinger. gen. vern. graeca Staudinger. gen. aest. maxima Verity. Greece and Black Sea Coast. Enchloe ansonia CBAMEKIA Butl. gen. vern. CKAMERIA Butl. gen. aest. taurica Rober. Asia Minor. Palestine. Egypt. 6 Enchloe ansonia triangnla Verity, gen. vern. triangula Verity, gen. aestiv. melisanda Fruhst. Enchloe ansonia aegyptiaca Verity, gen. vern. aegyptiaca Verity, gen. aest. ? 82 NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXIV. 1917. £uchloe ansonia MEIiAirOCHLOBOS Rober. gen. veru. algirica Obertli. gen. aest. melanochloros Rober. Central and South Algeria. Before proceeding to rectify the three .serious errors into which I had fallen I should lilce to pomt out the reason whj' I gave no diagnosis of the two new names given in this table. I concluded that the giving of the prefix gen. aest. and gen. vem. was sufficient diagnosis, for the difference between spring and summer generation is the same in all subspecies, i.e. the summer brood differs from the spring brood in all cases by larger size, more creamy upperside, and the green pattern on the underside more " run " and irregular, while the green is strongly suffused with yellow, whereas each generation of one subspecies differs from the corresponding generation of the typical race by the same differences. Now, the fu-st error I committed was not to read carefully Ribbe's description of his alhawhra. If I had done so, instead of applying the name merely from the locality to summer Andalusian specimens received from Ribbe, I should have discovered that alhambra was applied to an aberration with reduced white spots and increased green markings of both spring and summer generations of crameri. This necessitates giving a name to the Spanish and North African summer brood, and I propose to call it butleri ; so that this subspecies must stand in the table as follows : Euchloe ansonia crameri Butl. gen. vern. cra7neri Butl. gen. aest. butleri Rothsch. Spain and North Africa (north of Atlas). The second mistake I have made is that I read too hastily the synonymy under Euchloe crameria in the Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera described by Fabricius, or I should have seen that, whereas I thought Mr. Butler was here renaming Cramer's belia ox Asia Minor, crameria is only a misquotation of the name crameri given to a specimen labelled " Germany, J. J. Becker," but really from some part of the Iberian peninsula. Thus here again the spring brood of the Asia Minor race (which is belia Cram, (type locality Smyrna)) requires a new name, and I propose the name originalis for it. This Asia Minor subspecies will therefore have to be altered m the key to : Euchloe ausonia taurica Rober. gen. vern. originalis Rothsch. gen. aest. taurica Rober. Asia Minor. The greatest mistake, however, which I perpetrated is in connection with the Central and South Algerian form ; and as I had been special!}' studying this race I consider my error most unjustifiable, even though tlie .synonymy of the North African races was so entangled. Fir.st of all, from the fact that most of ray May specimens of Algerian ausonia are already belonging to the summer NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1!I17. 83 generation, I jumped to the conclusion that Rober's melanochloros must be an aberrtation of the summer brood. Instead of which it was founded on very late individuals of the spring brood, wViich were remarkable for the reduction of the white spots in the green of the hindwings ; in fact, Rober gave two names to the same insect, viz. belia melanochloros to actual specimens or a description he had of Batna individuals captured in May, and tagis mauretanica, which he gave to the figure of pechi Oberth. nee Stdgr., which was captured by J. Merkl at Lambessa in April. As there are specimens of both melanochloros Rober and algirica Oberth. among the spring brood of ausonia from Guelt-es-Stel, and intermediates between these and the typical individuals of this race, it is quite clear that they are only extreme aberrations, and however regrettable it is, there being only these two names available for the Central and South Algerian race, and algirica Oberth. being the oldest, the subspecific name becomes Euchloe ausonia algirica Oberth. Now, as both these names were applied only to the spring brood, the summer brood is without a name, and I propose to call it pscudonyvms, and this subspecies must be altered in the table to : Enchloe ausonia algirica Oberth. gen. vern. algirica Oberth. gen. aest. pseudonymus Rothsch. Central and South Algeria. The higher Atlas specimens of ausonia sometimes stand somewhat in between the two North African local races, as was to be expected.] 15. Euchloe ausonia crameri Butl. Euchioe crameri Butl., Entom. Month. Mag. vol. v. p. 271. No. 2 (1869) (South Europe ! !). This is the form which occurs on the littoral, in the Tell, and on the northern slopes of the Northern Atlas chain ; it is quite similar to Spanish and Portu- guese specimens, and does not appear to be quite so variable as the next form. 1 Rabat, Morocco, 1914, A. Thery.x 39 Moroccan Frontier, May 1914, Faroult.x 49 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult.x 7 Nedroma, May 1914, Faroult.x 27 Lalla Marnia, May 1914, Faroult.x 3 Tlemcen, April 1913, VV. R. and E. H. 27 Titen Yaya, May 1915, Rotrou.x 4 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 5 Environs d' Alger, January — February 1913, Captain Holl. 13 Blida les Glacieres, May— June 1907-1908, Dr. Nissen and AV. R. and K. J.x 21 Hammam R'ihra, May— June 1908-1913, W. R., E. H. and K. J.x 5 Constantine, May 1882 and 1908, W. R. and E. H. and H. J. Elwes.x 119 Hammam Meskoutine, Jlay- June 1909-1914, W. R., E. H., and K. J.x 42 Souk Ahras, April 1914, W. R. and K. J. 29 Envii-ons de Tunis, March— Mayl908-1915, E. Blanc and Max Bartel.x Those marked with a x after the collector's name include or consist entirely of the gen. aest. butleri. The Tring series ex Mauretania consists of 391 specimens. 84 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. 15a. Euchloe ausonia algirica (Oberth.). Anlhocharis tagis var. algirica Oberthiir, Etiid. Lipid. Comp. Fasc. III. p. 145 (1909) (Meoheria, Prov. Oran). This form is very variable, especially in the shape of the wings and in the marking of the underside. The shape varies from a quite rounded forewing to a very pointed one, and on the underside of the hiiidwuigs the white markings in the green of the hmdwuig vary from quite small spots and dots to large splashes or broad, irregular bands ; these white marks also vary in themselves, for in some specimens they are dead white, while in others they are lustrous pearly white. The green varies also from dark dull green in some individuals to bright grass green in others. The summer brood, gen. aest. fstvdonymus, although characterised by the stronger admixture of yeUow with the green and the greater diffusion in the bands and spots, is not nearly so different from the sprmg brood, gen. vern, algirica, as are the spring and summer broods of crameri. The Tring series consists of 2,069 specimens. 5 Djebel Tixa, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 1 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. x 8 Mogador, Morocco, Staudinger.x 30 Ain Sefra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 18 Ras Chergui, May 1915, Faroult.x 3 Djebel Mekter, May 1913, E. H. and C. H.x 5 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 4 Tifrit, May 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 315 Berrouaghia, April 1914, Faroult. 7 Boghari, May 1913, Faroult.x 1,363 Guelt-es-Stel, March— May 1911-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J., and Faroult.x 5 Laghouat, March— April 1911-1912, W. R. and E. H. and Faroult. 2 40 kilometres south of Laghouat, April 1911, W. R. and E. H. 60 Bou Saada, March— June 1911-1912, Faroult.x 3 Biskra, March 1911, W. R. and E. H. 20 El Outaya, March— April 1911, Faroult. 130 El Kantara, March— May 1908-1911, W. R. and E. H., Faroult and Cheli Brahim.x 15 Khenchela, May— June 1911-1912, W. R. and K. J. and Faroult. 7 Lambessa, Kay 1909, W. R. and E. H. 68 Environs de Batna, AprU— May 1909-1915, Nelva. Where a x follows the name of the collector it denotes that some or all of the specimens consist of the summer brood, gen. aest. pseiidonymus. In the British Museum are 2 Lambessa, April 1884, J. Merkl, Oberthiir coll. ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Lambessa, May, and 1 El Kantara, May 1882, H. J. Elwes ; 2 Mogador, Leech coll. (summer brood). The ? ab. poslochracea Rothsch., which is fau-ly common in the present subspecies, is very much rarer in crameri from Algeria. I have it only from Htvmmam Meskoutine. NOVITATKS ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 85 [Euchloe falloui (Allard). I divided this insect into two subspecies, naming the purely desert insect E. falloni ohsolescens, but stated that the specimens of obsolescent are evidently a second or summer brood, showing the same characters differentiating it from the first brood as do the second broods of ausonia and belemia, as opposed to their respective first broods. The Ghardaia specimens of the first brood of /. ohsolescens show very little difference from El Outaya first-brood specimens^ but I have ten second-brood specimens captured at Oued Hamidou between Alger and I'Arba and eight from El Kantara which are not at all like the second brood from the desert. Bou Saada second-brood specimens are certainly not all alike, but average about 85 per cent, with fully developed green bands and about 15 per cent, either ohsolescens or mtermediates. I think, therefore, that we are justified in maintaining ohsolescens as a distinct race and regarduig those from Bou Saada as somewhat in a transitional condition.] 16. Euchloefalloui falloui (Allard). Anthocharia fallotii Gaston Allard, Ann. Soc. Entom. France, Ser. 4. vol. vii. pp. 312 and 318 (1867) (Biskra). The only difference I can see between the first brood of /. jallovi and that of /. ohsolescens is that the latter has the green bands more sage-green and some- what naiTOw, while the former has them broad and more olive-green. (The Bou Saada ones have these bands very olive.) 34 Col de Sfa, Biskra, February— March 1908-1911, VV. R. and E. H. and Staudinger (3). 8 El Kantara, August 1911, Faroult. 26 El Outaya, March 1911, Faroult. 8 Khenchela, June 1911, Farouh. 10 Oued Hamidou, June 1912, Faroult. 33 Laghouat, March— April 1911-1912, W. R. and E. H. and Faroult. 1 A'in Draham, July 1911, Faroult. 3 Guelt-es-Stel, April 1912-1913, W. R. and K. J. and Faroult. 1 Djebel Senia, February 1910, Faroult. The British Museum has the following specimens : 5 Hammam-es-Salahin, April 1904, Lord Walsingham ; 1 Tkoiit, April 1906, Lord Walsingham ; 1 Biskra, May 1885, L. Bleuse ex Ehves coll. ; 1 Biskra, February 1894, ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Mauretania, Grum-Grshimailo coll. ex Elwes coll. The series at Tring comprises 124 specimens. 16a. Euchloe falloui form, transit. The bulk of the specimens present little variation from the typical form, though in nearly all the green bands are much shaded with brownish olive, but from 5 to 15 per cent, show either a transition to or all the characters of /. ohsolescens. 147 Bou Saada, May— August 1911-1912, Faroult. 6 Djebel Kerdada, May 1912, Faroult. '^fi XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. The Tring series comprises 153 specimens ; 6 larvae and 1 pupa (the latter May 1912). In the British Museum there is of this transitional form, 1 Bou Saada, Ren6 Oberthiir, 1875, ex Elwes coll. 166. Euehloe falloui obsolescens Rothsch. Buchloe falloui obsolescens Rothschild, Novit. Zool. vol. xx. p. 112. No. 6 (1913) (South Oued Mya). Of this form I only have second-brood examples from places south of Ghardaia, but first-brood individuals ought not to be different from Ghardaia examples. Its chief character distinguishing it from /. jalloui is the strong increase of yellow and the almost vanishing green bands on the underside ai the hindwings. 1 Ideles, March 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 1 Oued Agelil, March 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 3 South Oued Mya, April— May 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Ain Guettera, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 6 north of Ain Guettera, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 9 Ghardaia, March— April 1911-1912, W. R. and E. H. and Dr. Nissen. The Tring Museum possesses 21 examples of this form. [Euehloe belemia Esper. Euehloe belemia from North Africa has been considered by most authors to be identical with typical Spanish and Portuguese examples. Count Turati separated the desert specimens under the name E. belemia desertorum on the assumption that they were all as small and pale as the specimens from Biskra he had before him. Rober described a form under the name of distincta, which he said was larger than the type, and had much larger square black stigmas on the forewing and which he says flies at PhDippevOle. In former articles I employed these names to denote respectively the desert specimens, i.e. Biskra, Bou Saada, Laghouat, etc. ; and those north of the Southern Atlas range. Mr, Oberthiir quite rightly emphasises the fact that in most places the small indi- viduals enormously outnumber the large ; but in two places, viz. Hammam R'ihra and Hammam Meskoutme, I found nothing but very large and heavily marked specimens. Now that I have carefuUy compared a much larger series of individuals than I could formerly, I have come to the conclusion that at present, although the desert form is fauly recognisable and the large Philippeville and Hammam MeskoutLne specimens with their huge discoidal black patch are very conspicuous, the general run of Mauretanian belemia are not much different from specimens obtained north of the Mediterranean, and it will require careful examination of the genitalia and the special Pierine scaling to finally determine the different races. I therefore propose in this article to treat all the Maure- tanean belemia under the head of the species as a whole till such times as Dr. Jordan and Professor Dixey can find time to work out the races of belemia over its entire range.] NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 87 17. Euchloe belemia Esper. Papilio belemia Esper, Die SchmeU. to), i. pt. 2. t. 110. f. 2 (1792) (?). 5 Tangier. 8 Mogador, Staudinger. 7 Mazagan, Morocco, March 1900, W. Riggenbach. 4 Djebel Chedar, Morocco, March 1901, W. Riggenbach. 5 Skiadma, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 4 Ouled Far.sh, Morocco, May 1904, W. Riggenbach. x 1 MwhoUa, Morocco, ? ?, W. Riggenbach. 3 Rabat, Morocco, 1914, A. Thery. 59 Moroccan Frontier, May 1914, Faroult.x 3 Morocco, October 1902, ? x 37 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult.x 21 Nedroma, May 1914, Faroult.x 221 Lalla Marnia, May 1914, Faroult.x 5 Ain Sefra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 19 Ras Chergui (Djebel Mekter), May 1915, Faroult.x 2 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 11 Titen Yaya, May 1915, Rotrou.x 21 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 72 Envii'ons d'Alger. February— June 1908-1914, W. R., E. H., and K. J., Dr. Nissen and Captain Holl.x 4 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J.x 50 Hammam R'ihra, April— May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J.x 173 Bsrrouaghia, April 1914, Faroult. 21 Boghari, May 1913, Faroult.x 331 Guelt-es-Stel, AprU— May 1912-1913, W. R., K. J., and Faroult.x 1 Ain Oussera, April 1911, W. R. and E. H. 8 Puits Baba, May 1913, Faroult.x 8 Bou Cedraia, May 1913, Faroult.x 6 Laghouat, March 1912, Faroult. 34 Bou Saada, March— AprU 1912-1913, Faroult. 1 Bled-et-Amar, March 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 N9a-Ben-Rzig, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. 3 Bordj Chegga, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Col de Sfa, Bi.skra, February 1911, W. R. and E. H. 47 Biskra, March— April 1908-1914, W. R. and E. H. 22 El Outaya, March— August 1910-1911, Faroult. 33 El Kantara, March— June 1882-1911, W. R., E. H., Faroult, Cheli Brahim, and H. J. Elwes.x 8 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J.x 1 Lambe,ssa, May 1909, W. R. and E. H.x 20 Environs de Batna, June 1909-1913, Nelva and Faroult. 80 Hammam Meskoutine, May 1909-1914, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 15 Souk Ahras, April 1914, W. R. and K. J. 4 Ain Draham, Tunisia, Staudinger. 1 Tozeur, Tuni.sia, Staudinger. 22 Environs de Tunis, March— April 1915, E. Blanc. 88 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. 1 Kebili, March 1907, Staudinger. 1 Djebel Zaccar, June 1906, Faroult. The Tring Museum series from Mauretania consists of 1,361 specimens. The British Museum has the following Mauretanian belemia : 7 Meade- Waldo ; 8 Mogador, Leech coll. ; 10 Tangier, 7 ex Dnue coll., 2 ex Bates, and 1 J. J. Walker, all ex Salvin Godman coll. ; 1 Biskra, Maj'. 1 El Kantara, May 1882, H. J. Elwes. The X after the name of the collector denotes that some or all of the specimens consist of the summer brood glauce. Miss Fountaine records the summer brood glauce from Teniet-el-Haad, May — ^June 1904. Euchloe belemia x ausonia algirica ? ? These six specuuens and some eight or ten others taken by Dr. Nissen are very remarkable ; thej- are undoubtedly in appearance exactly inter- mediate between belemia and ausonia, and as I consider a specimen taken by myself in April 1912 to agree in pattern with them, I treat them as hybrids ; but if, on examination of its genitalia, this specimen should turn out to be only an aberrant ausonia, it is quite possible that we have here an example of a third brood occurring occasionally among the normally double-brooded belemia. 6 Guelt-es-Stel, April— November 1912-1913, W. R. and K. J. and Faroult. 18. Teracolus evagore nouna (Luc). Anthocharis nouna Lucas, Expl. Scient. de I'Alg. Zool. III. Lipid, p. 350. pi. i. ff. 2. a, b, etc. (1849) (Oran). Hitherto this beautiful little butterfly has been placed as a subspecies of daira, Klug, but it agrees better with that author's evagore, which I think is distmct from daira. It has two broods, which differ mostly on the underside, that in spring having a dirty pink colouring of the underside of the hindwing. Monsieur Blachier has separated the spring brood from Bislcra as var. biskrensis. I have only one specimen from the Province of Oran, namely, one taken by myself at Ain Sefra, and this certainly differs from all the other ?? in the Tring Museum by having the orange apex much reduced ; but until an equally large series of both broods from Morocco and Oran can be placed side by side with my 325 from East and Central Algeria for comparison, I feel unable to decide this point, and shall record all specimens under no^ina Lucas. 1 Djebel Tixa, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 1 Ain Sefra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 48 Ghardala, April— May 1911-1914, W. R., E. H., and C. H., and Dr. Nissen. 6 Biskra, Staudinger. 1 Col de Sfa, ex larva (larva April 1908, emerged May 8th, 1908), W. R. and E. H. 14 El Outaya, May 1911, Faroult. 244 El Kantara, May— July 1911, Cheli Brahim. 12 Environs de Batna, Nelva. The Tring series thus amounts to 327 specimens. The British Museum as 1 Hammam-es-Salahin ex larva, Lord Walsirgham. NOVlTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 19! 7. §9 Miss Fountaine records a single specimen from Sebdou, June 1904. Mr. Blachier records a specimen from Immentala, Morocco. Mr. Joannis records this species from Oued Kadamellet, north of Air, September 1905, M. R. Chudeau. 19. Teracohis Uagore (Klug). PorUia Uagore Klug, Symh. Phijs. fol. g. p. I. pi. ri. ff. 5-8 (1829) (Ambukohl). This insect is recorded by M. de Joannis, Brdl. Soc. Entom. France 1908, p. 82, as having been collected by M. R. Chudeau, Oued Kadamellet, north of Air, September 1905. 20. Teracolus chrysonome (Klug). Poraia chrysonome Klug, Symh. Phys. fol. g, p. 2. No. 0. pi. vii. f=E. 9-11 (1829) (Ambukohl). In the Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xvi. p. 247. No. 3 (1915) I quite correctly enumerated Herr G. von Schwoppenburg's four Ideles specunens as Teracolus hdvolus But!. Professor Aurivillius in Seitz places helvolus, however, as the dry-season form of chrysonome, and I believe he is right, and that in absolute desert areas like Somaliland and the Hoggar Mountains the wet-season form chrysonome does not occur. In the Ideles specimens the mauve bands and spots are not quite so much obliterated as in 5 <J(^ I have from JubUando, British East Africa, but they are not at all golden yellow with bright mauve bands as in typical chrysonome collected by my brother N. Charles Rothschild at Shendi, and which I have also from Suakim and the Nandi country in British East Africa. 4 Ideles, Hoggar Mountains, March 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. This^ species should stand thus : Teracolus chrysonome (Klug). gen. vern. chrysonome Klug. gen. aest. helvolus Butl. These four specimens in the Tring Museum are, I believe, the only known Mauretanian examples of thLs species, except those recorded by Joannis as collected by M. R. Chudeau, viz. Oued Tessamak, Adrar, June 1905; Oued Tidek and Oued Kadamellet, north of Air, September 1905. 21. Colias hyale (Linn.). Papilio hyale Liuuaeua, Syst. Nat. I. p. 469. No. 71 (1758) (Europe, Africa). I have never seen any Mauretanian hyale ; in fact I have never seen true hyale from any part of Africa ; the subspecies hyale marnoana Rogenh., how- over, occurs in Abyssinia and the Soudan. Mr. Oberthiir, when he says that hyale as we understand it to-day is not the hyale of Linnaeus, quotes the twelfth edition of the 8y sterna Naturae, in which is added the habitat " America Septen- trionali." In the tenth edition only Europe and Africa are given, and the quotation of the Fauna Svecica is not included ; I therefore think, despite the discrepancies of the diagnosis, we can quite conscientiouslj- assume that wo are applying Linnaeus' name hyale to the butterfly he gave it to in his tenth edition. 90 NOVJTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 22. Colias electo croceus (Geoff.). Papilio croceus Geoffioy Fourcroy's Eniom. Par. vol. ii. p. 250 (1785) (Paris). Although this iasect was .seen by us practically everywhere we went, it was never very abundant. 8 Mazagan, Morocco, April— July 1900-19(12, W. Riggenbach. 2 Truchan, Morocco, May 1904, W. Riggenbach. 3 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 7 Ouled Farsh, Morocco, June 1901, W. Riggenbach. 1 Fenson, Morocco, May 1903, W. Riggenbach. 1 Cap Blanco, Morocco, May 1902, W. Riggenbach. x 11 Mogador, Morocco, Staudinger. 2 Zoudj-el-Beghal, Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 4 Ain Sefra, May— July 1913-1915, W. R. and E. H. and Faroult.x 1 Djebel Mekter, Ain Sefra, May 1913, E. H. and C. H. 8 Masser JMines, May 1914, Faroult.x 2 Tlemcen, April 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 3 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Tifrit, near Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 12 Titen Yaya, May 1915, Rotrou. 2 Ras Cliergui, May 1915, Faroult. 3 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H.x 15 Envhons d'Alger, March— June 1908-1912, W. R., E. H., and K. J., Dr. Nissen and Captain Holl.x 1 Yakouren, Kabylie, June 1906, Dr. Nissen. 2 Taourirt-Ighil, Kabylie, June 1906, Dr. Nissen. 4 Leila Ki'edidja, Kabylie, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 2 Pic Abd-el-Kader, July 1905, Dr. Nissen. x 7 Blida les Glaciert;-, June 1908, W. R. and K. J.x 25 Hainmam R'ihra. April— May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J., and August — September 1916, Farouh.x 18 Guelt-es-Stel, AprU 1912-1913, W. R. and K. J., Faroult.x 1 Foiet de Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult.x 4 Djelfa. June 1913, Faroult.x 2 Laghouat, April 1911, W. R. and E. H. 1 Bou Saada, May 1911, Faroult. 6 Ouargla, June 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg.x 1 Oued Mya, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Bled-et-Amar, March 1912, E. H. and C. H. 2 Touggourt, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. 2 Bordj Chegga, Fibruary 1912, E. H. and C. H. 20 Biskra, March 1908-1914, W. R. and E. H. 2 El Outaya, March— August 1910-1911, Faroult. 23 El Kantara, March— June 1909-1911, W. R. and E. H., Faroult, and Cheli Brahim.x 4 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 14 Environs de Batna, April 1908-1914, W. R., E. H., and Nelva. 2 Oued Hamidou, June 1912, Faroult. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1017. Q\ 4 Hanimam Meskoutine, May 1914, W. R. and K. J.x 1 Ain Draham, Tunisia, June 1909, Faroult.x 6 Environs de Tunis, August — September 1915, E. Blanc. The X after the collector's name denotes that one or more specimens belong to the ? forma helice. I have never seen nor do I possess a single Jlauretanian example of the § forma helicina Oberth. ( = intermediate ? form between helice and normal ?), and considering the large series I have from jVIauretania, the number of pale yellow SS (3) is very small. The British Museum has the following specimens from Mauretania : 7 Meade- Waldo ; 2 Tangier and 2 Mogador, January 1881, Leech coll. ; 2 Biskra, May 1882, H. J. Elwes ; 2 Philippeville, May 1882, H. J. Elwes. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article quotes Tangier, December — January ; Interior, May — June. The Tring series from Mauretania consists of 243 speci- mens. 23. Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Rober. Gonepteryx rhamni meridionalis Rober in Stitz Grossschmett. der Erde, vol. i. p. 67 (1907) (Algeria and S. Asia Minor). Mr. Charles Oberthiir states that two subspecies of this insect occur in Algeria, the large meridionalis and a small form indistinguishable from typical rJiamni, and he records two such small specimens m his collection taken at Alger by the late Lieutenant Mathieu. Now Gonepteryx rhamni is very rare indeed in Algeria, and almost as rare in Tunisia and Morocco, so, as Mr. Oberthiir truly remarks, we require much fuller material before deciding finally on this question; but I would like to pouit out that rhamni meridionalis could under any circum- stance only be treated as a subspecies or local race, and we frequently find that among such local races individuals appear sporadically which are indistinguish- able from the type, although 75 per cent, or more of the individuals exhibit all the distinguishing characters of the local race. This being the case, I do not consider these small Algerian rham,ni, of which I have two from Batna, at all invalidate the subspecific value of the race rhamni meridionalis. South Portu- guese specimens (Monchique, Dr. K. Jordan) are not meridionalis. 3 Environs d'Alger, March and June 1908, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 1 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 1 Hammam R'ilira, May 1908, W. R. and K. J. 4 Batna, Nelva. 2 Tunis. 2 Ain Draham, July 1911, Faroult. The Tring series consists of 13 specimens. The British Museum has 2 from Meade-Waldo. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article gives the follownig data : Tangier, March 1901, December 1902. 24. Gonepteryx cleopatra (Linn.). Papilio cieopalra Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit. xii. vol. i. part 2. p. 765. No. 105 (1767) (Barbaria). It is very curious, as Mr. Oberthiir remarks, what a comparatively large number of gynandromorphous specimens occur in this species ; of the three 92 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Algerian ones in the Tring Museum, the one I took near Alger myself has only some broad whitish bands on the right hindwing, but the Khenchela specimen is very remarkable. The abdomen appears to be equally divided, left half d, right $ ; there is only one very thick antenna in the middle of the frons ; the left pair of wings are S with a few patches of V colouring ; the right pair of wings are ? with only three or four very small splashes of o coloration. 83 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult. 20 Nedroma, May 1914, Faroult. 1 Lalla Marnia, May 1914, Faroult. 3 Sidi-bel-Abbes, June 1915, Rotrou. 10 Titen Yaya, March — June 1915, Rotrou. 1 Oran, April 1913, W. R. ard E. H. 1 Santa Cruz, Oran, February 1906, Dr. Nissen. 44 Environs d'Alger, March— June 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 15 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 18 Hammam R'ihra, May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H,, and K. J. 14 Guelt-es-Stel, AprU— May 1913, Faroult. 3 Bou Saada, May 1911, Faroult. 10 El Kantara, March— June 1911, W. R. and E. H,, Faroult and Cheli Brahim. 1 Khenchela, June 1911, Faroult. 1 Lambessa, May 1909, W. R. and E. H. 12 Environs de Batna, Nelva. 2 Oued Hamidou, June 1912, Faroult. 23 Hammam Meskoutine, May 1909-1914, W. R.. E. H., and K. J. 1 Souk Ahras, April 1914, W. R. and K. J. 1 Ain Draham, July 1911, Faroult. 3 Djebel Zaccar above Miliana, June 1916, Faroult. 10 Envkons de Tunis, April— June 1915-1916, E. Blanc. Of these the following are gynandromorphous : 1 Environs d'Alger. 1 Klienchela. 1 Ain Draham. The British Museum has the following Mauretanian examples : 5 Meade- Waldo ; 3 Tangier and 3 Mogador, Leech coll. ; 1 Tangier, Druce coll. ex Salvin Godman coll. Mr. Meade- Waldo gives the following data in his article : Tangier, January 1901 ; FeduUa, May 1901 ; Wad Moorbey (rect. Oum-er-Rebia), June 1901 ; Sould Jedid, July 1901. Miss Fountaine records this species from Teniet-el-Haad, June 1904. The Tring Museum has 277 Mauretanian specimens. 25. Catopsilia florella (Fabr.). Papilio fioreUa Fabriciua, Syst. Entom. p. 479. No. 159 (1775) (Sierra Leone). The only Mauretanian records I can find of this insect are by Mr. de Joannis, Oued el Ghessour and Oued Kadamellet, September 1905 (north of Air), M. R. Chudeau. NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV, HI17. 93 26. Danais (Limnas) chrysippus (Linn.)- Papilio chrysippus Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit. x. vol. i. p. 471. No. 81 (1758) (Egypt, America ! !). With the exception of the record by Mr. Joannis, Oued Kadamellet, Sep- tember 1905, M. R. Chudeau, Dr. Hartert's three specimens are the only other Mauretanian specimens. While Mr. Chudeau's is the ab. alcippus with white hiiidwmgs, all three of Dr. Hartert's are typical chrysippus. 1 north of Ain Guettera, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Igosten, In-Salah, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 South Oued Mya, May 1912, E. H. and C. H. 27. Charaxes jason (Linn.). Papilio jason Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit. xii. part i. p. 749. No. 26 (1767) (Barbaria). 1 have seen this insect alive in Algeria on two occasions, and both times failed to catch it, &st a cj near Alger, which we chased up and down a cutting for nearly half an hour, and secondly a large 9 near Blida les Glacieres. Dr. Hartert also saw one near Mustapha. My servant Harmon Drury saw one of these insects at Hammam R'Oira, but missed it. Dr. Nissen has several Alger specimens. 2 Ain Draham, Victor Faroult. 1 Envnons d'Alger, ex. coll. Nelva. 2 Hammam R'ihra, August — September 1916, Faroult. In the British Museum there is one specimen, Sebdou 1880-1882, Dr. Codet ex Elwes coll. 28. Pyrameis atalanta (Linn.). Papilio atalanta Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit. x. vol. i. part ii. p. 478. No. 119 (1758) (Sweden). The only time I ever saw this insect in any numbers in Algeria was in 1913, in Mrs. Beresford's garden in Mustapha Superior, Alger. Two large masses of the creeper Buddleia tnadagascariensis were in full flower, and the " Red Admirals " were in large numbers sucking honey from the long spikes of orange flowers. 13 Mazagan, Morocco, March — December 1900-1902, W. Riggenbach. 2 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 19 Environs d'Alger, March— June 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 1 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 3 Hammam R'ilira, AprU— June 1911-1912, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 2 El Kantara, June 1911, Cheli Brahim. 1 Constantme, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 1 Hammam Meskoutine, May 1914, W. R. and K. J. 4 Environs de Tunis, March— April 1915, E. Blanc. Mr. Gibbs reports atalanta from Tlemcen, May 1910. There are no specimens from Mauretania in the British Museum. Mr. Meade-Waldo gives Tangier, February — March 1901 ; Amsmiz, June 1901 ; and Imentalla, July 1901, in his Moroccan article. 94 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 29. Pyrameis cardui cardui (Linn.). Papilio cardm Linnaeus, Stjst. Nat. edit. x. part i. p. 47.>. No. 107 (1758) (Europe, Africa). We found this insect ever3'where in Algeria, though one never saw very- many on the wing at one time. 9 Mazagan, Morocco, March — June 1900, W. Riggenbach. 2 Seksawa, Morocco, April 1905. W. Riggenbach. 1 Ouled Farsh, May 1901, W. Riggenbach. 2 Rabat, Morocco, 1914, A. Thery. 8 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult. 1 Lalla Marnia, December 1914, Faroult. 7 Ain Sefra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Tlemcen, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 12 Titan Yaya, AprO 1915, Rotrou. 5 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Environs d' Alger, March 1908-1912, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 1 Leila Kredidja, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 2 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 11 Hammam R'ihra, May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 4 Guelt-es-Stel, June — September 1913, Faroult. 1 Djelfa, Jane 1913, Faroult. 2 Oued Nca, April 1914, E. H. and C. H. 1 north of Ain Guettera, April 1912, E. H. and C. H. 4 Timassinin, January 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 1 Amgid, February 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 3 Ain Tahart, February 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 2 Idele.>, March 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 1 Ouargla, June 1914, Geyr von Schweppenburg. 1 Bordj Chegga, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Col de Sfa, BMna, March 1911, W. R. and E. H. 3 Biskra, March 1908—1911, W. R. and E. H. 23 El Kantara, M;iy— June 1911, W. R., E. H., and Cheli Brahim. 3 Envh-ons de Batna, Nelva. 1 Bordj Saada, April 1908, W. R. and E. H. The Mauretanian series in the Tring Museum comprises 118 specimens. Mr. Meade-Waldo in his article says he found cardui on the wing all the year round everywhere he went, and that the late autumn brood was very small and dark. There are no Mauretanian cardui in the British Museum. Mr. de Joannis records Tamangasset, Hoggar Moimtains, August 1905, M. R. Chudeau. 30. Vanessa polychloros erythromelas Aust. Vanessa polychloros var. erylliromelas Au.staut, Le Naiuraliate, vol. vii. p. 142 (1885) (Sebdou). In the drawer in which is contained folychloros and the Mauretanian form erythromelas in the British Museum is a note in Mr. H. J. Elwes' handwriting saying he cannot acknowledge the validity of Austant's name as he cannot ^fOV^TATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 95 make out any differences. If Mr. Elwes placed my two drawers of erythromelas next to a drawer full of typical polychloros he would at first sight consider them more distinct from polychloros than is xanthomelas , which everyone acknowledges is a distinct species, for the deep fulvous red colour in erythromelas is in striking contrast to the often dirty fulvous yellow of polychloros. As, however, occasional yellower specimens occur in Mauretania (about 1 in 350 specimens), we cannot treat erythromelas as anything but a very distinct subspecies = local race. We never found this insect very plentiful anywhere ill a perfect state, though the larvae here and there were very abundant, and in consequence there are only 7 in the Tring Museum captured by ourselves. 1 Fenson, Morocco, April 1903, W. Riggenbach. 1 Sebdou, June 1888, Austant (type of erythromelas). 1 Magenta, Prov. Oran, June 1915, Rotrou. 6 Environs d'Alger, May— June 1911-1912, W. R., E. H., and K. J., and Captain Holl. 3 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 1 Hammam R'ihra, May 1908, W. R. and K. J. 194 Environs de Batna, Nelva and Taillefer. 4 Khenchela, July 1911, Faroult. 1 El Kantara, March 1911, Madame Faroult. 1 Djebel Taya, February 1911, W. R. and E. H. 16 Grand Kabylie, July 1909, Dr. Nissen. 4 Leila Kredidja, August 1907, Dr. Nissen. 1 Ain Draham, Tunisia, July 1911, Faroult. 4 Djebel Zaccar, above Miliana, June 1916, Faroult. The Tring series comprises 238 specimens. The El Kantara specimen, which I saw alive directly after Madame Faroult caught it at the foot of the Djebel Metlili, is, I believe, the most southern speci- men hitherto captured. The British Museum has 2 Mauretania, Grum-Grshimailo coll. ex Elwea coll. ; 1 Alger, Lieutenant Mathieu ex Elwes coll. 31. Polygonia c. album (Linn.). Papilio c. album Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit. x. vol. i. p. 477. No. 115 (1758) (Sweden). We have only seen this insect once in Algeria ; and although Dr. Nissan maintains that it is fairly common round Alger, I feel sure it is not nearly as common as it has been considered to be, or else Mr. Oberthiir and I would have been able to have procured more than fourteen specimens between us in forty years. 1 Environs d'Alger, March 1912, W. R. and K. J. 2 Djebel Zaccar above Miliana, July — August 1916, Faroult. 1 Hammam R'ihra, May J 916, Faroult. 1 Ain Draham, Tunisia, Faroult. There are no specimens of this species in the British Museum from Maure- tania. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article records it as follows : Tizi Gourza, July 1901. 96 NOVJTATES ZOOLOGKAE XXIV. 1917. 32. Polygonia egea (Cram.) Papilio egea Cramer, Pap. Erot. vol. i. part vii. p. 124. pi. Ixxviii. ff. 0. D. (1775) (Constantinople, Smyrna). Thi.s insect also must be cxtraordmarily scarce in Mauretania, for 1 have heard of no others except Mr. Oberthiir's single specimen and my own two. 1 Hussein Day, Alger, Captain HoU. I Fenson, Morocco, April 1903, W. Riggenbach. Captain Holl sold the Hussem Dey example to me as c. album, and it was only when I was writing this article that I found out it was an egea. 33. Argymiis maja seitzi Fruhst. Argynnis maja seUzi Fruhstorfer, Inlern. ErUom. Zeitsclir. Guben, vol. ii. p. 69 (1908) (Alger ! ! !). I feel sure Fruhstorfer's type locality rests on an error, for I have no know- ledge of maja seitzi havmg been taken nearer to Alger than Blida, Hammam R'ihra, and the Kabylie (Dr. Seitz states positively in Grossschm. der Erde, vol. i. that the type specimens were taken by himself in the Aures Mountains). We have only taken two specimens ourselves ; of these the Hammam R'ihra individual was taken by our taxidermist, Carl Hilgert. 1 Mazagan, Morocco, May 1902, W. Riggenbach. 1 Cap Blanco, Morocco, May 1902, W. Riggenbach. 4 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 15 Zoudj-el-Beghal, Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 21 Masser Mines, June 1914, Faroult. 3 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 1 Magenta, June 1915, Rotrou. 1 Sidi-bel-Abbeii, June 1915, Rotrou. 12 LeUa Kredidja, Kabylie, July 1906-1907, Dr. Nissen. 7 Blida les Glacieres, June— August 1906-1912, W. R. and K. J., Dr. Nissen and Captain Holl. 1 Hammam R'ihra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Teniet-el-Haad, June— July 1905, Dr. Nissen. 5 Guelt-es-Stel, July 1913, Faroult. 3 Khenchela, July 1911, Faroult. 2 Djebel Zacoar, above Miliana, June 1916, Faroult. The Tring series numbers 88 uadividuals. The five labelled by Faroult Guelt-es-Stel, July 1913, did not, I feel sure, come actually from Guelt-es-Stel; from what I know of his movements between May and August 1913, they must have been taken somewhere considerably to the south-east of Guelt-es-Stel. nearer the Foret de Djelfa. The British Museum has no specimens of maja seitzi. Mr. Meade- Waldo gives in his article Sould Jedid, July 1901, and Tizi Gourza, July 1901, and he remarks that in the north of Morocco he only saw two worn specimens, while in the High Atlas it was abundant. Miss Fountaine records this species from Teniet-el-Haad, June 1904, and Sebdou, June and July 1904. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 97 Mr. Gibbs records it from Oran, May 1910, and Tlemcen, May 1910. The specimens of Captain Holl are labelled Environs d' Alger, but Blida lea Glacieres was formerly included by him in that term ; though he later specified the actual places when he found it advantageous to do so. 34. Argymiis paphia dives Oberth. Argynnis paphia var. dives Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. Entom. France, p. 26 (1908) (Kabylie, Yakouren). We have not found this species ourselves, as we never remained in Algeria late enough, for it is not on the wing before the end of June at the earliest. 11 Leila Kredidja, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 13 Environs de Batna, Nelva. 2 Lambessa, July 1912, Nelva. Of these 26 specimens in the Tring Museum, 1 S from Batna and 1 ? from Leila Kjedidja have silver stripes on the underside of the hmdwing { = ab. argyrea Oberth.). No specimens of •paphia dives are in the British Museum. 35. Argynnis auresiana Fruhst. Argynnis adippe auresiana Fruhstorfer, Intern. Entom. Zeitschr. Ouben, vol. ii. p. 69 (1908) (Aur& Mountains). This also flies much later in the year than we ever stayed in Algeria, so that Tring Museum has none of our own collectmg. There appear to be no differences perceivable between specimens from the Kabylie Mountains and those from the Aures Mountains. Ml-. Charles Oberthiir considers auresiana a good distinct species and cites Dr. Reverdin as witness ; the latter having compared the <J genitalia and found them very distinct from adippe. I think under the circumstances it is advisable to accept this viev, , until Dr. Jordan can confirm or disprove it by the examination of a number of specimens of both. 11 Leila Kredidja, Kabylie, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 95 Environs de Lambezc, June 1912-1914, Nelva. :i6. Argynnis lathonia (Linn.). Papilio lathonia Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. vol. i. p. 481. No. 141 (1758) (Europe). We only once found this insect at Mustapha Superior, when Dr. Hartert caught a fine specimen with his hat. This is accounted for by the fact that the insect is never out in its full numbers till later in the year than we have been in Algeria ; but it is strange that I have only received three other specimens during the last nine years. 1 Zoudj-el-Beghal, Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 1 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 1 Envnons d'Alger, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. The British Museum has 2 Algerian specimens ; 1 Lambessa, May 1882, H. J. Elwes ; 1 Alger, Leech coll. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article records Sould Jedid and Tsauritz Entsa- gauz, July 1901. 7 98 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 37. Melitaea desiontainii desJontainii (Godart). Argynnis desfontainii Godart, Enctjd. Method. Hist. Nat. Entoni. vol. ix. p. 278. No. 46 (1819) (Barbarie). This insect I do not possess, there being in the Tring Museum only a series of desfontainii boetica taken by Dr. Jordan in Portugal. In the British Museum are 3 specimens: 1 Sebdou, 1880-1882, Dr. Codet ex Elwes coll.; 2 Algeria, Crowley bequest. I have 3 labelled desfontainii from my brother's former collection, but I do not know what they are as they are without locality, and instead of being redder than boetica are much duller. 38. Melitaea cinxia (Linn.). Papilio cinxia Linnaeus, Si/st. Nat. vol. i. p. 480. No. 137 (1758) (Sweden). We never came across this insect, and I know of no other Mauretanian specimens except the two taken by Harold Powell. 39. Melitaea dejone nitida Oberth. Melitaea dejone forma nitida Oberthiir, Etud. Lepid. Comp. Fasc. III. p. 254 (1909) (Tlemcen, Sebdou). Of this in.sect I have no specimens and there are none in the British Museum. When we were at Tlemcen we visited the Waterfall more than once, but being the month of April we were too early for dejone nitida. 40. Melitaea aetherie algirica Riihl. Mditaea aetherie var. algirica Riihl, Pataearkt. Grossschm. p. 389 (1892-1895) (Algeria). We have taken this species in various places and have a fairly large series at Tring, but the ? form which is all rufous like the ^ is much rarer than the parti-coloured ?. The Tring series consists of 157 specimers, 10 Masser Mines, May — June 1914, Faroidt. 1 Saida, May 1913, \v. R. and E. H. 2 Tifrit, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 14 Hammam R'ihra, Maj — August 1913-1916, W, R. and E. H. and Faroult. 1 Berrouaghia, April 1914, Faroult. 73 Khenchela, May— June 1911-1912, W. R. and K. J. and Faroult. 55 Batna, Nelva. 1 Ain Taya, May 1914, W. R. and E. H. The British Museum has 7 specimens of this insect : 2 Lambessa, April- May 1882, H. J. Elwes ; 4 Lambessa, June 1885, L. Bleuse ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Algeria, Crowley bequest. Miss Fountaine records it from Teniet-el-Haad, May —June 1904. 41. Melitaea phoebe punica Oberth. Melitaea phoebe var. punica Oberthiir, Etud. Entom. Fasc, I. p. 25. pi. 1. f. 3 (1876) (Lambfeze). I do not consider we are justified in considering this Algerian insect as anything more than a very well marked race of phoebe, unless the study of the NOVITATES ZOOLOC.ICAE XXIV. 1917. 99 genitalia of a large series of examples should hereafter show it to be worthy of specific rank. We found it much rarer at Khcnchela than aetheriae algirica, and in the west of Algeria it seems to become still rarer. We have at Tring 61 specimens. 2 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult. 1 Titen Yaya, May 1915, Rotron. 1 Bou Cedraia, May 1913, Faroult. 1 Berrouaghia, April ! ! ! 1914, Faroult. 17 Khenchela, May— June 1911-1912, W. E., K. J., and Faroult. 39 Batna, Nelva. The specimen from Faroult from Berrouaghia may be an early freak, but I expect it was a Khenchela one dragged about and finally put in by mistake. The British Museum possesses 12 specimens : 6 Lambessa, May 1882, H. J. Elwes ; 4 Lambessa, June 1885, L. Bleuse ex Elwes coll. ; 2 Algeria, Leech coll. There seems to be little or no variation in this insect. 41a. Melitaea phoebe leechi subspec. nov. Differs from phoebe punica in being very much larger, deep rufous not fulvous yellow or rufous yellow as in p. punica, and the black markings are narrower and thinner. They are as large almost as Chinese examples or the largest European forms. Habitat. Mogador. 14 specimens collected by J. H. Leech in the British Museum ex Leech coll., Salvin Godman coll., and Elwes coll. These are all the specimens recorded so far as I know. [Melitaea didyma Ochs. This is the most variable butterfly almost that exists, and is certainly the most widely spread Melitaea, extending as it does from Portugal, Spain, and France to the Pacific, and from the Moroccan coast to Abyssinia, whUe from north to south it reaches in the west from Germany to the Central Sahara, and in the east from North-east Siberia to South China. It is not only variable individually, but splits up into an unusually large number of local races, and it is often difficult to define what is individual and what is local variation. It is in insects such as this that, once more, it is apparent that for adequate study of species and subspecies of living creatures it is almost impossible to have too large a series of specimens, not onlj' in regard to localities, but also from each individual locality. In 1876, when describing for the first time didyma deserticola as an aberration, Mr. Oberthiir cites didyma didyma as occurring in PhOippevUIe, Oran, Collo, etc., in examples similar to Pyrenean examples, whUe from Ain Khala he had a very distinct 9 all fiery red. In 1909 Mr. Charles Oberthiir designated tht- Spanish and Algerian didyma as forma mauretanica, stating that Staudinger's names occidentalis and meridionalis had been applied each to such a conglomera- tion of local races that they could not stand, and a new nomenclature was required, in order that a name could be applied to each well-characterised ASIATIC SACE. 100 NOVJTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1U17. Now, the names occidentalis and meridionalis were given by Staudinger in his Catalog der Lepidopleren Europas, p. 8. No. 198. vars. b. and c. 1861. M. d. occidentalis was given to Hiibner"s figures 869-7U [cinxi^i) and Henich Schaeffer's fig. 133 {didyma var.) and figs. 324-7 (trivia var.). The latter, fi. 324-7, are definitely stated by their author to have come from Mount Ararat, while his No. 131 called by Staudinger under var. d. ^' dalmatina (araratica)" has no locality given to it by the author ; from the name given to H rrich Schaeffer's No. 131, viz. '' dalmatina {araratica)," it is evident that Staudiiiger inverted the numbers by mistake, and that he really meant to call Herrich Schaeffer's ff. 324-7 " var. dalmatina (araratica)" while intending to place that author's f. 131 under occidentalis. As, however, Hiibner's ft'. 869-70 stand fii'st, we must accept these ff. as the type of Staudinger's occidentalis, and as they evidently represent a Spanish didyma, the name must stand for the Spanish form. Staudinger gives as the habitat of his meridionalis Sicily and Turkey, and quotes no previous author. As Sicily stands first, it is obvious that that is the type locality, and that meridionalis will have to stand for the Sicilian form. This rules out Oberthiir's contention that both these names must be rejected, and moreover fixes the localities of the types. It does not, however, finally end our diflSculties, for there appear to be at least five if not six distinct local races in Algeria which have all very well defined areas of distribution except interposita Rothsch., which appears to be found in a number of more or less isolated places in many Mauretanian districts surrounded by other forms. This would pomt to its being an ABEREATION only, but it is constant in these isolated localities, so it would appear that didyma is a species very rapidly affected by local conditions, and that wherever the local factors which cause evolu- tionary activity are of the kind aecessarj' to produce interposita, there that form appears, and becomes fixed though it may be only in a small area com- pletely surrounded by territorj" inhabited by otlier local races. Unfortunatclj' I have no Spanish didyma for comparison, only Pyrenean examples, but Hiibner's figure shows a very brilliant red insect with rather small spots and of a large size. Moreover, it has pointed, extended forewings not rounded at the apices as in Algerian specimens. I have sho^vn that this Spanish race must be called occidentalis Stdgr., therefore the name mauretanica Oberth. can only by applied to Mauretanian examples ; but here we are again met by a difficulty, for the Moroccan specimens collected by Mr. Meade-Waldo are not, as stated by Mr. Elwes, didyma deserticokt, but belong to my interposita, while the West Algerian specimens generally belong to Mr. Oberthiir's mauretanica, and the extreme East Algerian and West Tunisian specimens belong to another race which is much smaller, and which I described as didyma nisseni (type Ain Draham). The specimens from the Northern Atlas Range in the Province of Oran (Sebdou), the Kabylie (Djurjura), and the Aures Mountains all belong to my interposita (type Batna), and which very often so closely approximate to didyma deserticola Oberth. (type Biskra) that it is hard to distinguish them on the upper side ; below, the heavier black markings of deserticola are at once apparent . The form harterti from the Central Sahara is so distinct as to be at once dk- tinguishable from deserticola above and below, and is unlike any other Jlaurc- tanuin form. As stated before, in 1876 3L-. Oberthiir declared a series of PhUippeville NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 101 specimens to be identical with Pyrenean individuals, while he remarks that his Ain Khala $ was quite unlike the dull olive Pj'renean ?? in being bright red. I unfortunately do not possess Philippeville specimens, but I can say that out of the 464 Algerian didyma (of five races) I possess, 146 are ??, and that in all cases they are either red or sandy-yellow, according to the subspecies, like the <?<?. They only differ in being generally slightly paler. The Pyrenean ??, on the other hand, vary from slate-grey suffused with rufous on costal half of hindwing, to deep olivaceous slate colour suffused with gallstone yellow, and with rufous hindwings ; while Sicilian ?$ (meridionalis) vary from mouse-grey with rufous Ixindwings, to sandy rufous, the forewing slightly washed with olive. Algerian cJc?, both of the western manreinnica form and the eastern nisseni form, have the rufous colouring less brilliant and more of a sandy tone than either Spanish occidentalis, Sicilian meridiomilis, or Pyrenean examples of didyma.'] 42. Melitaea didyma mauretanica Oberth. Mditaea didyma forma mauretanica Obertliiir, Etud. Lipiil. Comp. Fasc. III. p. 243 (1909) (Algeria, Spain). This form differs from my nisseni in its larger size, and in the postmedian rufous band on the underside of the hindwing being farther away from the antimedian band. The Tring series numbers 153 specimens. 3 Hammam R'ihra, August 1915. Faroult. 145 JLisser Mines, June 1914, Faroult. 1 Tlemcen, April 1914, W. P. and E. H. 2 Titon Yaya, May 1915, Rotrou. 2 ? (labelled Bou Saada, May 1912, Faroult, but evidently not from there). Miss Fountaine gives Teniet-el-Haad, June 1904. 42a. Melitaea didyma nisseni Rothsch. Mditaea didyma ni.sse7ii Rothschild, Novit. Zool. vol. xx. p. 115 (1913) (Ain Draham). 149 Am Draham, July — August 1911, Faroult. 426. Melitaea didyma interposita Rothsch. Melitaea didyma interposita Rothschild, Novit. Zool. vol. xx. p. 115 (1913) (Batna). This race of didyma is not only remarkable from its iiregular and widely separated areas of occurrence ; but also for its subspecific characters ! For while the cJcJ resemble more nearly d. mauretanica and never approach very close to d. deserticola, the ?? are much nearer to d. deserticola, some being so close to the latter on the upper surface that should the locality ticket be absent, only the examination of the underside can determine which are which. 16 Environs de Batna, Nelva. 3 Lambessa, June 1912, Nelva. 4 Oued Hamidou, June 1912, Faroult. The Tring series comprises 23 individuals. The British Museum possesses 8: 6 Meade- Waldo ; 2 Djurjura, July 1884, J. Merkl ex Elwes coll. Mr- Meade- Waldo in his article gives the following data : Rabat, May 1901 ; Agurgur, July 1901; Tsauritz Entsagauz, July 1901. Miss Fountaine records this form from Sebdou, .June — July 1904. 102 XOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1917. 42c. Melitaea didyma deserticola Oberth. Melitaea didyma ab. deserticola Oberthur, Etiid. Entom. Fasc. I. p. 25. pi. iii. f. 1 (1876) (Biskra). The characteristic differences of d. deserticola from d. maurelanica and d. nisseni are in the large size paler sandy-rufous colour above, with fewer though larger black spots, and in the mcreased size of the black spots below and the great reduction of the yellow bands below on the hindwings. The antennae also are very curious in the Algerian didyma ; m d. 7naure~ lanica and d. nisseni the club of the antenna is black above with a small maroon tip ; in interposita the tip is larger, more rufous, and this colour invades the blade of the club ; in d. deserticola and d. harterti the club is entirely rufous, scaled more or less with white or grey scales mostly at the basal portion. 1 El Outaya, March 1909, W. R. and E. H. 23 BLskia, March 1909-1914, W. R. and E. H. 1 Zaatcha, 40 kilometres south-west of Biskra, March 1909, W. R. and E. H. 30 Bordj Chegga, 65 kilometres south of Biskra, February 1912, E. H. and C. H. The British Museum has 6 specimens of this race: 2 Biskra, March 1902, Mrs. M. de la B. Nicholl ; 4 Bisla-a, Jlay 1885 and March 1886, L. Bleuse and Lieutenant Lahaye, ex Elwes coll. i2d. Melitaea didyma harterti Rothsch. Melitaea didyma harterti Rothschild, Sovit. Zool. vol. xx. p. 115. No. 13 (1913) (El Hadadia). This is the most distinct form of didyma and is unlike any other Melitaea in the pale sandy-yellow ground colour which approximates to that of M. acraeina Stdgr. In fact 2 ?? specinrens which have the bands of black spots on the hmdwings absent and much reduced on the forewings so much resemble this species that I here name them ab. pseudoacraeina ab. nov. ; I also here name a ? specimen, which has the black spots absent on the hindwings and the post- median band of black spots on the forewing strongly increased, ab. nigrofasciata ab. nov. 4 S. Oued Mya, April— May 1912, E. H. and C. H. 57 El Hadadra, May 1912, "e. H. and C. H. 7 north of El Golea, May 1912, E. H. and C. H. 15 Ghardaia, May 1912-1914. E. H. and G. H. 1 Oued N9a, June 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 Oued Segrir, June 1912, E. H. and C. H. I Sands of El Arich, June 1912, E. H. and C. H. 1 65 kilometres east of Ghardaia, June 1912, E. H. and C. H. 43. Satyrus (Nytha) ellena Oberth. Satyrus alcyone var. ellena Oberthiir, Eliid. Entom. Fasc. XIX. p. 19. pi. vii. f. 57 (1894) (B6ne), Under this insect in his Etitd. Lipid. Camp. Fasc. III. pp. 260-261, Mr. Oberthiir cites various statements by Fruhstorfer on the subject of the names hermione, alcyone and fagi, and says that he does not propose to accept the name jagi Scopoli because it is pre-Liimaean (Scopoli's Entomologia Carniolica ig NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 103 dated 1763, while Linnaeus described hermione first Mus. Lnd. Ulr. p. 281. No. 99 (1764) (Portugal), and afterwards Syst. Nat. edit. xii. vol. i. part ii. p. 773, No. 149 (1767) (Germany)), but I should like to point out that Mr. Oberthiir is entirely mistaken in saying that Scopoli is pre-Linnaean, for zoologists date the commencement of zoological nomenclature from Linnaeus' Systema Naturae editio X. 1758, and not from the editio xii. 1766-1767. However, this has little bearing, at present, on the insect under considera- tion, for I agree with Mr. Oberthiir that ellena is more likely to be a distinct species, and I am treating it as such, till the examination of the genitalia in comparison with those of hermione and alcyone shall have settled the question. My Batna and Blida examples are considerably smaller than the Ain Draham ones as a rule, but the Alger ones are intermediate. 6 Environs d'Alger, Captain Holl. 7 Blida les Glacieres, August 1906-1912, Dr. Nissen and Captain Holl. 77 Environs de Batna, August 1912-1914, Nelva. 1 Aumale, August 1912, Faroult. 3 Ain Draham, July 1909-1912, Faroult. The Tring series comprises 94 specimens. 44. Satyrus (Chazara) briseis major Oberth. Satyrus briseis var. major Oberthiir, Etud. Entom. Fasc. I. p. 27 (1876) (Boghari). We never found this insect, as it flies from end of June to October. In fact the only two species of the larger Satyridae we have taken personally in Algeria are Satyrus {Clmzara) prieuri, Pierret, and Satyrus (Eumenis) semele (Linn.), as all the rest are on the wing later than the middle of June. It is true that S. abdelkader latnbessanus Stdgr. flies in April and May, but we have only twice been Ln its neighbourhood, and then failed to see it. 50 Environs de Batna, July — August 1908-1914, Nelva and TaLllefer. 45. Satyrus (Chazara) prienri Pierret. Satyrus prieuri Pierret, Ann. Soc. Entom. Fiance, vol. vi. p. 304 (1837) (Bougie). We have taken this insect at Ain Sefra in May, but it was only just com- mencing to appear. Mr. Obsrthiir in 1909 remarks that he did not know this species to have occurred outside the Province of Oran, and Mr. Harold Powell only obtained it in that province. Dr. Nissen and Faroult, however, found it abundant at Guelt-es-Stel. It does not appear to vary very much. The Trmg series numbers 530 specimens. 10 Ain Sefra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 10 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 1 Les Pins, July 1915, Rotrou. 24 Smila, Oran, June 1914, Faroult. 295 Guelt-es-Stel, June— August 1913, Faroult. 118 Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. 69 Foret de Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. The British Museum has 3 from Meade-Waldo. Mi-. Meade-Waldo gives in his article Tizi Gourza, July 1901. Miss Fountame gives Terney, near Tlemcen and Sebdou, July 1904. ,104 NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXIV. 1917. 46. Satyrus (Eumenis) semele algirica Oberth. StUyrus semele var. algirica Oberthiir, Etud. d'ErUmn. Fasc. I. p. 27 (1876) (Daya, etc.). This insect appears to be extraordinarily abundant in some localities in Algeria. 1 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult. 2 Ain Sefra, May 1913-1915, W. R. and E. H., Faroult. 1 Ras Chergui, July 1915, Faroult. 7 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 37 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 1 Abd-el-Kader, July 1905, Dr. Nissen. 70 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 370 Guelt-es-Stel, May— June 1913, Faroult. 41 Environs de Batna, 1912-1914, Nelva. 6 Lambessa, June 1912, Nelva. The Tring series comprises 535 individuals. The British Museum possesses 8 specimens : 1 Meade-Waldo ; 2 Algiers, Leech coll. ; 1 Algeria, Crowley bequest ; 1 Lambessa, June 1885, L, Bleuse ex Elwes coll. Mr. Meade- Waldo gives in his article : Imentalla and Tsauritz Entsagauz, July 1901. 47. Satyrus (Satyrus) powelli Oberth. Satyrus powelli Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. Eniom. France, 1910, p. 333 (Djebel Amour). This insect has hitherto been taken only in the Djebel Amour and at Guelt- es-Stel. It varies much in size : the largest cj has the forewing 27 mm. in length and a total expanse of 59 mm., and the smallest <J has the forewing 21 mm. in length and a total expanse of 46 mm. The largest ? has the forewing 28 mm. long and a total expanse of 61 mm., and the smallest ? has the forewing 23 mm. long with a total expanse of 49 mm. This species is also variable in other respects : in the males above, the ocelli sometimes have a white central dot and sometimes not ; one very small <^ shows no ocelli on the upper surface, and one rather large cj has the upper of the two ocelli ringed strongly with bufif as in the ? ; two other <J<J have Iboth ocelli with buffs rings. In the ?? the ocelli vary much in size, and I have two with enor- mous black patches with buff rings in place of ocelli. Then in the ?$ the buff rings vary also, and I have one 9 in which they have spread so much that the outer half of the wing above is buff, as in mniszechi, and two or three others more or less intermediate. It is curious, however, that although so variable above, the hindwing pattern below is so very constant. 250 Guelt-es-Stel, September— October 1912-1913, Faroult. 3 Region d'Aflou, October 1911, Harold Powell. [Satyrus hansii Aust. and Satyrus sylvicola Aust. These two Satyrids are extremely puzzling and in consequence have been treated in many different ways by those LepidoptcrLsts who have written about them. The only final and reliable test will be when the genitalia of these insects are studied comparatively with those of statilinus and fatua { = allionii). NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 105 In the British Museum Mr. Elwe.s has himped all these insects together under statilinus, which is absolutely WTong. Dr. Seitz, in his GrossscUmetterlinge der Erde, places hansii as the Mauretanian representative of statilinus, and sylvi- cola as that of fatiM ; but remarks in parenthesis that they are probably good species, though our knowledge {i.e. really Dr. Seitz's) was too scanty to decide this. One thing is certam, the larvae of hansii and sylvicola only show the same differences as statilinus and fatiut, viz. the much larger head of hansii, but they are otherwise as imagos so different, both from each other and the two forms from north of the Mediterranean, that till we have dissected them I prefer to treat them as distinct species, especially as sylvicola occurs in Algeria in several distinct races.] 48. Satyrus (Satyrus) hansii Aust. Saiyrus hansii Austant, Le Natvraliste, vol. i. p. 138 (1879) (Daya). The Tring Museum has no specimens of this species. The British Museum has 9 specimens : 5 Algeria, Crowley bequest ; 3 Mauretania, Grum-GrshimaUo coll., ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Sebdou, 1880-1882, Dr. Codet ex Elwes coll. Miss Fountaine records it from Sebdou, Jidy — August 1904. 49. Satyrus (Satyrus) sylvicola sylvicola Aust. Satyrus sylvicola Austaut, Le Naluraliste, vol ii. p. 284 (1880) (Sebdou). Tliis race is the darkest of the four races of sylvicola described from Algeria. 4 Titen Yaya, August 1915, Rotrou. 20 Les Pins, August 1915, Rotrou. The British Museum has 9 specimens, all without data : 3 Mauretania, Grum- Grshimailo coll. ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Algeria, purchased Janson ; 5 Algeria, Crowley bequest. 49a. Satyrus (Satyrus) sylvicola oberthueri >ubsp. nov. Satyrus sylvicola var. lamhessanusOhetth.\iT, Etnd. d'Entom. Comp. Fasc. X. p. 170 (1915) (Lambese). Mr. Oberthiir gave to this race of sylvicola the r.ame lambessanus, but Staudinger in Cat. Lepid. Palaear. Faung. Stdgr. and Reb. p. 58. No. 377 a. (1901) gave to the Eastern race of Satyrus abdelkader the name of lambessanus, and one cannot have two identical subspecific names in the same genus ; therefore I rename this race oberthueri. It stands exactly intermediate between «. sylvicola and s. cinerea. 95 Environs de Batna, August 1912-1914, Nelva. The British Museum has 2 Environs de Batna, August 1910, Rev. A. E. Eaton. 496. Satyrus (Satyrus) sylvicola cinereus Oberth. Satyrus fauna var. cinerea Oberthiir, Bull. Soc. ErUom. France, 1907. p. 344 (Yakouren). I do not possess this form, and possibly the only other man who may have it besides Oberthiir is Dr. Nissen. 106 NOTITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 49c. Satynis (Satynis) sylvicola holli Oberth. Satyrue sylvicola var. holli Oberthiir, Etud. de Lipid. Comp. Fasc. III. p. 275. pi. xvi. ff. 36-37 (1909) (Blida lea Glaciferes). This race is much the smallest and palest found in Algeria. Several of the specimens from Captain Holl are labelled " Environs d'Alger," but I beheve he never got it elsewhere than at Blida. 29 Blida les Glacieres, August 1911-1912, Dr. Xissen and Captain Holl. 50. Satyrus (Satynis) fidia fidia (Linn.). Papilio fidia Linnaeus, Syst. yat. edit. xii. vol. i. part ii. p. 770. No. 138 (1767) (Barbary). This species occurs in three distinct races in Algeria. The typical fidia fidia is very large, of a blackish slate-grey above with a bluish lustre ; in between the ocelli on the forewing above are two largish white spots. On the under- side the pattern is very strongly marked. The ocelli are hardly, if at all, marked with yellow in the $ above. 2 Leila Kredidja, August 1907, Dr. Nissen. 11 Djebel Zaccar above Miliana, August 1916, Faroult. 3 Oued Hamidou, August 1912, Faroult. 55 Sakamudi, August 1912, Faroult. 22 Ain Draham, Tunisia, September 1911, Faroult. 42 Envii-ons de Batna, August 1912-1914, Nelva. The Batna specimens are slightly smaller than all the other typical fidia, but cannot be separated from them. The British Museum has 6 Mauretanian specimens : 3 Algeria, Leech and Hewitson colls. ; 1 Constantine Hm. ex Elwes coll. ; 2 N. Africa, Salvin God- man coll. 50a. Satyrus (Satyrus) fldia hebitis subsp. nov. Mr. Oberthiir described his fi^lia tninor from Sierra Alta Albaracin, Spain^ and the figures (Etud. dc Lipid. Comp. Fasc. III. pi. cxxv. ff. 1108, 1109) show it to be a very dark insect with no yellow round the ocellus of the ?. On the same plate Mr. Ob?rthiir figures a much larger $ from Geryville, Sud Oranais, which has large orange rmgs to the ocelli and is much paler ; this he also places under his /. minor. There are in the Tring Museum 91 specimens from Guelt-es-Stel which at once strike the eye as bemg very distinct from the large fidia fidia of the coast regions. While being smaller than /. fidia, they are much larger than Spanish /. minor, and are not only paler in colour, but appear much duller hi shade ; these I propo.se to separate as a subspecies as above and include in it the Geryville form. 3. Differs from /. fidia in being considerably smaller and above much paler, more brownish, and much duller, the bluish lustre being entu-ely absent and replaced by a dull bronzy wash. The two white spots between the ocelli are much smaller and even absent in some specimens ; below the pattern is less sharply marked, and the greys are less pure, more bro\vnish. ?. Differs above in being as a rule smaller and brownish mouse-grey, not blackish slate-grey, while the ocelli have large yellow wings not found in coastal NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 107 /. fidia ; below they are very distinct, the whole forew uig being sufiused with yellow and the hindwuigs bemg much browner in tint and the white veins being much exaggerated. The size is very even, only two ?? being markedly smaller than the rest. Length of forewing. Expanse. 6" fidia fidui, 35 mm. ....... 74 mm. (J fidia hebitis, 30 mm. ....... 64 mm. (J fidia minor, 24 mm. . ...... 51 mm. $ /. fi^lia, 38 mm. ........ 81 mm. ? /. hebitis, 26-35 mm 56-74 mm. ? /. minor, 24 mm. ........ 52 mm. Habitat. Hauts Plateaux and southern chain of the Atlas of Provinces of Alger and Oran (type ?, Guelt-es-Stel). 91 Guelt-es-Stel, August— October 1913, Faroult. 506. Satyrus (Satyrus) fidia intermedia, subsp. iiov. This is the form of fidia from the Northern Atlas Range in the Province of Oran. (J differs from /. fidia in its much darker, almost black upperside without blue lustre, smaller size, and smaller, often almost absent white spots between the ocelli. ? differs in its smaller size, darker colour, and below in the very large and strong yellow rings to the ocelli. Length of forewing : (J 31 mm. ; ? 33 mm. Expanse : 3 66 mm. ; ? 70 ram. Habitat. Les Pins, Sebdou (type 3, Les Pins). 14 Les Pins, Prov. Oran, August 1915, Rotrou. Miss Fountaine found this insect at Sebdou, July — August 1904. [Satyrus abdelkader Pierret. Mr. Charles Oberthiir has published such an exhaustive history of this famous insect, as well as such a wealth of observation and study carried out by Messrs. Powell and Le Cerf , that nothing remains for me to say on the general subject ; but I cannot help disagreeing with Mr. Oberthiir about some of his conclusions in regard to the status of the three forms, abdelkader, lambessamis, and nelvai. IMr. Oberthiir says that he considers abdelkader and nelvai as forms of one species, while he regards lambessanus as a separate species. In this I cannot follow him at all, for among my Batna-Lambessa specimens are some <J(J uidis- tinguishable from So from Titen Yaya in the Oranais. I consider all three forms as snbspecies of a single species abdelkader, but I agree so far with Mr. Oberthiir that I think lambessanus has become more differentiated from the other two than they have from each other. It is most strange that while in the Oranais abdelkader abdelkader flies in June and July, this same form at Guelt-es-Stel flies in September and October. The form lambessanus flies in April and May, while a. nelvai is on the wing from end of August throughout September.] 108 NOV'ITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 51. Satyrus (Cercyonis) abdelkader abdelkader Pierret. Salyrua ahddkadcr Pierret, Ann. Soc. Eiitom. France, vol. vi. p. 19. pi. i. ff. 5, 6 (1837) (Oran). 4 Sidi-bel-Abbes, Staudiiiger. 31 Titen Yaya, June — July 1915, Rotrou. 261 Guelt-es-Stel, September — October, Dr. Ni.-sen and FaroHlt. The British Museum has 7 specimens of this form : 4 Algeria, Crowley bequest ; 1 Algeria (Heyne), ex Leech coll. ; 1 Algeria purchased from Janson ; I Sebdou, 1880-1882, Dr. Codet ex Elwes coll. The Tring Museum series comprises 296 specimens. Mr. Meade-Waldo in his article records this insect from Tizi Gourza, July 1901. 51a. Satyrus (Cercyonis) abdelkader nelvai Seitz. Satyrns abdelkader nelvai Seitz, Soc. Entom. vol. xsvi. p. 49 cum. fig. rj? (1911) (Aures Mountains). Dr. Seitz in above description states that the exact point whence the types of this form were brought to Mr. Nelva was unknown. Mr. Nelva, who furnished me with the four specimens I have, informs me, however, that his Arab "Chasseurs" captured them on the Djebel Menaa. Mr. Harold Powell, who sent to Mi-. Oberthiir several hundreds of this fine insect, states that it is comparatively very rare on Menaa, and that its principal stronghold is the Djebel MetlUi and the adjacent peaks to the west of El Kantara. 4 Djebel Menaa, Aures Mountains, Nelva coll. The British Museum has no specimen. 51 6. Satyrus (Cercyonis) abdelkader lambessanus Stdgr. Satyrus abdelkader var. lambessanus Staudinger, in Stdgr. and Rebel, Cat. Lepid. Palaear. Fanng. p. 58. No. 377 a. (1901) (Lambeasa). This form is now the best Icnown and the commonest in collections, for very few entomologists go to West Algeria. 79 Envkons de Batna, April— May 1908-1914, Nelva and Taillefer. The British Museum has 5 specimens : 1 Mauretania ! ! Grum-GrshimaUo coU. ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Lambessa, Hewitson coll. ; 1 Lambessa, May 1882, J. H. Elwes ; 1 Lambessa, 1875, R. Oberthiir ex Elwes coll. , 52. Satyrus (Minois) actaea (Esp.). Papilio actaea Esper, Schmett. vol. i. part ii, t. 57. ff. 1 a. b. (1780) (Europe?). This species has only been recorded from Mauretania, and in his article he gives Tsauritz Entsagauz and Tizi Gourza, July 1901. 5:5. Satyrus (Eumenis) atlantis Aust. Satyrus atlantis Austaut, Int. Entom. Zeitsch. Guben, vol. xix. p. 29 (1905) (Tsauritz Entsagauz, Meade-Waldo). This species was unfortunately described a few months before Mr. Meade- Waldo's article appeared from specimens collected by him, or rather by Mr. Vaucher travelling with him ; so that his name moroccana must give way to atlantis Aust. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 109 I have no specimens of this species, but I consider it is quite a distinct species and not a subspecies of mniszechi. The British Museum has no specimens. [Grenus Satyrus. This genus in its conventional sense is very large and unwieldy, and many authors have tried to split it up into several genera. In 1819 Hiibner in his " Verzeichnis bekanuter Schmetteuliuge " placed a number of species of the famOy Satyrinae, which at the present time stand under Satyrus, in three of his Coiti = genera, viz. Hipparchia, Minois, and Eumenis. W. F. Kirby in his Catalogiie oj Diurnal Lepidoptera (1871-1876) has used Satyrus Latr. (1810) for Hiibner's two Coiti Pararge and Dira, and has placed under Hipparchia Fabr. a mixture of Hipparchia and Satyrus (conv.) and one or two other things. Fruhstorfer has used Eumenis Hiibn. for a number of species, and retains Satyrus for actaea, cordula, abdelkader, etc. Fabricius, who was the first to establish Hipparchia, placed in it 119 species, of which he enumerates 10, the only ones now retamed in Satyrus being hermione and fauna. Satyrus, established in 1810 by Latreille in his Considerations Generates, was used by its author for a curious mixture ; he divided it mto two sections — Sect. I. consistmg of Brassolidae Amathuriinae, etc., and Sect. II., which consisted of Fabricius' genus Hipparchia. Passing over a number of other attempts at reconstructmg the genus Satyrus, I wUl confine myself to the system adopted in the British Museum. There the genus is divided up into 9 genera: Nythas containing circe, hermione, and their allies ; Philareta, containmg anthe, etc. ; Karanasa, with huebneri and allies ; Kanetisa, with digna ; Chazara, consistmg of briseis and neighbouring species ; Eumenis, containing seniele, fidia, etc. ; Minois, consisting of actaea and others ; and Cercyonis, consistmg of abdelkader and its races. As at present these genera have not to my mind been sufficiently established by careful anatomical study of all the elements composing them, I prefer to place them in brackets after Satyrus, but this must not be under- stood to mean that I consider them subgenera or that I acloiowledge subgenera.] 54. Melanargia galathea lucasi (Ramb.). Arge lucasi Rambur, Cat. Syst. Lepidop. AvJal. p. 20 footnote (1858) (Bougie). Mr. Oberthiir considers this form so distinct that it should be treated as a distinct species ; I cannot see in it anj'thing more than a very well defuied subspecies of galathea. In his article on Moroccan lepidoptera, Mr. Meade- Waldo says he found this insect very abundant m the Great Atlas ; but of course the insect collected by him was the following subspecies. He also men- tions a very large and pale form ; this will be dealt with later on when I give a list with criticisms of Mr. Meade- Waldo's JMauretanian material. 1 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 7 Tifrit, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 2 Environs d' Alger, Captg,m HoU. 7 Bei Bara, Gr. Kabylie, July 1910, Dr. Nissen. 35 Leila Ivredidja, July 1906-1912, Dr. Nissen. 1 Teniet-el-Haad, July 1905, Dr. Nissen. 152 Environs de Batna, May 1912-1914, Nelva. 25 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 110 NoviTATEs ZooT.ontrAE XXIV. 1917. We never found this insect in the cast of Algeria except at Khenchela, and in the west it was far from common. The Tring series comprises 230 specimens. The Britisli Museum possesses 10 individuals of this form : 5 Algeria, Crowley bequest ; 1 Algiers (Heyne), Leech coll. ; 1 Lambessa ex Elwes coll. ; 3 Lambessa, June 1885, L. Bleuse ex Elwes coll. In addition to the above 10 specimens the Museum has 2 purchased from Heyne through Janson and labelled " Morocco." They appear to me not to be lucasi and certainly never came from Morocco. Miss Fountaine records it from Teniet-el-Haad, Maj' and June 1904. 5to. Melanargia galathea meade-waldoi subsp. nov. This form differs from g. lucasi by the black markings on the upperside being much wider and more pronounced, thus bearing the same relation to iucasi as procida does to galathea. It shows the same differences from procida as lucasi does from galathea. Type S, Tamarouth. 1 "Maroc Meridional" ex coll. Bethune Baker. 2 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. The British Museum has 6 specimens, Meade-Waldo. Mr. Meade-Waldo records Tsauritz Entsagauz and Imentalla, July 1901. 55. Melanargia syllius pelagia Oberth. Melanargia syUiiis pelagia Oberthiir. Etud. Lepidop. Comp. Fasc. V. p. 188. pi. Ix. f. 547 (Sebdou, Geryville). We never came across this species, and Mauretanian examples are absent from the British Museum collections. It is apparently a rare species in Mauretania; 1 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 2 Guelt-es-Stel, April 1913 ! ! Faroult. 23 Djelfa, May 1913, Faroult. 56. Melanargia ines ines (Hoffm.). Papilio ines Hoffmannsegg. III. Mag. vol. iii. p. 205 (1804) (nom. nov. pro Papilio Ihetis Hiibner, Samml. Eur. Schmetl. vol. i. pi. 47. ff. 196-197 (1779) (nom. praeoc. Papilio thetis Rottenburg, Naturf. vol. vi. p. 24. No. 11 (1775)). This insect is one of the commonest Satyrids tliroughout Algeria, and my series of 630 specimens is only the pick out of some 1,600-1,800 specimens collected in Algeria during the years 1909-1914. Herr Fritz Wagner, Intern. Entom. Zeitsch. G-uben. vol. vii. p. 111. cum fig. (1913), has described as ines var. fathme, a series of ines taken by him at Tunis close to the seashore. He characterises his supposed new form by stating that the black is strongly re- duced, and tlierefore considers the insect to be intermediate between ines and arge Sulz., which he consequently considers to be subspecies of one species. Before considering the claims to distinction of jathme Wagn.. I must point out here that Herr Wagner is in error concerning arg'e and its relationship to NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Ill ines. In ines the vein 1 along the abdominal area of the hindwing is single, while in arge it is double, and forms a loop like in syllius Herbst., and in fact I should at once say it was only a local race of that species if it were not for the nervures on the underside being black instead of rufous as in syllius ; any- how, it is certainly not a subspecies of ines. As to the distinctness of fathme from ines, at first sight, and compared with most Algeiian and Spanish speci- mens in collections, they are certainly much whiter, but when comparing a series of 8 Tunisian specimens with 1,600-1,800 Algerian and 10 Spanish, I confess that I cannot uphold the subspecific distinctness of the Tunis examples. I find in the 1,000-1,500 Guelt-es-Stel specimens and in the El Kantara series quite half which are as white as Tunisian specimens, though the Spanish ones are certainly all dark, but not so dark as a number of Algerian ones. I there- fore must reluctantly come to the conclusion that Herr Wagner's fathme can only be considered as an aberration and must stand as ab. jathme Wagn. It is quite otherwise with the form from the west coast of Morocco : this form is quite as white as if not whiter than Herr Wagner's fathme, but it is not small, like the Tunisian examples, but has developed to a gigantic size. This is described further on. The total series selected for the Tring Museum of Algerian and Tunisian ines is 638. 3 Moroccan Frontier, May 1914, Faronlt. 65 Masser Mines, May 1914, Faroult. 4 Lalla Marnia, May 1914. Faroult. 12 Ras Chergui, Djebel Mekter, May 1915, Faroult. 50 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 2 Berrouaghia, May (April ?) 1913, Faroult. 2 Boghari, May 1914 (April 1), Faroult. 374 Guelt-es-Stel, April— June 1913, Faroult. 1 Djelfa, May 1913, Faroult. 2 Bou Saada, May 1911, Faroult. 17 Djebel Kerdada, May 1912, Faroult. 74 El Kantara, May 1909-1911, W. R., E. H., and Cheli Brahim. 12 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 14 Environs de Batna, May 1912, Nelva. 8 Environs de Tunis, April — June 1916, E. Blanc. The British Museum has 8 specimens of this species : 2 Algeria, Elwes coll. ; 1 Oran, Elwes coll. ; 1 Constantine (Heine), ex Elwes coll. ; 4 El Kantara, March 1902, Mrs. M. de la P. Nicholl and Lord Walsingham. Miss Fountaine records it from Teniet-el-Haad, May — June 1904. 56a. Melanargia ines colossea subsp. nov. (J ?. Differs from ines ines in the great reduction of the black pattern and in its large size. Length of forewing. Expanse. ines ines (Spain), cj 23-27 mm., ? 26-29 mm. . . <J 50-58 mm., $56-62 mm. ines ines (Algeria), ^ 22-27 mm., ? 24-27 mm. ' . cJ 48-58 mm., ? 52-58 mm. ines ines (Tunis), (J 26 mm., $ 275 mm. . . . . cJ 56 mm., ? 59 mm. ines colossea, cJ 30 mm., $ 33 mm. . . . . . <J 65 mm., ? 71 mm. 112 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Habitat. West Coast, Morocco (Mazagan, Tamarouth, Eabat, Mogador). Type: ?, Rabat. 5 Rabat, 1914, A. Thery. 1 Orange Grove, Oum-er-Rebia, April 1901, E. H. 7 Mazagan, April 1902, W. Riggenbach. 1 Tamarouth, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 2 Morocco ? (Barrett coll., labelled Cape Colony). The specimen from the Oum-er-Rebia collected by Mr. Hartert is absolutely a freak, as it is the smallest ines I have seen, and evidently a starved dwarf ; length of forewing 21 mm., expanse 45 mm. The British Museum has 3 specimens : 1 Mogador, Leech ; 2 Meade-Waldo. Mr. Meade- Waldo's o is a melanistic specimen. In his article he gives only Tsauritz Entsagauz, July 1901 ; but the $ in the British Museum is labelled south of Estat. 57. Pararge maera meade-waldoi subsp. nov. ? differs from ? P. inaera m the fulvous orange of the forewuig being replaced by deep rufous somewhat yellower round the ocellus ; and on the hindwmg in the black of the ocellus bemg reduced and the white increased, while the orange round ocellus is replaced by deep rufous. Habitat. Tizi Gourza, 10,000 ft. (July 1901). The British Museum has 1 specimen, the type of this description, from Mr. Meade-Waldo. 58. Pararge megera megera (Linn.). Papilio megera Linnaeus, Si/st. Nat. edit. xii. vul. i. part ii. p. 771. No. 142 (Austria, Danemarsb). We found this insect widely spread in Algeria, but never very numerous. The Tring series from Mauretania consists of 131 specimens. 1 Ouled Farsh, Morocco. May 1901, W. Riggenbach. 1 Mazagan, Morocco, June 1900, W. Riggenbach. 1 Truchan, Morocco, May 1901, W. Riggenbach. 4 Djebel Tixa, Morocco, March 1905, W. Riggenbach. 4 Zoudj-el-Beghal, Morocco, May 1914, Faroult. 14 Masser Mines, June 1914, Faroult. 1 Nedroma, June 1914, Faroult. 1 Lalla Marnia, December 1914, Faroult. 1 Djebel Mekter, Ain Sefra, May 1913, E. H. and C. H. 2 Ras Chergui, May 1915, Faroult. 3 Titen Yaya, June — August 1915, Rotrou. 1 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 4 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 6 Environs d' Alger, AprU— May 1908-1912, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 2 Leila Kredidja, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 4 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 13 Hammam R'ihra, May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 1 Boghari, AprU 1911, W. R. and E. H. 25 Guelt-es-Stel, March— June 1912-1913, W. R., K. J., and Faroult. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 113 1 Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. 1 Djebel Kerdada. May 1912, Faroult. * 7 Biskra, April 1908, W. R. and E. H. 19 El Kantara, March— July 1908-1911. W. R., E. H., and Cheli Brahim. 12 Environs de Batna, May— June 1909-1914, A. Nelva. 2 Lambessa, June 1912, Nelva. 4 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 1 El Hamel, May 1912, Faroult. 3 Constantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 2 Souk Ahras, April 1914, W. R. and K. J. The British Museum has 6 specimens of this insect : 2 Meade- Waldo ; 1 Mogador, Leech ; 2 Lambessa, April— May 1882, H. J. Elwes ; 1 Biskra May 1882, H. J. Elwes. Mr. Meade-Waldo in his article says not abundant, but throughout the year. 59. Pararge aegeria meone (Cram.). Papilio meone Cramer, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. part xxvi. p. 51. t. cccxiv. ff. E. F. (1780) (Alger). This insect is plentiful everywhere in the Tell and Atlas, but becomes rarer on the " Hauts Plateaux," and it is only incidentally found along the edge of the desert and ceases within 15-20 mUes of Biskra altogether. The form from Mauretania is certainly brighter and more rufous in the <S, and the fulvous yellow of the ? is more extended than in the typical aegeria aegeria from Southern Europe. The series of Mauretanian examples at Tring consists of 148 specimens. 1 Ouled Farsh, near Mazagan, Morocco, May 1901, W. Riggenbach. 3 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 8 Mazagan, Morocco, June 1900, W. Riggenbach. 3 Truchan, W. Morocco, May 1901, W. Riggenbach. 1 Rabat, 1914, A. Thery. 2 Tlemcen, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Ras Chergui, May 1915, Faroult. 1 Ain Sefia, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 2 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Tifrit, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 2 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 46 Environs d'Alger, February— May 1908-1912, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 2 Leila Kredidja, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 9 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 36 Hammani R'ihra, April— June 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 2 Guelt-es-Stel, June 1913, Faroult. 3 Djebel Kerdada, May 1912, Faroult. 3 Biskra, March 1908-1911, W. R. and E. H. 6 El Kantara, March— July 1908-1911, W. R., E. H., and Cheh Brahim. 2 Khenchela, May 1912, W. R. and K. J. 3 Environs de Batna, 1909-1914, Nelva. 9 Constantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 1 Hammam Meskoutine, May 1909, W. R. and E. H. 8 114 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. The British Museum has 14 specimens from Mauretania : 4 Meade-Waldo ; 5 ex Leech coll., Salvin Grodman coll., and Mr. Blackmore ex. Elwes coll. ; 1 Tetuan, Morocco, J. B. Fletcher, June 1901 ; 1 Philippeville, May 1882, H. J. Elwes; 1 Constantine, April 1882, H. J. Elwes; 1 Algiers, Leech coll. Mr. Meade-Waldo in his article has left this species out. 60. Epinephele lycaon mauretanica (Oberth.). Satyrus eudora rar. mauretanica Oberthur, Etud. d'Eiitom. liv. vi. p. 58 (1881) (Sebdou, Lamb^ze). We have never taken this insect ourselves. 22 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Kotrou. 1 Sidi-bel-Abbes, June 1915, Rotrou. 13 Guelt-es-Stel, May— June 1913, Faroult. 12 Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. 36 Foret de Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. 1 Djebel Kerdada, May 1912, Faroult. 4 El Kantara, June 1911, Faroult. 5 Khenchela, June 1911, Faroult. 9 Lambessa, June 1912, Nelva. 53 Environs de Batna, June 1909-1914, Nelva. The Tring series numbers 156 specimens. There are none in the British Museum. Miss Fountaine records it from Teniet-el-Haad, June 1904. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article gives Tsauritz Entsagauz and Imentalla, July 1901. 61. Epinephele jurtina jurtina (Linn.). Papilio jurtina Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. edit, x. vol. i. part ii. p. 475. No. 104 (1758) (Europe, Africa. Type, Africa). This species is fairly common everywhere in the Tell and Atlas, but gets rarer m the " Hauts Plateaux " ; it does not reach the edge of the desert proper, though it stUl occurs at Bou Saada, where a piece of desert runs into the " Hauts Plateaux." 2 Rabat, 1914, A. Tliery. 3 Zoudj-el-Beghal, Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 80 Masser ^Nlines, June 1914, Faroult. 13 Nedroma Oranais, June 1914, Faroult. 18 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 5 Tifrit, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 34 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 19 Envhons d'Alger, May 1905-1912, W. R., E. H., K. J., and Dr. Nissen. 2 Foret de Bainen, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 5 Leila Kredidja, July 1908, Dr. Nissen. 1 Tala Rana, Gr. Kabylie, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 1 Yakouren, July 1906, Dr. Nissen. 1 Foret d'Akfadou, July 1906, Dr. Nissen. 1 Palestra, May 1906, Dr. Nissen. 1 Beni Amran, June 1906, Dr. Nissen. 2 Sakamudi, August 1912, Faroult. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917, 115 3 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 67 Hammam R'ihra, May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 4 Guelt-es-Stel, May — June 1913, Faroult. 8 Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. 2 Foret de Djelfa, June 1913, Faroult. 2 Bou Saada, May 1912, Faroult. 5 Environs de Batna, 1908-1909, Nelva. 2 Oued Hamidou, June 1912, Faroult. 16 Hammam Mjskoutine, May 1914, W. R. and K. J. 9 A'in Draliam, Tunisia, July 1911, Faroult. 6 Environs de Tunis, May— June 1915-1916, E. Blanc. The Tring series comprises 312 specimens. The British Museum has 12 specimens : 5 Meade-Waldo ; 1 Collo, Constantine, Frey coll. ; 1 Mauretania ! Leech coll. ; 3 Philippeville, June 1882, H. J. Elwes (? dwarf) ; 1 Bone, J. Merkl, June 1884, ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Lambessa, June 1884, J. Merkl ex Elwes coll. Mr. Meade- Waldo in his article gives Klatsa, May 1901 ; Ras Doura, May 1901 ; Tsauritz Entsagauz, July 1901. Miss Fountaine records this species from Teniet-el-Haad, June 1904. 62. Epinephele janiroides Herr. Schaeff. Epinephele janiroides Herrich Schaeffer, Schmelt. Europ. vol. i. Tab. 111. ff. 533, 534 (1851) (?). We only came across this insect on one occasion. The Tring Museum possesses 57 specimens. 27 Foret de Bainen, near Alger, June 1908, W. R. and K.J. and Dr. Nissen. 1 Environs d'Alger, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 29 Ain Draham, July 1911, Faroult. The British Museum has 10 specimens of this species : 4 Algiers, Frey coll. and Crowley bequest ; 2 Mauretania, Staudinger ex Zeller coll. ; 1 Collo, . 1 Constantine, ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Bone, J. Merkl, June 1884, ex Elwes coll. Mr. Oberthiir figures a large 9, Fasc. X. Etiul. d'Entom. Comp. pi. cclxxxvii. f. 2330, length of forewing 27 mm., expanse 58 mm. ; my largest $ from Ain Draham has a length of forewing of 30 mm. and an expanse of 64 mm. 63. Epinephele pasiphae philippina Aust. Epinephele pasiphae var. philippina Austaut, Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 149 (1877) (Nemours). The specimens of this form are very variable ; above, the 3S vary from one with nearly the whole upperside rufous orange aiid the ocelli on both wings obsolescent, to almost entirely fuscous brown, and the rufous orange on both wings reduced to a narrow band while the ocelli are very pronounced, some also have the rufous orange as if smoked and almost as brown as the ground colour, and others have the rufous orange replaced by deep rufous ; below, there is every gradation from a sharply defined narrow white band to the uniform brown liLndwings of ab. tessalensis Aust. ; ?¥ show less variation above, but the same variation below. 116 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 3 Hammam-bou-Grara, July 1914, Faroult. 510 Masser Mines. May — June 1914, Faroult. 21 Nedroma Oranais, June 1914, Faroult. 2 Nemours, Austaut (types of jiasiphae philippiiui). 1 Djebel Tessala, A\istant (type of ab. tessalensis). 1 Djebel Mekter, May 1913, E. H. and C. H. 6 Titen Yaya, June 1915, Rotrou. 11 Saida, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 6 Tifrit, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 22 Oran, April 1913, W. R. and E. H. 3 Djelfa, May 1913, Faroult. The British Museum has 3 specimens : 2 Oran, Dr. Codet ex Elwes coll. ; 1 ? ex. Leech coll. (labelled erroneously " Morocco "). Miss Fountaine records this insect from Teniet-el-Haad, May 1904. The Tring series consists of 586 specimens. 63a. Epinephele pasiphae pasiphae (Esper). Papilio pasiphae Esper, Schmett. vol. i. part ii. t. 67. t. 4 (1777) (?). There are four specimens of this form in the British Museum, onlj' all the characters are exaggerated ; they are very large, and the white band on the hindwings below is very wide and pure white. Four Meade-Waldo. Mr. Meade-Waldo in his article gives EI Mediar and Klatsa, May 1901, and states he never saw it in the south. 64. Epinephele Ida (Esper). Papilio ida Esper, Schmett. vol. i. part ii. t. 92. f. 2 (1777) (?). The Tell and North Atlas specimens have been separated as i. cecUia Val. and the El Kantara specimens as lapidepeta Seitz, but as I have specimens from various localities agreeing with both these and typical European specimens, I do not consider these names to apply to anything more than aberrations and that ida from N. Africa is the same form as ida from Europe. The Tring Museum possesses 351 Mauretanian examples. 1 Ouled Farsh, Morocco, May 1901, W. Riggenbach. 127 Zoudj-el-Beghal, Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 6 Hammam-bou-Grara, July 1914, Faroult. 48 Masser Jlines, June 1914, Faroult. 8 Nedroma Oranais, June 1914, Faroult. 3 Environs d' Alger, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. and Dr. Nissen. 3 Foret de Bainen, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 10 Leila Kredidja, July 1908, Dr. Nissen. 3 Sakamudi, August 1912, Faroult. 2 Oued Hamidou, June 1912, Faroult. 2 Haramam R'ihra, May 1913, W. R. and E. H. 1 Bou Saada, July 1912, Faroult; 38 El Kantara, June 1911, Faroult and Cheli Brahim. 22 Envu-ons de Batna, June 1909-1914, Nelva. 27 A'in Draham, Tunisia, August 1912, Faroult. 28 Environs de Tunis, April— June 1915-1916, E. Blanc. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 117 We left Algeria always too early in the summer to be able to catch this insect in any numbers. The British Museum has 9 specimens : 6 Meade-Waldo ; 1 Tetuan, Morocco, June 1901, J. B. Fletcher ; 2 Algiers, Leech coll. Mr. Meade-Waldo in his article gives Tangier, September 1901 ; Rabat, May 1901 ; and Tsauritz Ent.sagauz, July 1901. Miss Fountaine records it from Tlemcen, July 1904. 65. Coenonympha areanioides (Pierret). Satyrus areanioides Pierret, Ann. Soc. Bntoin. France, vol. vi. p. 306 (1837) (Oran). This insect occurs in two seasonal forms, gen. vern. areanioides Pierret, and gen. aest. holli Oberth. {Etud. Lipid. Comp. Fasc. IV'. p. 20 (1910) (Maison Carree). The summer form holli Ls distinguished by the fulvous or rufous bemg reduced, the general colour being darker and the insect much smaller. gen. vern. areanioides. 15 Masser Muies, May 1914, Faroult. 5 Oran, April 1913, "w. R. and E. H. 4 Blida les Glacieres, June 1908, W. R. and K. J. 20 Hammam R'ihra, May 1908-1913, W. R., E. H., and K. J. 2 Bou Saada, May 1912, Faroult. gen. aest. holli. 12 Environs d'Alger, July 1909-1910, Captaiji Holl and Dr. Nissen. 2 Leila Ki-edidja, July 1907, Dr. Nissen. 42 Ain Draham, July— August 1909-1912, Faroult. Dr. Seitz, believing the type of areanioides to have been a specimen of the summer generation, renamed the spring generation major, but that not being the case this name cannot stand. The British Museum has 21 specimens of both seasonal forms : 7 Algiers, Leech coll. ; 1 Algiers, October 1874, Hering ; 1 Phillipeville, April— May 1882- 1884, H. J. Elwes and J. Merkl ex Elwes coll. ; 3 ? ? ex Elwes coll. ; 1 Collo, Constantine Frey coll. ; 1 Gibraltar, 1 Tangier, 3 Benzus Bay, Commander Walker ex Salvin Godman coll. ; 3 Meade-Waldo. Mr. Meade-Waldo says in his article that he only saw this insect in the north, and quotes Hawara, April 1901, and El Mediar, May 1901. The Tring series of both generations consists of 103 specimens. Coenonympha spec. ? This 9 is a most curious insect, and I should at once describe it as new only above it is exactly like a very pale areanioides. Below it differs very much : the ground colour of forewing Ls orange not rufous, the buffy yellow line before ocellus has become a broad band reaching to vein 2, and the costal region, apex, and termen to vein 2 are greenish bufF ; there is also no metallic subterminal line on either wing, only an indistinct silvery line of dots ; the ground colour of the hindwings Ls bright golden olive tinged with brown not maroon washed with dark olive ; the white band is washed with buff and very broad ; and the ocelli are so minute as to be almost absent. 1 ? Foret del Akfadou, June 1906, Dr. Nissen. J18 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. I'JIT. 66. Coenonympha dorus austauti Oberth. Goenonympha dorus var. austauti Oberthur, Etud. d'Entom. lirr. vi. p. 59 (1881) (Xemours). Mr. Oberthiir remarks that the ?? are as dark and highly coloured as the (J(J. I have some certainly which are like (Jo in coloration, but also I find there are quite as many females as pale and with the buff quite as much ex- tended over the wings as in C. fettigii holU. Jlr. Oberthiir also remarks that he does not know of any other examples in collections than those of I\Ir. Austaut from Nemours. This is not wonderful, for no one has since then collected in the coastal districts of Western Oranais till I sent Victor Faroult there in 1914. 63 Zoudj-el-Beghal. E. Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 37 Masser Mines, June 1914, Faroult. 5 Nedroma, Oranai,'*, June 1914, Faroult. The Tring series numbers 105 examples. The British Museum possesses 2 specimens: 1 Nemours, June — July. Austant. and 1 labelled "Algeria" but also Nemours, Austant ex Elwes coll. 1 o at Tring is almost entirely pale buff on the upper surface. 67. Coenonympha fettigii fettigii Oberth. Coenonympha fettigii Oberthur, Pet. Notn: Entom. vol. i. p. 412 (1874) (Oran). We never found this msect or its eastern subspecies, for it appears later in the year than we ever stayed in Algeria. It appears, moreover, to be very rare, as we have received only 5 of the western and 15 of the eastern form at Tring between 1908 and 1916. 1 Masser Mines, June 1914, Faroult. 4 Les Pins, July — August 1915, Rotrou. The British Museum has 7 specimens : 4 Meade-Waldo ; 2 Morocco, Leech coll. ; 1 Sebdou, 1880-1882, Dr. Codet ex Elwes coll. Miss Fountaine records this form from Sebdou, June — July 1904. Jlr. Meade- Waldo in his article gives Imentalla, July 1901, and says that was the only place he saw it at. One of the Les Pins specuuens is a curious aberra- tion: the fulvous colour is replaced by dull deep rufous above; below, on the hindwings all markings have disappeared except the submarginal metallic line, and the colour is uniform olive «ood grey ; I propose to call this ab. infra- simplex ab. nov. All my 5 examples are ??. 67a. Coenonympha fettigii holli Oberth. ■Coenonympha fettigii var. holli Oberthur, Etud. Entom. Comp. Fase. IV>. p. 42. pi. xlvii. ff. 396, 397 (1910) (Blida les Glacieres). I have nothing new concerning this insect ; but I should like to say that I know of no previous record of this insect from the neighbouriiood of Alger ; all hitherto recorded have been from Blida les Glacieres. 6 Environs d'Alger, 1908, Captain Holl and Dr. Nissen. 9 Blida les Glacieres, July — August 1912, Captain Holl and Dr. Nissen. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 119 OS. Coenonympha pamphilus lyllus (Esper). Papilh lyllus Esper, Schmeit. vol. i. part ii. t. 122. f. 1 (1777) (?). In the Mediterranean Region the form lyllus is the summer generation, the spring generation being practically indistinguishcable from typical pamphilus. It is a fact, however, that in typical pamphilus (type locality, Sweden) of North and Central Europe, the form with sandy buif hindwings below never occurs ; so that we must apply the name lyllus to the whole form from the Mediterranean Basin, not merely to the third generation. Mr. Oberthiir says he is much interested in pamphilus and its forms ; in fact, he says that there is often much more of interest connected with very common insects than with many very rare and high-priced species, I heartily associate myself with him, and wish once more to insist that the only waj' to study the Natural History of the various creatures in the world is not only to try to collect specimens of each from the largest possible number of localities, but also to get together as many as possible from each one of these localities. Thus only shall we be able to determine not only the status of each species, but also the various local races and individual aberrations, seasonal and sexual differentiations, the effect of heat, cold, damp, or dryness, and the host of other influences which determine the amount of variation within each species, Mr, Oberthiir points out that in Algeria pamphilus even in February shows the grey on the hindwings below slightly more washed with 3'ellow than in Central Euro- pean examples. In June there is already a mixture of 'pamphilust-Y\k.e specimens and true lyllus, as well as complete intermediates, while in July and August only lyllus and intermediate specimens occur. The aberrations thyrsoides Stdgr. and margi7iata Stdgr. occur most frequently in the $$s ; I have never come myself across a 3 thyrsoides, though among Faroult's Masser Mines specimens are several (J marginata. The Tring series of Mauretanian examples of p. lyllus numbers 287. 1 Tamarouth, Morocco, June 1904, W. Riggenbach. 1 Truchan, Morocco, May 1904, W, Riggenbach. 3 Rabat, Morocco, 1914, A. Thery. 26 Zoudj-et-Beghal, Morocco, July 1914, Faroult. 18 Masser Mines, June 1914, Faroult. 17 Tlemcen, April 1913, W, R. and E. H, 4 Titen Yaya, May 1915, Rotrou, 1 Les Pins, July 1915, Rotrou, 13 Oran, AprU 1913, W. R, and E, H. 5 Leila Kredidja, July 1907, Dr. Nissen, 10 Hammam R'ihra, AprU— May 1908-1912, W, R,, E, H., and K. J. 1 Djebel Zaccar above MUiana, July 1916, Faroult. 1 Teniet-el-Haad, July 1905, Dr, Nissen, 2 Berrouaghia, AprU 1914, Faroult. 1 Boghar, July 1905, Dr. Nissen, 76 Guelt-es-Stei, April 1913, Faroult. 1 Puits Baba, May 1913, Faroult. 1 Djelfa, May 1913, Faroult, 1 Bou Saada, May 1912, Faroult. 27 Khenchcia, May— June 1911-1912, W, R., K. J., and Faroult, 120 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917, 18 Batna, April— May 1908-1909, W. K., E. H., and Nelva. 5 Lambessa, May 1909, W. R. and E. H. 8 Constantine, May 1908, W. R. and E. H. 3 Sakamudi, August 1912, Faroult. 2 Tizi Ouzu, June— July ? 1914, Faroult. 1 Oued Hamidou, June 1912, Faroult. 5 Hamman Meskoutine, April 19U, W. R. and K. J. 8 Souk Ahras, April 1914, W. R. and K. J. 18 Ain Draham, Tunisia, July 1911, Faroult. The British Museum possess 15 Mauretanian examples of p. lylliis : 8 Meade- Waldo ; 2 Lambessa, 1 PhUippeville, and 1 Batna, May 1882, H. J. Ehves ; 1 CoUo, Constantine Frey coll. ; 2 Kenchela, April— May 1906, Lord Walsingham. Miss Fountaine records this form from Tlemcen and Sebdou, June — July 1904. Mr. Meade- Waldo says he found the spring brood (pamfhilus as he calls it) in May in North Morocco and in March near Rabat, and the summer brood (lyllus) in South Morocco and up to 10,000 ft. in the Great Atlas. I break off here, because Mr. Bethune Baker has been workuig at Lycaenidae and has made some important discoveries about Algerian species, which I want to include. The next portion of this supplement therefore will commence the Heterocera ; the Lycaenidae and Hesperidae will follow as soon as j\Ir. Bethune Baker's paper is published. The following two species were by an oversight omitted from their right order — 69. Coenonympha vaucheri Blach, Coenonympha vaucheri Blachier, Bull. Soc. Entom. France, 1905, p. 213 (Moroccan Atlas). This species has only been taken by Mr. Meade-Waldo and Mr. Henri Vaucher in the High Atlas of Morocco. There are no specimens at Tring or in the British Museum. Mr. Meade-Waldo obtained it on Tsauritz Entsagauz and Tizi Gcurza in July 1901, but never below 8,500 feet, as recorded in his article. 70. Teracolus physadia (God.). Pierisphysadia Godart, Encyclop. Method. Hist. Xat. Entum. vol. ix. p. 132. No. 40 (1819 {?1824)) (?). The only record for this species is that of M. de Joannis, who informs us it was taken by M. R. Chudcau in September 1905 at Oued-el-Ghessour (south of Taman-Gasset) and Oued Kadamellet. « To avoid confusion I would state that where after Tring Museum specimen.s the origin Staudinger is placed, it infers that the specimens were purchased from Messrs. Staudinger & Bang-Haas of Dresden. (To he continued.) XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 121 CHALCIDIDAE OF THE SEYCHELLES ISLANDS. By L. MASI. With an Appendix by J. J. Kieffer. (75 Figures.) [Note. — ^The material dealt with in this paper forms part of the collections of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Western Indian Ocean in 1905 and 1908-9. The results of this Expedition have hitherto been published all together in one work, consisting of certain special volumes of the Transactions of the Linnean Society of London : five of these are already complete (Ser. 2, Zool., vols, xii-xvi), while a sixth (vol. xvii) is in course of publication. Cir- cumstances have, however, rendered it impossible for all the reports to appear in the Linnean Society's publications, and it is owing to the kindness of the Editors of Novitates Zoologicae that the report on Chalcididae is printed here. With the exception of two specimens, the entire collection of Chalcididae was obtained in 1908-9 in the mountainous granitic islands of the Seychelles. In most of the groups of insects from those islands hitherto investigated, the bulk of the species and specimens collected by the Expedition were taken in the very peculiar endemic forests which remain in the highest mountains at elevations between 1,000 and 3,000 feet, in which by far the greater part of the collector's time was spent. Among the Chalcidids, however, a strikingly large proportion was found among non-endemic vegetation at lower levels, particularly in the narrow cultivated plains and small marshes which fringe the coasts of the islands in certain places. The only Chalcidids taken in any of the other archipelagoes visited by the Expedition are the two examples referred to above, i.e. the types of Hockeria testaceitarsis Cameron, from the coralUne Cargados Group, and of Stilbula insularis Cameron, from an atoll in the Chagos Group : both are referred to below. A first set of the material, including the types of all new genera and species, has been placed in the British Museum. — Hugh Scott.] INTRODUCTION. The collection of Chalcididae described in this work was made by Mr. Hugh Scott in the Seychelles Islands during the second half of 1908 and the early part of 1909 ; it consists of nearly 550 examples, belonging to 69 genera and 93 species. The genera new to science are 22 in number, and the .=pecies which I have been able to distinguisli as new are 77 * ; but there are 3 species of which the determination is doubtful, and 7 that remain undetermined, either because * The description and diagrams of one of the new species, Centrobia maheneis, vrere made some years ago by Professor Dr. J. J. Kieffer. They have not previously been published, but now appear in an appendix at the end of this work (p. 2.30). 122 . KOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. they are represented by imperfect specimens or because they belong to genera which seem to me to demand a complete revision. Six of the species were cjrtainly known previously from other countries : they are Hockeria testaceitarsis Cameron, discovered in the Cargados Islands (about 150 miles north-east of Mauritius), Coccophagus eleapfiilus Silvestri, from the colony of Eritrea, MeUttobia hawaiiensis Perkins, Tetrastichus hagetiowii (Ratz.), Euplectrus bicolor (Swed.) Hal., and Encoini/s injelix Embleton. Hitherto onlj- two species of Chalcididae were known from the Seychelles, a Chalets and a Tetrastichus. The former was collected by AUuaud in 1892 and was referred by Perez with some hesitation to Chalcis amenochs Walker ; it does not seem to me to differ from the species which I describe below under the name Chalcis sodalis. The Tetrastichus is T. hagenotvii (Ratz.), a parasite of the eggs of cockroaches, very widely distributed ; it is represented in the material under review by numerous examples, and the original types of the species also came from the Seychelles. Mr. Scott's collection, containing many new genera, and genera repre- sented by a single species, forms the material for a valuable contribution to our knowledge of the C halcididae, and I much regret having been unable to illustrate all the forms in a suitable manner : those which are represented by few examples, or by a single example, have not allowed of all their characteristic parts being figured ; moreover, the condition of international relationships has increased the difficulties of my study and prevented my making comparisons with the types of certain forms. The restricted nature of our knowledge of the Chalcidic'ae of the African fauna, and our still more inadequate acquaintance with those of the Asiatic fauna, do not at present admit of our drawing conclusions from the results of ray work. There are in the collection three species \\hich are undoubtedly common to the faunas of the Sej'chelles and of Europe, namely, Eucomys infelix, Euplectrus bicolor, and Tetrastichus hagenomi ; the same appears to apply also to two others. Tetrastichus inunctus (Nees) Thorns., and Leptomustix histrio Mayr, but I am very doubtful as to the exactitude of the specific determination of these latter. I may here express my indebtedness and my thanks to all who have helped me in this work, and especially to Messrs. Hugh Scott, of Cambridge University, Waterston, of the Imperial Bureau of Entomology (at the British Jluseum), Silvestri and Grandi, of the School of Agriculture at Portici, and Bouvier and Lesne, of the Museum of Natural History at Paris. I may also express my gratitude to the Editors of Novitates Zoologicae, who have permitted the publication of mj' report in their well-known periodical. Mused C:vico di Genova. 20<A September, 1916. XOVITATES ZOOLOGTfAE XXIV. 1917. 123 Boll. Labor. Zool. Fam. chalcididae. SuBFAM. AGAONINAE. Gex. Allotriozoon Grandi. prt. e agr. Portici, vol. x. 1910. p. 182. 1. Allotriozoon seychellense, sp. n. (figs. 1, Femina. Fulva, dorso et antennarum scapo plus minus obscurioribus, papite brunneo-aeruginoso, vertice fronteque brunneis, flagello ultra dimidium artieuli septimi infuscato, alarum nei'\'is brunneo-griseis. Caput antice visum modice elongatum, latitudine dimidiam longitudinem proportione 11:19 superante ; vertice setis paucis longis instrueto, oculis glabris, diametro orbitali niaiore 2/5 capitis longitudinis aequante ; faciei area media niarginibus fere parallelis limitata ; lobis oralibus submedianis apice extus incisis ; lobi clypealis parte prominente longitu- cline latiore, lateribus parallelis ; processu frontis clypeo imposito acute triangulari. Mandibulae superne bicostulatae, dente vali- diore armatae, prope huius basim denticulis in margine orali circa 7, minimis, instructae, quibus 4 vix maiores in dimidio basali dentis se- quuntur ; processus lanii- naris latitudine sua magis quam septies longior, latere interiore conspieue dentato-spinoso, supcrficie ventrali denticulis in serie transversa 8-9, seriebus denticulorum circa SO. Scapus latitudine duplo longior, postice sat fortiter cuivatus, antice pilis nonnullis instructus ultraque medium longitudinis brevi spatio recte marginatus. Flagelli articulus tertius lobum formans conspicuum, apice rotundatum, quam articulum praecedentem sesquilongicrem ; articulus quartus secundo fere aequilongvis ; quintus et sextus latitudine sesquilongiores : Septimus brevier ; * Nomenclatura, qua in descriptionibus utar, ab ilia Thomsoni (" Hymenoptera Scandinaviae") parum diSerens, eadem est quae in descriptioiiibus meis jam ante editis. (Vide in Boll. Labor, Zool. gen. e agr.^ Portici, vol. i. 1907. p. 231 — et Ann. Miiseo Civ. Oerrova, vol. vii. (3.) 1916. p. 55.) Pars praeaxillaris mesonoti = mesonotum auctoruni quorundam, id est pars mesothoracis dorai quae, scapularum sulcis carens, in scapulas et scutum non est divisa. Metanotum = prosoma, id est tergitum segmenti primi abdoniinalis. Praestigma = proalarum subcostae pars ascendens, quae nervum marginalem attiugit, quo a nervo stigmatico separatur. Xervus stigmaticus = n, radialis. ^^..^v^^^""^ Fig, 1. — Allotriozoon seychellense, $. 1. caput ftutice visiim fx 35); 2, maudibulae (sino lamina) bitus dorsale(X 100); 3, antennae scapus et flagelli artieuli 1.-5. (X 88); 4, [iroalae nerri (X 50 — pili iii superficie non delineati). 124 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Fig. 2. — Allotriozoon seyckellenae, $. 1, proala (x 17); 2, mandibula (X 58); 3, dentps laminae mandibularis ad mediam huias loDgitadinem (x 112). nonus et decimus, clavae pertinentibus, subquadrati ; ultimus praecedentc fere duplo longior. Proalae diiplam latitudinem longitudine vix attingeiites, angulo posteriore late rotundato, fere truncato, margine externo subrecto ; celJuIa costali quam nervo niarginali triplo longiore et huius longitudinem cum postmarginalis rudi- mento simul sumptam duplo superante. Alae metathoracis latere postieo angulum obtusissimum vix rotundatum fingentes, latitudine maxima ad hamulos, banc fere quin- tuplo longitudine super- antes, scilicet proportione 9:2; pilis marginis an- tici dimidio quam postici brevioribus. Tarsus pedum anti- corum duplam tibiae longitudinem superans proportione 5 : 2, articulo primo, itemque articulis tribus sequentibus simul sumptis, tibiae aequilon- gis, his ultimis latere inte- riore dimensis. Pedes postici tibia magis quam dupla eius latitudine longiore, denteque apicali obtuso munita ; tarso duplam tibiae longitudinem superante, articulo primo seeundo cum tertio, itemque tibiae, aequilongo. Oviductus abdominis longitudinem aequans. Long. 1,4—1,6 mm. Mas ignotus. Habitat. Mahe : Cascade Estate. — Silhouette : " Mare aux Cochons, about 1,000 ft. ; some of the specimens came to the lamp at night, in the hut where I camped during part of August and September, 1908 " (H. Scott).* Specimina tredecim, pauca integra. Adn. Generi AUotriozoonti, quod Grandi (I.e.) nuper instituit, species duae, eiusdem auctoris, A. prodigiosum et heterandromorphvm, pertinebant, quas Silvestri in regionibus litoralibus Africae occidentalis septentrionalis invenit : his species seychellensis nunc intermedia cjuasi accedit. prodigioso tamen affinior. A quo praecipue differt capite minus angustato. lobo clypeali aliter formate et A. heterandroviorpho similiore, mandibula sicut in hac specie uiicinato-dentata, lamina mandibulari denticulorum seriebus minus numerosis, circa triginta, instructa (in j/rodigioso 48-52, in heterandromorpho 20-22), proalis latioribiis Gen. Blastophaga (Jravenliorst. (Kradibia Saunders.) 2. Blastophaga, sp. FemiTW. Piceo-brunnca, antcnnis, pectore pedibusque flavo-griseis, alis decoloribus at parura diaphanis. ncrvis brunneis ; prcnoto grosse, confertim, * See Trane. Linn. Hoc. xiv. 1910, bottom of p. 26. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 125 punctato, pilosulo ; oviductu dimidiam abdominis longitiidinem fere aequante. Long. 1.4 mm. Specimen iinicum ad Mahe captum (Mare avix Cochons). Antennarum articuli usque ad quinttim tantum extant. Adn. Specie.s haec. cui propter colorem et nervum postmarginalem valde elongatum, similitude est quaedam Kradibiae cowani Saund., non amplius describere potui, quum sit specimen imicum. antennarum flagello toto carens, corpora deformato. Gen. Crossogaster Mayr. 3. Crossogaster atratus, sp. n. (fig. 3). Femina. Nigra, nitida ; oeulis nigro-brunneis ; scapo ac pedicello fulvis ; funiculo cum clava, subcostae parte ascendente, nervo marginali et stigmatico versus apicem, flavo-fuscis ; nervi marginalis basi, stigmatici parte angustiore et alarum lamina hyalinis ; metanoti margine postico, pedibus cum coxis, ab- dominisque latere ventrali, fulvis ; abdominis dorso leniter cupreo, basi subviridi ; oviductu nigro. Caput antice visum subquadratum. latitudine longius propcrtione 21 : 19, ad OS paullum minus quam in vertice latum, angulis, praecipue inferioribus, rotundatis, ocelUs externis spatio duplo quam ab ocuUs inter se remotis, genis sulco impressis raargini laterali capitis parallelo, clypeo retracto, 1/3 faciei latitudinis aequante, extus recte ter- minato, in medio margine inciso. Faciei super- ficies punctis nonnullis sparsim impressa. Antennae in linea oculari ad mediam capitis lougitudinem insertae, scapo ocellum baud at- tingente, pedicello triplo longiore quam latiore, anneUo minimo. articido primo funiculi fere an- nuUformi, quam sequentibus dimidio breviore, his aequalibus, vix tran.sversis, dimidiam pedi- celli longitudinem aequantibus, clava quam articufis duobus praecedentibus paullum longiore, distincte in articulos tres subaequales divisa. Thorax capite longior proportione 9 : 7, vix angustior, depressus, pihs nonnullis perlongis instructus quam verticis magis eloiigatis ; scuto 2/5 thoracis latitudinis hand longiore ; sulcis scapularum et axillarum vix conspicuis ; scu- tello semielliptico, quadrisetoso, eius margine anteriore quam posteriore scuti parum latiore ; dorsello arcuato lineari ; metanoto baud brevi, medio sulcato ; metapleura subtiUter sulcato-reticulata, callo parce at longe pilosulo. Proalae postcosta 4-5-setosa, nervo marginali islurisetcso baud tenui, latitudine 1/8 longitudinis aequante, quam cellula costali breviore proportione 3 ; 8, quam nervo stigmatico fere duplo longiore ; hoc subarcuato ; post- marginali fere nullo ; lamina linea obliqua pilorum, ad medium nervi stigmatici ineipiente, in partem basalem glabram et apicalem parce pilosam divisa. Femora antica et postica aequaliter dilatata ; tibiae iJosticae prope calcar spina brevi, crassa, instructae. Abdomen, praeter oviductum, paullum thorace longius, baud angustius, Fig. 3. — Crossogaster atratus, $. 1, caput antice visum; 2, idem de latere; 3. ala anterior; (x 27). 126 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917 latitudine fere duplo longius, ellipticum, depressiim, segmentorum marginibus dorsalibus aspectu crenulatis et medio hand profiinde angidatim incisis ; valvida ventrali setosa ; oviductu hand curvato, 2/9 abdomini.s longitudinis aeqiiaiite. Long. 1,9 nini. Habitat. Mahe : "among scrubby endemic forest vegetation, at top of Mount Sebert, nearly 2,000 ft. i.-1909," ubi Pandani frcquentes. Specimen unicum. Adn. Huic generi duae .species pcrtinebant, C. trifonnis !Mayri et C. silvestrii Grandii, ilia in Sokotra insula, haec in Senegal inventa et ab auctore nuper descripta {Boll. Labor. Zool. gen. e agr., Portici, x. 1916. p. 253). C. triformem a specie seychellensi facile dignoscas capite thoracecjue obscure viridibus, ab- domine fere toto brunneo, flageUi articulo tertio sequentibus conforrai, oviductu longiore. C. silvestrii praecipue differt corporis colore castaneo-fidigineo, capite, antice inspecto, ad os angustato, pedicello crassiore, nerve stigmatico magis attenuato, oviductu breviore. SuBFAM. TORYMINAE. Gen. Sycoryctes Mayr. 4. Sycoryctes sebertianus, sp. n. Femina. Aenea, thoracis lateribus et capite leniter auratis, hoc infra anten- narum radiculas pallide flavo, vertice subviolaceo ; thoracis dorso cuprescente ; terebrae valvis nigris ; scape obscure aeneo, fiagello nigro-bnuineo ; coxis atque fenioribus fuscis, tarsis omnibus tibiisque anticis totis fulvis, tibiis po- sterioribus basi fulvis versus apicem sensim infuscatis ; vertice transversim strigoso ; antennis ab ore 1/4 capitis longitudinis reniotis, scapo ocelhim attin- gente, pedicello conico, latitudine vix longiore, annello brevissimo, funiculi articulis aequilongis, prime quani pedicello parum crassiore, aeque lengo atque late, ultimo longitudine latiore proportione 5 : 3, clava distincte triarticulata, articulis duobus praecedentibus aequilonga ; mesonoti parte praeaxillari minute reticulata, pronoto atque scutello etiam magis minute insculptis, epistemis laevibus, politis, nietapleura subtiliter, confertissime, transversim striata. Long. 2,6 mm., oviductus 3 mm. Habitat. Mahe : "from scrubbj- endemic forest vegetation at sumn:it of Mount Sebert, about 1,800 ft., i.-1909." ■ Specimen unicum. Gen. Podagrion Spinola. 5. Podagrion terebrator, sp. n. (fig. 4). Femina. Capite thoraceque viridibus, oculis oeellisque rufo-brunneis, genis frontecjue plus minus auratis, mesothoraeis lateribus pro parte cyaneis. meta- pleura, coxis posticis, feniorum posticorum latere intcriore, abdominis latere dorsali, obscure cyaneo-viridibus, parte reliqua abdominis, pedibus anticis mediisque, femoris postici basi et apice, antennarum scapo et pedicello, fulvis, hoc ultimo fusco-maculato, funicule flavo-brunneo, clava fusca, proalis fere limpidis, nervis fuscis, tegulis brunneis. Caput minute reticulatum, areolis temporum maioribus. Annellus duplo latior quam longior ; funiculi articulus primus latitudine sua fere sesquilongior, NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 127 Fig. 4. — Podagrion terebrator, $. 1, antenna (x 27); 2, femur posticum de latere interiore inspectum (x 23). sequentes sensim crassiores atque breviores, ultimi duo tamen aequilongi, articulus quintu.s quadratu.s, sextus longitudine parum latior, Septimus huius latitudinem conspicue superans. Clava longitudinem articulorum quinque praecedentium aequans, de supra inspecta quam articulus sextus latior. Mesosternum et mesopleura strigis notata reticulum formantibus, in parte posteriore mesopleurae fere obsoletum. Meta- pleura subtiliter reticulato-sulcata, prope latus ventrale anteriusque areolis minoribus, sulcis fortius impressis limitatis, insculpta. Metanotum carinis duabus ex puncto medio anteriore diver- gentibus, ramulos duos emittentibus jjarallelo.s, quorum externus ad partem lateralem, internus ad dorsalem abdominis basis, desinentes. Femur posticum longitudine duplam altitu- dinem paullo superans (proportione 20 ; 9) denti- bus circa septem munitum. Segmentum abdominale primum laeve, secundum sparsim atque minutissime punctatum, tertium et quartum sulcis tenuissimis minute reticulata, quintum sculptura etiam reticulata, at areolis transversis. Long. 3,5 mm., oviductus 3 mm. Habitat. Mahe : Cascade Estate, etc. — Silhouette : Mare aux Cochons. "At elevations of about 1,000 ft." Specimina quatuor. SuBFAM. CHALCIDINAE. Gen. Chalcis Fabricius. 6, Chalcis lepida, sp. n. (fig. 5). Femina. Nigra, scapo rufo-brunneo versus apicem lutescente, pedicello obscure luteo, funiculi articulis ultimis, clava pro parte, labro et mandibulis rufis ; interdum his partibus totis nigris. Femora antica dimidio basali vel fere tota, intermedia praeter apicem, plus minus nigricantia, reliquo spatio lutea ; tibiae anteriores fere omnino luteae vel rufae, interdum nigrae ; femur posticum apice extus luteo, vel rufo et luteo maculato ; tibiae posticae latu.s exterius, praeter partem tertiam basalem et maculam apicalem lateri posteriori propinquam luteas, grisescenti-rufum, saepius tamen in tertio medio nigrum, latus anterius semper nigrum, interius rufum et basi interdum flavescens. Tarsi flavo-albidi, apice brunnei. Tegulae flavae. Alae limpidae, nei'vis fuscis. Altitudinis capitis ad latitudinem proportio 7 : 10, latitudinis frontis ad capitis 1 : 2. Oculi magni, valde convexi, ex latere inspecti ovales, lati, dia- metro verticali spatium interorbitalem fere aequante. Ocelli posteriores ab anteriore magis quam ab oculis remoti. Carina praeorbitahs praesens. Faciei alveoli contigui, quam dorsi minores. Antennae nonnihil sub linea oculari insertae, a clypeo parum remotae ; flagello altitudinem capitis longitudine vix superante ; annello bene discreto, duplo latiore quam longiorc ; funiculi articulo prinio latitudine sua sesquilongiore, 4. et 5. quadratis ; clavae articulo secundo quam primo maiore, aeque longo atque lato, apice obtuso, saepe post mortem immerso. Thorax brevis, altus, de latere inspectus dorso piano, scuteUo vix prominente^ 128 NOVITATES ZOOLOOICAE XXIV. 1017. raetanoto dimidio angulo recto decli\'i. Seutelli margo apicalis integer. Meta- thoracis latera liaud dcntata ; inetapleurac aiitice linea verticali liniitatae. Alveoli dorsi, praecipue super scutum, baud eontigui, in din.idio posteriore seutelli sensiiii versus apicem maiores ; spatia interposita scabra. Femora secundi paris pedum item atque prin i ad medium crassiora. Femora postiea fere duplo longiora quam latiora, interne tuberculo instructa, margine ventrali dentibus decern vel duodecim, apicc obtusis, munito, quorum sex primi spatio inter se remoti eorum latitudincm aequante, pri- musque ceteris maior ; superficie interna externaque baud nitidis, hac quum satis vitro aucta, sulcis subtilibus minutissime reticulata, in angulis reticuli punctis satis conspicuis impressa, sat dense pilosula. ■ ■ '* '^ ' "' Coxae posticae superficie externa nitida, lineolis Femur posbicum (x 27). tantum sulcata subtilibus. undulatis, quibus reticu- lum eflficitur ; superficie inferiore crebre foveolis rotundis impressa. quarum distantia ipsarum diamctrum paullum superat. Abdominis segmenta praeter basale minutissime granulosa, punctis pibferis sparsis ; tergitum sextum foveis rotundis fere totum insculptum. Pili in segmentis 3.-6., nee non in lateribus segmenti secundi, frequentes. Long. 3-3,5 mm. Mas feminae simiUs. Habitat. " Seychelles, mostly from cultivated country at low elevations. Silhouette : coconut-planted coast at Pointe Etienne, ix. 1908. — Mahe : from Port Victoria and other localities in the low country, also from Cascade Estate at 1,000 ft. — Anonyme Island (a cultivated islet near Mahe). — Dennis Island (an outlying coral-island)." Specimina : $$ quindecim, cJ unus. Adn. Diagnosin invenire cpiae huic Ghalcidi bene conveniat iitqueo, quare ]5ro nova habeo. Species femorum posticorum colore atque sculptura scutelUque apicc non inciso siniilis est Chalcidi vicinae Walk., at differt femorum denticulie ; colore autem speciei cuidani syriacae, ineditae, accedit, nee non Chalcidi quam dr. Mori Gassidae vittatae parasitam in Italia invenit.* 7. Chalcis sodalis, sp. n. (fig. 6). Chalcis amenocles P6rez, Ann. Soc. ent. Fr. vol. Ixiv. 1895. p. 211, 212 [jorte]. Femina. Nigra, scapo in dimidio inferiore grisescenti-luteo macula alba oblonga notato ; proaUs baud infumatis, subcosta usque ad praestigma grisea, nervis reliquis brunneis ; pedibus nigro. albo et rubro variis ; femoribus anticis in dimidio basali, mediis fere totis, nigris, colore hoc ab albido partis rehquae linea obliqua distincte separato ; tibiis anticis in tertio medio vel paullo an^plius rufis, parte basali et apicali albis linea niarginis anterioris etiam alba coniunctis ; tibiis secundi paris in tertio medio nigris. reliquo spatio albis ; pedibus posticis coxis nigris, femoribus rubris, horum macula apicali alba 1/4 longitudinis occu- pante, tibiis albis, in tertio medio fere toto et basi nigro-maculatis, vel in his partibus rubris, in latere anteriore nigris ; tarsis omnibus fid'V'is, apice fuscis, tegulis et pilis albis. * In feraoria figura dens quartus structura anomala duplicatua apparet. NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 129 Caput carinis genali, praeorbitali atque teniporali continuis, faciei dimidio inferiore geni.sque dense argenteo-pilosis, spatio frontis inter orbitam et foveam antennaleni articulum primum funiculi aequantc. Articulus hie et sequens quadrati, Septimus longitudine sua fere duplo latior. Flagelli pili frequentes, in latere ventrali articulorum baud longiores. Tborax sat robustus. Scutellum apice bilobatum. Metathorax de latere inspectus dorso paruni declivi, dente latorali posteriore modice elevato, obtuso. Epicneniia juxta latus anterius seriatim alveolata, reliquo spatio laevia. Sculptura capitis dorsique praeter scutellum et dimidium seuti apicale, minuta, foveolis confertis constans ; scuti pars dimidia posterior et scutellum totum foveolis notata magnis, interdum inaequalibus, nee satis contiguis. Coxarum posticarum latus inferius fortiter punctatum, foveolis minora spatio quam ipsarum diametro inter se remotis. Femoris postici longitude duplam eius altitudinem vix aequans ; superficies externa minute reticulato- sulcata, profunde punctulata ; denies 10-11, quorum sex primi longiusculi, acuti, 3., 4. et 5. spatio eorum altitudinem baud superante inter se remoti, tres, vel quatuor, ultimi parvi, coalescentes. Abdominis segmentum primum pobtum, seg- menta reliqua confertim et minute reticulato- squamosa ; tersitum sextum foveolis insculptum . , ^. n . • 1- 1 -.L ,• 1- Fia. 6.— Chalets aodalie, Q. inter se remotis, quarum S-i in iinea ionsitudinaJi _ ,. , „, ' ^ o Femur posticum (x 16). numerantur. Segmentum secundum pilis paucis ornatum, tertium et sequentia pilis, praecipue in lateribus, numerosis. Long. 5,5 mm. Mas. Pedibus anticis meciisque magis quam in femina iiigro pictis, tibia antica in latere externo nigro-maculata, apice flavo-brunnea ; femoris postici 2/3 anterioribus nigro-maculatis ; abdominis tergito sexto confertim foveolato, stern- itis coxisque aeque punctulati?, sternito secundo inter foveolas minute granuloso. Long. 3,5 mm. Habitat. Mahe : Cascade E.state. — Silhouette: Mare aux Cochons. "At elevations of about 1,000 ft." Adn. Haee una est ex multis Chalcidum speciebus nigro, rubro et albo pictis, Africae pertinentibus, quae, meo judicio, non possunt dignosci nisi femoris postici altitudo ac longitudo, huiusque et tergiti sexti sculptura examinentur ; quod auctores in eis describendis neglexerunt. Specimen seycliellense ab Alluaud apud Mahe captum, a Perez Chalcidi amenocli Walk, non sine haesitatione relatum, quod ex Museo Parisiensi dr. Bouvier mihi liberaliter misit, cum mare nunc descripto comparavi et eidem speciei attribuendum aestimavi, quamquam maiori statura, femoribus posticis baud nigro-maculatis, anterioribus veio usque ad 1/3 apicalem nigris, differret. Specimina duo ??, unum S- Gen. Anacryptus Kirby. (Chalcitella West wood ?). 8. Anacryptus insidiosus, sp. n. (fig. 7). Femina. Castaneo-rufa, brunneo et nigro varia, oculis brunneis, alis hyalinis, nervis pallide flavo-griseis. Plerumque his partibus nigricantibus : occipite, 9 130 NOVITATES ZoOLOGirAE XXIV. 1017. scuto et scutello, scapulis totis vel tantum prope scutum, axilli.s, mesothoraeis lateribus, metapleurae parte inferiore, metanoto, coxi.'^ posticis superne. petiolo et abdominis dor.so. Tegulis, genubus anterioribus. interdum pedibus anteiic- ribus totis, scapo punctoque in parte postica metapleurae, obscure luteis ; funiculi articulis, nee non elavae articulo primo, apice nigro-annulatis. rare clava tota et funiculo fere toto nigris. Caput aeque longum atquo latum, facie Icnitcr convexa, scrobe fere nulla. Antennae flagello quam scapo fere duplo longiore, hcc 2/3 capitis Icrgituc'inis aequante, annello quadrato, funiculi articulo primo quam annello duplo latiore, reliquis longitudine parum latioribus, clava apice acuto. Icngitudine articulos 2J praecedentes aequante ; sensillis articulis aequilongis. Dorsum pilis subtilioribus ornatum, scuto superficie tota alveolate. Scu- tellum apice rotundato-truncato. Metapleura alveolis impressa contiguis, magnis, fundo seabris, forma hexagona vel pentagona, pilis instructis eorum diametro aequilongis. Coxarum posticarum latus dorsale fere totum transverse et concinne strigu- losum, strigis interdum confluentibus, extus et in parte basali foveolis magnis rotundatis impressum ; latus exterius toto spatio foveolis notatum rotundis, aequalibus. Femora antica sub- clavata, intermedia dimidio basali ctiam magisattenuata, dimidio apicali conspicue incrassata. Petiolus scapo aequilongus, 2/3 coxarum longitu- dinis vix superans, dimidium abdominis fere aequans, in latere superiore niinutissime sulcato-reticulatus et Fig 7 —Anacrupius carina instruetus longitudinali mediana parum conspicua, inaidioaus, ?. carinis submedianis fere obsoletis ; de latere inspectus Femur posticum cum tibia Carinas quinque ostendens. Abdomen altitudine 3/5 longitudinis aequans, seg- mento primo 4/5 totius longitudinis occupante, superficie niinutissime et con- fertim punctulata. Long. 3-4,5 mm. Mas feminae similis. Habitat. Mahe : Ca.scade Estate ("at about 1,000 ft."). Specimina duodecim. Gex. Hockeria Walker. 9. Hockeria fulvipes, sp. n. (fig. 8). Femitia. Nigra, capite thoraceque subnitidis, abdomine nitido ; antennis usque ad articulum secundum funiculi, tegulis ac pedibus praeter eoxas, fulvis, parte reliqua flagelli nigra apice grisescente ; proalis flavo-griseis, macula albida antice mox pone nervum stigmaticum ornatis, pcnc 2/5 longitudinis usque ad 1/5 apicalem fuscis, spatio hoc tamen versus marginem posticum minus obscuro ; metapleura inferne et metanoto versus apicem pilis albis, sericeis, sat longis, instructis ; pedum posticorum coxa interdum apice rufa, femore praeter bnsim et latus dorsale plus minus nigricantc, tibia in latere anteriore nigra. Capitis longitude 3/4 latitudinis aequans, latitude frontis diametro maiori brbitarum aequilonga. Oculi glabri. Ocelli ab oculis distantes spatio quam eorum diametro paullo maiore. Lobus inter antennarum insertiones com- NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 131 pressus semicircularis, conspicue prominens. Forma capitis ex latere inspeeti ovata, crassitie longitudini orbitae aequilonga. Genae hand curvatae, vestigio carinae longitudinalis. Sciilptura totiu.s capitis foveolis constans contiguis. Fovea antennalis 1/3 frontis occupans, fundo ininutissime .sulcato-reticulato, areolis transversis. Scapus hand robustus, subrectus, vix perspicue reticulatus, in dimidio basali niinime incrassatus, apice leniter compresso-dilatatus ; pedi- callus latitiidine magis quam duplo longior ; annellus vix longior quani latior et longitudine dimidiuni pedicelli aequans ; funiculi artieulu.s primus pedicello aequilongus, ceteri gradatim breviores, Septimus latitudine sua parum longior, quam clava fere duplo brevior ; haec articulis constans tribiis subaequalibus, vix discretis. Scutelli pars postaxillaris in dimidio anteriore marginibus acutis rectis parallelisque limitata, in posteriore margine etiam acuto, semicirculari, apice dentibus duobus plus minus obtuse triangularibus munito. Sculptura dorsi foveolis constans satis regulariter ordinatis, interstitiis angustis separatis ; superficies tota sulcato-reticulata, sulcis foveolanim fundum et interstitia occu- pantibus. Metathorax lateribus omnino inermibus, metanoti area mediana rhomboidaU valde elongata, eiusque partibus externis reticulato-rugosis, rugis versus costam transversam anteriorem crebris, obliquis, areolas elongatas limitantibus. Epicnemium margine anteriore et posteriore nitidis ; spatium reUquum mesothoracis lateris in parte superiore foveolis nonnuEis rotundatis ante marginem metapleurae impressum, in parte inferiore laeve, nitens. Pedes baud robusti. Femur posticum crassum, longitudine duplam frontis latitudinem aequans, altitudine dimidiam longitu- dinem suam paullum superans, dentibus parvis munitum, primo nonnihil post medium promi- nente, altero huic mox sequente fere obsoleto. Tibiarum posticaruni diametrus apicalis 1/3 femoris altitudinis aequans. Tarsi postici robusti, articulo primo quam secundo baud longiore. Petiolus longitudine latior. ^'''- »--"<"'''"^ /»'"P". ?• Femur poaticmn (x 40). Abdomen ellipticuni, apice acummato, seg- mento basali 1/3 longitudinis occupante, reliquis minutissime reticulatis, areolis subrotundis. Long. 2,3-3 mm. Mas. Scapo, pedicello, annello. trochanteribus tarsisque, sicut in femina, fulvis, funiculo et clava ochraceo-griseis, tegulis, coxis niediis, coxarum posti- carum apice, petiolo et abdominis segmento basali nigro-ferrugineis, femoribus tibiisque praeter extremitates nigris, proalae area fusca et macuUs albidis fere obsoletis. Oculi glabri. Lobus antennarum insertiones dividens minus con- spicuus. Flagellum crassum, valde elongatum. retrorsum flexum, abdominis medium attingens, pedicello cyathiformi, annello brevissin;o, funiculi articulo primo orbitis aequilongo, ceteris vix conspicue gradatim longioribus, clava indivisa et longitudinem pracclavae parum superante. Scutellum extreme apice obtruncatum. Mesopleurae spatium ante metapleuram, inferius minute et parce punctulatum. Coxae intermediae squamula curvata apicali antice instructae (an etiam femina ?), coxae posticae dente lateris dorsalis destitutae. Femur posticum sculptura reticulata minuta fortius impressa, dentibus etiam minus quam in femina conspicuis, anteriore mediae longitudini n.iiius propinquo. 132 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Abdominis petiolus ir.aior. do .'^upra inspcctu.s quadratus, de latere fere aeque altiis atque longus et in liniite posteriorc iviagis quam in anteriore obliquo. Abdomen segmento basali dimidiara longitiidinem arcii sen icirculari margii.is .superante et tertiam partem posticam totius longitudinis attingente ; segmento secimdo margine apicali minus curvato, item atqne sequentibiis sparsim et minute punctulato. Habitat. " Silhouette : from low coconut-planted country at the coast (Pointe Etienne), and from Mare aux Cochons at about 1,000 ft. — Mahe : from stunted endemic foi'est at summit of Mount Sebert, about 1,800 ft." Specimina duo ??, unum o- 10. Hockeria testaceitarsis fameron (fig. 9). Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. xii. 1907. p. 86. Species a praecedente praecipue differens corporis colore plerumque minus obscuro, antennis feminae usque ad articulum secundum funiculi et pedibus maxima parte rufo-testaceis. Specimina obscuriora, partibus rufescentibus fere nuUis, Hockeriae bispinosae Walk, sunt similia. Femina. Nigra, capite thoraceque parum nitidis, scapo, funiculi artieulis duobus primis, tegulis, trochanteribus, femorum basi, genubus. tibiarum apice tarsisque rufo-testaceis vel castaneo-rufis ; prothoracis margine prope scapulas, axillis in latere exteriore, metanoti latere postico, metapleurae et epicnemii parte inferiore, confertim pilis albis, sericeis. instructis ; proahs leniter grisescentibus, antice, mox pone nervum stigmaticum, macula albida ornatis. post 2/5 longi- tudinis usque ad 1/5 apicalem fuscis, spatio hoc tamen versus marginem posticum vix infuscato. Variat funiculi articulo tertio pedibusque fere totis rufo-testaceis, excepto tamen femore postico ad medium lateris exterioris ; tegulis nigris ; partibus, quae plerumque sunt rufescentes, quam maxime infuscatis et corpori fere concoloribus, Oculi glabri. Scapus minutissime reticulatus. Scutellum in dimidio anteriore partis postaxillaris marginibus baud rectis neque paralleUs liniitatum, apice late truncatum vel leniter concavum, vel lobis duobus rotundatis baud contiguis terminatum. Sculptura totius dorsi fortiter impressa, foveolis irregulariter dispositis. Metanotum carinis medianis instructum duabus, parallelis, sulcum latum limitantibus, ad medium saepe costa transversa coniunctis ; superficie dorsali rcliqua grosse et distincte alveolata, areolis quad- rangularibus, minute granulosis, in utroque latere sulci mediani duphce ordine dispositis. Metathoracis latus prominentia trapezoidali parum conspicua instructum. Femur posti- cum plerumque crassum, altitudine ad longi- tudinem sicut 55 : 100, interdum minus dilatatum, scilicet altitudine ad longitudinem proportione 47 : 100, superficie reticulata sat fortiter insculpta. Abdomen ovato-ellipticum, segmentis 1. et 2. supra laevibus, raro sparsim et parce punctulatis. Fig, 9. — Hockeria testaceitarsis, $. 1, femur postiuum tvpiccm ; 'J, idem eiemplaris gniuilioris; (>: ^0), NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 133 Long. 2-3,5 mm. Mas statura paullo minor, abdoniine breviore, scapo infuscato et flagello toto nigro. hoc apicem coxae posticte tantum attingentc ; alarum area fu.sca miniLs obscura, oculis glabris. Habitat. " Cameron's type was taken in the coral-islands of the Cargados Group, at Establishment Island, 28. viii. 1905 (H.M.S. Sealark Expedition). In the Seychelles the species appears to be widely distributed, many of the specimens being found in cultivated places near the coast, but some also in the endemic forests at high altitudes. Silhouette : coast near Pointe Etienne, and Mare aux Cochons. — Mahe : Port Victoria, marshy coastal plains near Anse Royale, high forest of Morne Blanc, etc. — Anonyme Island." Adn. Hanc speciem recognovL comparatione typi, qui ab auctore non satis quidem neque apte descriptus, mas est pedibus antennisque pro parte rufis. Speeimina seychellensia plurima. Gen. Anthrocephalus Kirbj^ 11. Anthrocephalus mahensis, sp. n. (figs. 10, 11). Femina. Nigra, pubescentia albo-sericea ; proalis macula tantum fusca trapezoidali, parva, infra nervum marginalcm ornatis, nervis nigrc-brunneis ; tibiis anterioribus rufescenti-nigris : his partibus ttstacec-iubris : antennis praeter annulura fuscum juxta apicem articulorum funicuH, lobo radiculas antennales .separante, nandibuHs, alarum teguHs, abdominis latere ventrali segmentisque totis post quartum, trochanteribus et tarsis omnibus, pedum anteriorum genubus, pedum posticorum coxa ad apicem femortque basi et apice nee non latere ventrali ad basim, tibiaque tota. Caput antice visum triangulare, longitudine parum latius ; oculis prominulis, orbitis paullum infra divergentibus 2/3 capitis longitudinis diametro maiore extensis, serie .singula alveolorum a scrobe separatis ; hac, modice vitro aucta, laevi, at 50 diani. magnificata minute granulosa ; tuberculis antennalibus quam flagelli annello vix maioribus ; genis limbo crasso nee multo prominente postice marginatis, sulco tenuissimio, recto, impressis, ex orbita inferiore incipiente ; carina postorbitali ac praeorbitali mox infra oculum ex sulco genali ortis, praeorbitali brevissima, scrobis limbum attingente. Caput de latere inspectum diametro antero-posteriore 2/3 longitudinalis aequante, margin* orbitali postice n.ulto magis quam antice curvato. Antennae 1 3-articulatae, clava minus distincte divisa, scapo subrecto 3/4 scrobis longitudinis occupante, quam flagello dimidio breviore ; pedicello dupla eius latitudine paullum longiore ; articulo sequente, id est annello, baud angustato, aeque longo atque lato, reliquis usque ad 6. funiculi latitudine sesquilongioribus, 3. et 4. crassioribus, 7. vix latitudine longiore ; clava articulis duobus praece- dentibus aequilonga. Articulorum superficies, 50 diam. inspecta, vix conspicue granulosa, sensilUs instructa tenuissimis, pilorum instar, series transversas tres forniantibus, numero 6-10 in quaque serie quum antenna de latere exteriore inspiciatur, super clavam in articulo basali biseriatis, in articulo medio in serie singula dispositis. Thoracis dorsum sparsim ac profunde foveolis impressum, superficie his interposita reticulata, foveolis in scuto vix quam in proncto et scutello minoribus 134 XOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. Fig. 10. — Anthrocephahis inahensis, ?. Metathorax (x 45). spatioque duplo vel sesqui-maiore quam earuin diametro remoti.s. Tegulae minute punctulatae. Scutellum per totam fere longitudinem excavatum, in 1/3 media marginibus rectis parallelis limita- tum, apice lobis duobus rotundatis, contiguis, instructo. Metanotum fovea media sub- elliptica et alveolis magnis 5 vel 6 in utroque latere, excavatum, omnibus forma baud regu- lari, fundo inaequali. Mesothoracis latera rugis transversis 15 insculpta. Proalae subcostae parte ascendente con- .spicue incrassata, nervo marginali 1/3 cellulae costalis fere aequante et postmarginali aequi- longo, at duplo crassiore, nervo stigmatico brevissimo. Pedes robusti, anteriores tibiis eostulatis, postici coxae superficie ventrali item atque femore punctulata, foveoli.s spatio ipsarum diametro aequali remoti.s, femore longitudine paullum minus duplae altitudinis aequante, supra valde, infra modice convexo, margine ventrali ultra 1/3 denticulis numerosis pectinis instar munito et tubercula duo valde obtusa in dimidio apicali formante, quorum primum ad 6/11 totius longitudinis, secundum ad 8/11 prominens. Tibia postica latere anteriore apiculo terminato quam calcaribus aequi- longis paullum breviore, de latere inspecta margine apicali in dimidio postericre lobum obtruncatum formante. Abdomen conicum, quam thorax et caput simul sumpta parum longius, thorace angustius, segmento basali 1/3 dorsi formante. segmentis 2.-5. aequalibus tertium medium occupantibus, tergito sexto absque eius 1/4 apicali areolis setiferis insculpto, quincunciali ratione dispositis ac fere contiguis, series sex transversas formantibus, spatio eis interposito minute punctulato, tergito 7. reticulo insculpto areolis rhombicis transversis, 50 diam. conspiciendis. Long. 11 mm. Habitat. Mali<^ : Cascade Estate. Specimen unicum. Fio. 11. — Anihrocephalua Tnahensis, $. Coxa, femur et tibia postica (X 15). Gen. Hybothorax Ratzeburg. 12. Hybothorax frater, sp. n. (fig. 12). Femina. Nigra, oeulis castaneo-bnnineis, his partibus rufescenti-ochraceis ; scapo ac pedicello. pedibus anterioribus praeter coxas, pedibus posticis basi et latere inferiore femoris, tibiaeque dimidio apicali, tarsis totis. Caput thorace haud latius, antice visum fere triangulare aequilatcrum, longitudine 4/5 latitudinis vix superans, vertice inter ocellos recto ; oeulis .sat magnis, convexis pilisque haud confertis et satis longis ornatis ; genis rectis, peristomio angusto, fovea antennali ad ocellum anteriorem extensa, infeme rugis nonnullis transversis striata, superne minute strigulosa ; antennis 13- NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV, 1917. 135 1 Fig. \2.—Bybothorax frater, ?. 1. antenna; 2, femur posticiim cum tibLi; (X 45). articulatis, ad os insertis, radiculis tubercolo separati.«, scapo lenitcr curvato oceUum anteriorem attingente, flagello thcraci aequilongo, pedicello duplo longiore quam latioie et basi vix constricto, articulo sequenti .subquadrato, quarto latitudine sua sesquilongiore, quinto hoc paullo longiore, reliquis articulo quarto aequilongis, sensim crassioribus ; clava c3lindro-coiiica, longitudineni a r t i c u I o r u ni trium praecedentium aequante, segmento ultimo minus discrete sensillis destituto. Dorsum antice fortitcr cim-atum, sculptura item atque in capite umbili- cata, foveolis constans marginatis. super scutellum parum Uiaioribus, ad Iniius apicem fere contiguis, in reliquis partibus interstitiis reticulatis separatis. Proiio- tum, scutum et scutellum fere aequilonga, hoc ultimum elongate triangulare, apice attenuate, 1/3 longitudinis suae supra metathoracem prominens itaque dorsel- lum obtegens. Metanotum vis declive, latum, 4-carinatum, tecti instar coxas posticas tegens, margine externo perlongo, recto, ex basi alarum meta- thoracis ad basini abdominis extenso et in dentem triangularem desinente. Mesothoracis latera minute alveolata-rugosa, epimeris inferne poUtis. Proalae segmentum abdominis tertium attingentes, subcostae parte ascen- dente crassiore, nervis marginali, postmarginali et stigmatico nullis. Pedes haud longi, robusti, anttuiores coxis parvis, femoribus clavatis ; pos- tici coxis magnis, politis, in latere anteriore pilosis, femoribus ovatis, compressis, conspicue reticulatis et in latere inferiore denticulis frequentibus munitis nee non dente robusto, cuius altitude latitudini tibiae aequalis, eius distantiam ab apice femoris haud superat ; tibiae posticae obtruncatae, calcaribus brevibus,. crassis, instructae. Tarsi anteriores haud incrassati, postici robustiores. Abdomen sessile, thoraci aequilongum, de supra visum ellipticum, de latere autem dorso recto, ventre leniter curvato, parte postica oblique sinuosa inferne in tuberculum desinente, segmentis constituta 4. et 5. brevibus, 6. his simul sumptis aequali. Pars abdominis antica lateralis versus metathoracis latera auriculas formans strigulosas, quae metathoracis anguhs oppositae, horum continuationem simulant. Segmentum secundum magnum, 3/4 dorsi occupans, areolis notatum ellipticis, marginatis, haud excavatis ; pars eius pone coxas areolis omnino destituta. Segmenti 6. superficies aspera. Pili perlongi, albidi, thoracis dorsum et superficiem abdominis fere totam ornantes. Long. 2,6 mm. Mas. Colore feminae similis, antennis totis brunneo-luteis, femoribus anterioribus tibiisque omnibus leniter pro parte infuscatis. Flagelli longitude 2J scapi aequans, annellus brevissimus, reliqui articuli subaequales, clava apice minus acute. Foveolae dorsi magis quam in femina adproximatae, in scuteUo fere contiguae. Metapleura et abdomen longe pilesa ; hoc thoraci aequilongum, lateribus superiore et inferiore rectis, parte postica rotundata inferne tuberculata. Superficies segmenti secundi areolis insculpta quam in 136 NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXIV. 1917. femina parum maioribus, spatio polito iiullo. Pens fen.oralis apico rotundatus. Long. 2 mm. Habitat. Mahe : "Cascade Estate, about 800 ft." — Anonyire Island ("a cultivated islet near Mahe"). Specimina duo, <3 et $. Adn. Species haec seychellensis pedum colore ab europaeo Hybothorace grafjli Ratz. distinguitur, qui unus generi pertinebat, in Germania Galliaqne inventus, ubi parasita est Myrmeleonis formicarii. Stjbfam. EURYTOMINAE. Gen. Eurytoma Illiger. 13. Eurytoma, sp. Mas. Niger, oculis concoloribus, scapo toto nigro, macula ante collare parva flavo-grisea ; alarum nervis, genubus, tibiis posterioribus basi ct apice. tarsisque omnibus, flavo-albidis, interdum flavis ; tibiis primi paris pedum in latere anteriore et posteriore fusco-lineatis ; pilis argenteis. Oculi parum convex! ; faciei zona depressa, marf;inem orbitalem anteriorem formans, a reliqua superficie sculptura hand diversa ; ocelli posteriores ab anteriore magis quam ab oculis remoti, distantiae proportione 3:2; pediceUus globosus ; artieulus primus funiculi dimidiam scapi longitudinem fere aequans, articuli secnndi nodus vix duplo longior quam latior, isthmi 1/3-1/4 nodorum longitudinis aequantes ; pili quam articuli sesquilongiores ; clava pedunculata, quam artieulus praecedens sesquilongior. Thorax, de latere inspcctus, dorso piano, metanoto parum oblique. Axil- larum pars dimidia interior alveolis elongatis recte marginatis insculpta. Me- tanotuni supra abdominis inserticnem area depressa sublaevi instructum, quae autem fortiter vitro aucta superficiem ostendit scabram propter areolas sat profunde excavatas, confertas, marginibus reticulum formantc. Callus, etiam fortiter vitro auctus, minute reticulatu.s. Mesosternum superne vix conspicue reticulatum, infernc foveoUs ct cminentiis transversis nonnullis insculptum ; mesopleura scabra. Nervus stigmaticus marginali aequilongus, postm,arginalis vix longior. Petiolus coxis posticis sesquilongior. Long. 2,2 mm. Femina. Scapus basi flava, pediceUus quam artieulus primus funiculi parum brevior, artieulus hie latitudine sua fere sesquilongior, sequentes sensini breviores et crassiores, quintus latitudine paullo longior, clava 2h praeclavae longitudinis aequans, in parte tcrtia apicali conica, reliquo spatio cjlindrica ; pili funiculum ornantes articuUs aequilongi. Nervus marginalis stigmatico sesquilongior, hie postmarginali duplo brevior. Abdomen latere dorsali seg- menti tertii quam secundi sesquiloiigiore, quarti quam tcrtii magis quam duplo longiore, superficie tota dorsali minute squamoso-pvnictata, lateribus autem ventreque in segmentis 4. et 5. areoUs hexagonis, aequaUbus, conspicuis, inscul- ptis, segmento sexto toto ruguloso. Long. 2,7 mm. Habitat. Silhouette : "Mare aux Cochons. and forest near hj\ about 1,000 ft., and from the coast at Pointe Etienne." Specimina quatuor $$, sex (J (J. NoriTATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 137 14. Eurytoma, sp. Femina. Nigra, scapo, mandibulis pedibusque cum coxis luteis ; pedicello, annello, macula ante collare, epipjgio ad ba.sim et hypopj'gio obscure luteis ; proalis leniter infuscatis, nervis praeter postcostam brunneis ; pili.s albis. Caput antice visum geiiis modice curvatis, strigis a clypeo radiantibus nulUs ; ex latere inspectum oculis magnis, rotundatis, vertice lato, genarum sculptura fere obsoleta. Antennae scapo ad medium leniter incrassato, pedicello longitudine et latitudine acquali, funiculi articulis tribus primis latitudine sesquilongioribus, quarto et quinto vix longioribus, clava his paullo minore. Thorax brevis, altus, dorso modice curvato, pronoto longitudine sua se- squilatiore, axillis sculptura aequali ab ilia reliqui dorsi non distinguenda ; metanoto fere verticali, medio serie duplice alveolorum quadrangularium im- presso, partibus lateralibus irregulariter alveolatis, alveolis minoribus nullis ; epicnemio hand curvato et mesosterno, superne minute reticulato-alveolatis. Proalae nervo marginali duplo cjuam postmarginali longiore, stigmatico 3/4 huius aequante. C'oxae posticae crebre reticulato-alveolatae. Petiolus duplo longior quam latior, 2/5 coxarum longitudinis baud superans. Abdomen altitudine duplo longius, dorso valde curvato, punctoque maxime elevate ad 1/4 totius longitudinis sito, latere ventrali parum convexo et curvae apice ad mediam longitudinem ; diametro transverso longitudinem segmen- torum 1.-5. fere aequante. Segmentum tertium in eius latere dorsali quam secundum duplo longius, quartum duplam tertii longitudinem paullo superans, quintum perbreve pilisque paucis longis ornatuni. Tergitum tertium lateribus, excepta parte tertia postica, subtilissime reticulatis, quartum ad basim segmenti fortius insculptum areolisque maioribus ; reliqua segmentorum superficies laevis, nitens. Epipygium et hypopygium elongata, hoc ultimum 1/4 abdominis longitudinis ultra segmentum quintum prominens. Long. 2 mm. Habitat. Silhouette : Mare aux C'ochons. Specimen unicum. Gex. Eurytomidia n. (?). Specimen unicum, parv'um, masculinum, cuius descriptio sequitur, hahitu Eurytomae simile, tamen nervo postmarginali valde elongate et parte mesonoti praeaxillari brevissinia diversum, etsi amplius ac diligenter examinare non potuerim, generi novo pertinere mihi visum est. Id tibiis posticis bicalcaratis a Phylloxeroxeno distinguitur, cum quo tamen convenit nervo postmarginali elongate. 15. Eurytomidia dubia, sp. n. (fig. 13). Mas. Niger, oculis concoloribus, genubus, tibiarum apice tarsisque obscure luteis, his apice fuscis, alls hyalinis nervis pallide flavo-griseis. Caput oculis hand prominulis, glabris, ex latere inspectis subrotundis, spatio interorbitali 5/6 latitudinis aequante, antennis supra medium faciei insertis, fovea antennali profunda, nitida, ecello anteriere extra foveam sito. Scapus longitudinem orbitarum fere aequans, ocellum attingens, baud com- 138 NOVITATES ZOOLOUKAE XXIV. 1917. presso-dilatatus sed apice attenuatus, superficie scabra. Flagcllum longitudinem thoracis superaiis, pedicello fere globoso, annello parvo, funiculi articulo primo 3/4 scapi longitudinis baud superante, isthuus 2/3 uodorum aequantibus, bis forma trapezoidali, ad medium non angustatis, secundo et tertio altitudinc paullum longioribus. Pili verticillati .articulis aequilongi vcl paulhim maiores. Sculptura capitis tt tlioracis fere ubicumque unibilicato-punctata, at paene obsoleta, axillarum in dimidio exteriore minutissime reticulata, areolis rect- angularibus, in interiore alveolata ; tegulae minute at fortiter sulcato-reticulatae. Pronotum quam scutum duplo longius. Scapulae sulco leniter impresso discretae. Proalae angulo posteriore prominentc, cellula costali lata, nervo stigmatico 3/4 mar- ginalis aequante, hoc quam postniarginali dimidio breviore. Femur posticum conspicue reticulatum, areolis minutis, rhombicis ; tibia in latere interiore setis rigidis munita, calcari maioro dimidium metatarsi vix superante, altero brevissimo. Petiolus coxas posticas baud superans. Abdomen superne inspectum aeque longum atque latum, de latere visum triangulare. Segmenti secundi latus dorsale dimidiam femoris longitudinem parum superans, superficie subtiliter reticulata, areolis quam femoris miilto majoribus. Long. 1,5 mm. Habitat. Silhouette : Mare aux Coehons, " from the marshy plateau at about 1,000 ft." Specimen unicum. Fig. 13. — Eurytomidia duhia, ^. 1, proala (x 32); 2, tibiae postioae apex (X 27). Gen. Decatoma Spinola. (Eudecatoma, Ashmead — ?). 16. Decatoma kestraneura, sp. n. Mas. Flavus, vertice, excepto margine orbitali, dorso, exceptis pronoti lateribus, petiolo, abdomine, maculaque in latere superiore femoris postici, brunneis ; proalarum nervo marginali, praeter eius limbinn anteriorem atque exteriorem, nigro, lamina tota hyalina. Linea ocularis inferior in media faciei longitudine decurrens ; antennae in hac linea insertae. Clypeus margine lenissime concave. Ocellus anterior lineae posteriores tangenti fere contiguus. Pedicellus pyriformis, latitudine sua parum longior ; funiculi articulus primus pedicello sesquilongior, scapo sesquibrevior ; articuli sequentes curtantes, ultimus pedicello aequilongus. Superficies capitis et dorsi, praeter metanotum, aspectu sublaevis, 90 diam. magnificata minute reticulata, areolis subrotundis ; pronotum vero quasi tran.sverse strigulosum apparens. Dorsellum punctis duobus impressum con- tigius et in eius linea media longitudinali dispositis. Metanoti fovea media sat lata, lateribus parallelis, transverse quadricostata ; superficies reliqua reticule NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. Ifll7. 139 insculpta, 50 diam. magnificato vix perspiciendo ; plicae longitudinales in dimidio posteriore tantiim determinatae. Proalae cellula basali parce ac breviter pubescente, infra praestignia et prope nervum marginalem speculo nullo setisque longioribus. Nervus marginalis crassissimus, longitudine sua hand angustior, extiis non oblique truncatus, postice linea convexa tenninatus ; postmarginalis quam marginalis vix brevier ; stigmaticus huius longitudinem aequans, manifeste obliquus, clavae angulo posteriore et unco fere aequaliter prominentibus, mallei figuram fingentibus. Setae in latere posteriore tibiae posticae huius latitudini subaequales, numero octo in specimine. Petiolus triple longior quam latior, coxas posticas non superans, sculptura minutissime granulosa, 50 diam. magnificata vix conspicua. Abdomen forma baud globosa, at lateribus in 1/3 media subparallelis ; segmento 2. brevi, 1. 3. et 4. subaequalibus, 1. 2. et 4. laevibus, ceteris 100 diam. magnificatis leniter reticulato-sulcatis, areolis transversis, his in segmento 3 maioribus. Long. 1,5 mm. Habitat. Silhouette : Mare aux Cochons plateau. Femina ignota. Specimen unicum. Ad7i. Genus Eudeaitonui Ashm. dubium et non satis definitum mihi videtur. Species quam descripsi, pedicello brevi, proalis hyalinis et speculo nullo, nervo marginali latitudine baud longiore, praecipue est distinguenda. Gen. Isosoma Walker. 17. Isosoma insularum, sp. n. (fig. 14). Mas. Niger, subnitidus, prothorace praeter pronotum, coxis anticis, inter- dum mediis, femoribus anticis mediisque in parte dimidia apicali, tibiis cmnibu." et tarsis, antennarum radicula, scapo ac pedicello, fiavo-griseis ; pedicelli latere superiore et scapi dimidio inferiore infuscatis ; tibiarum atque tarsonim latere anteriore plerumque obscuro vel brunneo ; alis decoloribus nervis pallida flavo-griseis. Caput antice visum longitu- dine 3/4 latitudinis vix superans, vertice arcuato, orbitis parallelis, peristomio 3/5 spatii interorbitalis aequante. Genae baud compres- sae, subtiliter sulcatae, spatio triangulari juxta oculos nitido. Fig. 14. — leoeoma insularum, <J. 1, antenna (X 40); 2, proala (x 31;). Facies minute reticulata, areolis rhombicis, spatioque infra antennarum radiculas confertim et minute punctulato. Scapus in latere inferiore valde curvatus^ latitudine, ad medium, 1/3 longitudinis aequante. Funiculi articuli partibus attenuatis latitudini nodorum aequilongis ; isthmi, his partibus binis compositi, in articulatione biannulati. Pili baud articulis breviores. Articuli primi ]|.A NOVITATES ZOOLOCICAE XXIV. 1917. longitude quadruplam latitudinem aequans, sexti triplam. Clava artkulo praecedenti longitudine et latitudine aequalis, mucrone paiTO tenninata, indi- stincte articulata. Prothorax bis latior quam longior, lineis subtilibus reticulatus ; scutellum apice rotundatum, item atque pronotum reticulatiim ; areolae in scuto maiores, minus regulares, in seapulis minorcs. Metanotuni rtticulatc-alvcolatum, areohs irregularibus minutis insculptum, medio fovea elliptica, extremitatibus truncata, leniter impressa, notatum, huius areolis vix minoribus. Mesosterni sculptura ab ilia prothoracis baud dissimilis, episterni magi.s minuta ; epimerum in dimidio posteriore laeve. Nervus stigmaticus dimidiam marginalis Icrgitudinem attingens, quam postmarginalis sesquilongior. Petiolus coxis posticis aequilongus, latitudine 3/5 Icngitudinis aequans, sculptura baud a metanoto dissimilis. Abdomen cylindricum, nitidum, segmento primo quam secundo magis quam duplo longiore, secundo terticque aequalibus, quarto et quinto his parum longioribus, quinto autem forma et sculptura a praecedente discimili, sexto parvo, subtiliter reticulato. Long. 2 mm. Habitat. Mahe : Cascade, "from cultivated country near sea-level" (specimina plurima), Port Victoria (specimen unum). Specimina plurima. Gen. Aximopsis Ashmead. 18. Aximopsis elegans, sp. n. Femina. Nigro et rufo varia, tibiis tarsisque albis. Capite nigro, oculis rubris ; antennarum scapo in dimidio basali grisec-luteo, in dimidio apicali brunneo, pedicello fusco-maculato, articulo quinto funiculi vel quarto et quinto luteis, clava nigra et articulo ultimo sensillis albidis obsito, ceteris antennaium partibus obscure rufis ; prothorace, praeter maculam dorsi nigricantem, seapulis, tegulis, praesterno et angulo anteriore mesosterni, obscure rufis, reliquis thoracis partibus et petiolo nigris ; abdomine rufo dorso fusco : coxis anticis rufis in latere anteriore nigris, mediis totis rufis vel antice nigro-maculatis, posticis omnino nigris ; femoribus flavo-rufis ; alarum nervis flavo-fuscis. Caput thoracis latitudinem prcporticne 100 : 87 superans, prothoracis proportione 100 : 77 ; antice visum latum, oculis magnis. 3/4 tctius longitudinis extensis, glabris ; de latere inspectum ovato-triangulare, parura longius quam latins, latitudine maxima ad medium oculorum, oculis rotundatis. Ocelli externi ab anteriore et ab oculis aequo spatio remcti. Facies latitudine sua parum longior, versus oculos abrupte temiinata, marginibus orbitarum vix divergentibus, inferne radiatim strigosa, reliqua superficie alvcolata, pubesetntia omata sat longa sed baud conferta, aequaUter distributa. Fovea antennalis in eius dimidio supero margine elevato limitata, inter antennarum radiculas lamina prominente divisa. Antennae supra medium faciei insertae ; pediccllus breviter conicus, funiculi articulus primus longitudine triplam latitudintm, secundus duplam latitudinem, aequantes, tertius .secundo aequalis, quartus quam tertius parum crassior et vix brevior, quintus subquadratus, quam primus NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE XXIV. 1917. 141 fere sesquilatior ; clava basi obtruncata, quam articuli praecedentes pauUum brevior. Thorax de latere inspectus dorso parum curvato, metanoto secundum curvam totius dorsi disposito. Mesosternum valde retrorsum vergens, margine exteriore fere horizontal!. Metanotum medio late sulcatum, in parte anteriore sulci alveolLs duobus impressum elongatis, contiguis, quibus nonnuUi succedunt subquadrati in serie singula dispositi. Nervus marginalis et postmarginalis aequilongi, stigmaticus his dimidio brevior. Coxae anticae hand dentatae, facie laterali cum anteriore in dimidio supero angulum formante. Coxae posticae in dimidio inferiore longitudinaliter et confertim strigulosae. Petiolus coxis posticis fere sesquilongior, abdominis lateri ventrali post 1/3 longitudini.s affixus, ad basim mucrone dorsali peracuto instructus, super- ficie dorsali scabra. lateribus longitudinaliter confertim sulcatis. Abdomen deorsum flexum, ovatuni, compressum, latitudine dimidiam fere longitudinem, altitudine ad petioli insertionem 2/3 longitudinis aequante, apice attenuato, segmento quarto in latere dorsali quam tertio fere sesquilongiore, quinto hoc dimidio breviore, sexto et septimo subaequalibus, quam quinto fere sesquilongioribus. Segmenta 1.-5. laevia, nitida, 6. atque 7. sculptura reticulata minutissima, vix conspicua. Long. 3-3,5 mm. Longitudo capitis cum thorace, abdomini cum petiole subaequalis. Habitat. Silhouette : Mare aux Cochons — Praslin : Cotes d'or Estate. Specimina duo, $$. Adn. Haec est species tertia generis. Aximopsis morio Ashm. Erasiliae pertinet, tricolor Gir. Queenslandiae. SuBFAM. EUCHARIDINAE. Gen. Stilbula Spinola. 19. Stilbula lissoma, sp, n. Mas. Capite thoraceque viridibus, pro parte auratis vel cyanescentibus vel etiam purpureis ; oculis ocellisque castaneis ; antennis obscure luteis, funiculi nodis pilisque nigricantibus ; coxis, alarum nervis. petiolo abdomineque brun- neis ; pedibus palhde stramineis ; proalis flavo-griseis. Facies inter clypeum et antennarum insertionem obtuse angulata, clypeo plerumque transverse at parce striguloso. Antennae corpori toto aequilongae, scapo latitudine sua parum longiore, quam articulo prime funiculi conspicue crassiore et 1/4 diametri orbitalis maioris aequante ; annello quam scape plus dimidio breviore ; articulis decem huic sequentibus valde elongatis, tenuibus et nodis apicahbus in dorso magis prominulis, superficie tota hirta, piHs articu- lorum diametro aequilongis, sed hand confertis ; articulo prime funiculi quam scapo cj[uintuplo longiore et latitudine 1/9 longitudinis suae aequante ; articulo secundo quam prime breviore proportione 3 : 4, ultimo proportione 4 : 7. Scapulae in dimidio interiore callosae, id est laeves atque nitidae punctisque nennuUis tantum impressae. Petiolus quam abdomen hand longior, distantiam ab angulo anteriore 142 NOVITATES ZOOLOGICAE, XXIV. 1917. pronoti ad basim processi scutellaris longitudine aequans, propter tenuitatem magis elongatus apparens. Long. 3-4 mm. Femina diffcrt funiculo longitudinem dorsi fere aeqiiante. artieulis quam scape baud crassioribus et basi fortiter constrictis, a latere inspeetis angulo apicali superiore magis quam inferiore prominente ; articulo primo quadruplam scapi longitudinem, secundo duplam longitudinem aequante ; clava parum longiore quam latiore. scapo aequilonga ; petiolo longitudinem metanoti et dorselli paullo superante, quam thorace, itemque abdomine, dimidio breviore. Habitat. " Silhouette : from Mare aux Cochons, about 1,000 ft.. 1 o — Mahe : 2 9 from forest of the endemic ' Bois-de-Fer ' ( Valeria seychellanim) in the Mare aux Cochons district at an elevation of over 1,500 ft., and 1 ? from Cascade Estate at about 800 ft." Specimina quatuor. Adn. Stilbulae insularis Cam.* typum in Egmont Atoll